WO2008041657A1 - Polycycloolefin resin film, process for producing the same, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display - Google Patents
Polycycloolefin resin film, process for producing the same, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2008041657A1 WO2008041657A1 PCT/JP2007/069091 JP2007069091W WO2008041657A1 WO 2008041657 A1 WO2008041657 A1 WO 2008041657A1 JP 2007069091 W JP2007069091 W JP 2007069091W WO 2008041657 A1 WO2008041657 A1 WO 2008041657A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- film
- cyclic polyolefin
- polyolefin resin
- group
- casting
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C41/00—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor
- B29C41/24—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor for making articles of indefinite length
- B29C41/26—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor for making articles of indefinite length by depositing flowable material on a rotating drum
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/18—Manufacture of films or sheets
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3083—Birefringent or phase retarding elements
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2023/00—Use of polyalkenes or derivatives thereof as moulding material
- B29K2023/38—Polymers of cycloalkenes, e.g. norbornene or cyclopentene
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2995/00—Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds
- B29K2995/0018—Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds having particular optical properties, e.g. fluorescent or phosphorescent
- B29K2995/0034—Polarising
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2345/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having no unsaturated aliphatic radicals in side chain, and having one or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds in a carbocyclic or in a heterocyclic ring system; Derivatives of such polymers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
- G02F1/133528—Polarisers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a cyclic polyolefin resin film, a method for producing the same, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device.
- a polarizing plate is usually manufactured by laminating a film mainly composed of cellulose triacetate as a protective film on both sides of a polarizer in which iodine or a dichroic dye is oriented and adsorbed on polybulal alcohol.
- a polarizer in which iodine or a dichroic dye is oriented and adsorbed on polybulal alcohol.
- Cellulose triacetate has characteristics such as toughness, flame retardancy, and high optical isotropy (low lettering), and is widely used as the protective film for the polarizing plate described above.
- the liquid crystal display device is composed of a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal cell.
- Cyclic polyolefin film has attracted attention as a film that can improve the hygroscopicity and moisture permeability of a cell mouth triacetate film, and a polarizing plate protective film has been developed by hot-melt film formation and solution film formation.
- the cyclic polyolefin film has high optical characteristics and has been developed as a retardation film (Patent Documents 1 and 2).
- Patent Document 3 the casting support is adjusted by adjusting the drying performed from the casting of the dope to the casting support until the film in which the dope is slightly solidified is peeled off from the casting support.
- a method is disclosed that enables the film to be peeled off quickly from the holder.
- Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-212927
- Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-114827
- Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-53750
- the film needs to have sufficient self-supporting properties when peeled off from the casting support. This is an issue that needs to be considered separately from the problem of band and drum casting support and film adhesion.
- the viscoelastic properties of the concentrated solution from the casting to the peeling point are considered. (Storage elastic modulus, loss elastic modulus) and its temperature dependence are particularly important. If this viscoelastic property is inappropriate, it cannot be peeled stably and with high productivity. Even if it can be peeled off, if the resistance at the time of peeling is large, there arises a problem that unevenness of the peeling step occurs when peeling off. In particular, unevenness that occurs during drying up to the peeling point is a major problem that degrades the quality of optical films that require excellent flatness, and improvement is required.
- the present invention solves the above-mentioned problems, and by setting the viscoelastic properties of the concentrated solution to be cast within a certain range, the cyclic polyolefin resin film of good quality with stable high productivity.
- An object is to provide an optical film, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same.
- the stripping unevenness that occurs when peeling is excellent. It aims at providing the method of manufacturing the film which has planarity.
- the present invention is as follows.
- the cyclic polyolefin-based resin film is characterized in that the cyclic polyolefin-based resin solution reaches a gel point before being peeled off after being cast on an endless support.
- the gel point is the relationship between the values of E 'and E' when the storage elastic modulus of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is E 'and the loss elastic modulus is E'. Refers to temperature.
- the cooling rate from when the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is cast on the endless support to when it is peeled is expressed as (temperature difference / hour), it is 3 to 5 (° C / sec).
- the polarizing plate according to (7) wherein at least one of a hard coat layer and an antireflection layer is provided on the surface of one transparent protective film of the polarizer.
- a liquid crystal display comprising the cyclic polyolefin resin film according to any one of (1) to (6) and the polarizing plate according to (7) or (8). apparatus.
- An OCB or VA mode liquid crystal display device characterized in that the polarizing plate according to (7) or (8) is used in at least one of the upper and lower sides of a liquid crystal cell.
- a cyclic polyolefin resin solution having viscoelastic properties is cast on an endless support of a casting machine adjusted to 50 ° C to 10 ° C, and the cyclic polyolefin When the cooling rate 1 (temperature difference / hour) from when the in-based resin solution is cast on the endless support to when it is peeled is 3 to 5 (° C / SeC ),
- a method for producing a cyclic polyolefin resin film is 3 to 5 (° C / SeC ).
- the gel point is the relationship between the values of E 'and E' when the storage elastic modulus of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is E 'and the loss elastic modulus is E'. Refers to temperature.
- R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
- R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- ⁇ L 2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- m and p are each independently an integer of 0 or 1
- n and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 4.
- R 4 , IT, R °, and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a carbon number;! To 10 arenoquinole group, 6 to 20 arenore group, Carbon number:! ⁇ 10 alkoxy group, carbon number 2-10 acyloxy group, carbon number 2-10 alkoxycarbonyl group, carbon number;! ⁇ 10 acyl group, carboxyl group r represents 0. Or an integer of 1.
- An optical material comprising the cyclic polyolefin resin according to any one of 1 to 3 above.
- optical material as described in 4 above, wherein the optical material is in the form of a thin film, film or sheet.
- Re and Rth represent in-plane letter-deposition (Re) and thickness-direction letter-decision (Rth) at a wavelength of 590 nm.
- the change in optical characteristics is small and uneven with respect to the change in environmental temperature and humidity. It is possible to provide a cyclic polyolefin resin film having excellent film flatness, planarity, transparency, optical uniformity and excellent mechanical strength. In addition, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the cyclic polyolefin film having the effect of the present invention, and a method for producing the cyclic polyolefin film can be provided.
- FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an example of a film production line for a cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 A graph showing the relationship between storage elastic modulus E ', loss elastic modulus E' 'and temperature.
- FIG. 4 A graph showing the relationship between storage elastic modulus E 'and loss elastic modulus E' '.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic view of a film casting line used in the solution casting method according to the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is an enlarged schematic view of the main part of the film production line shown in FIG.
- FIG. 7 is an enlarged schematic view of the main part of the film production line shown in FIG.
- a cyclic polyolefin resin film is obtained by using a cyclic polyolefin resin solution obtained by dissolving 10 to 50% by mass of a resin composition containing a cyclic polyolefin resin in a solvent and using a solution casting method. Manufacturing.
- the solution casting method is excellent in terms of flatness and film thickness uniformity.
- the solution casting method is preferable in that a film can be formed even by using a cyclic polyolefin-based polymer having a glass transition temperature (Tg) force of 3 ⁇ 400 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, which is difficult to form a melt.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- the solution casting method in the present invention is disclosed in JP 2000-301555, JP 2000-301558, JP 7-0332391, JP 3-193 316, JP 5-086212, JP 62.
- the cellulose acylate film forming techniques described in JP-A-037113, JP-A-2-276607, JP-A-55-014201, JP-A-2-111511, and JP-A-2-208650 can be applied.
- the prepared cyclic polyolefin resin solution (also referred to as a dope) is uniformly extruded onto a metal support from a pressure die, and once cast on the metal support.
- a method using a force pressure die such as a method using a doctor blade for adjusting the film thickness with a blade or a method using a reverse roll coater for adjusting with a reverse rotating roll is preferable.
- the support used for producing the cyclic polyolefin resin film in the present invention is preferably a metal support that travels endlessly.
- a drum whose surface is mirror-finished by chrome plating or mirror-finished by surface polishing.
- a bent stainless steel belt also called a band or the like is used.
- the pressure die used for the production of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention may be one or two or more installed above the metal support. One or two groups are preferred.
- the dope to be cast can be divided into various proportions for each die, or the dope can be fed to the die at each proportion from multiple precision quantitative gear pumps!
- the temperature of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution used for casting is preferably 10 ° C to 55 ° C, more preferably 25 ° C to 50 ° C. In that case, all of the processes may be the same or different at different points in the process. If they are different, the temperature may be a desired temperature just before casting.
- the drying of the dope on the metal support involved in the production of the cyclic polyolefin resin film is generally performed from the surface side of the metal support (for example, drum or band), that is, from the surface of the web on the metal support.
- a method of applying hot air a method of applying hot air from the back side of the drum or band, a temperature-controlled liquid is contacted from the back side opposite to the dope casting surface of the band or drum, and the drum or band is heated by heat transfer.
- FIG. 1 An example of an apparatus that can be used for the casting method in the present invention is shown in FIG.
- 110 is a dope preparation section
- 120 is a casting section for casting the dope onto a casting support.
- the dope preparation unit 110 is provided with a stirring tank 111 for stirring and mixing a cyclic polyolefin resin, a solvent, a plasticizer, and the like, and a filter 113 is connected to the stirring tank 111 via a liquid feed pump 112.
- the casting part 120 is provided with a casting die 121 and a rotating drum 122 as a casting support, and the dope is sent from the filter 113 to the casting die 121.
- a peeling roller 123 for peeling the film from the rotating drum 122 is provided, and a conveying roller 124 for conveying the film to a tenter drying unit (not shown) is provided.
- the casting support is preferably cooled to promote the solidification of the dope.
- the surface temperature of the casting support is preferably 10 ° C or less. 8 ° It is more preferable to set it to C or lower. Most preferable to set it to 5 ° C or lower.
- the means for cooling the casting support is not particularly limited, and various conventionally used means can be used.
- the temperature is from 50 ° C to 10 ° C, preferably from 45 ° C to 8 ° C, more preferably from 40 ° C.
- the viscoelastic characteristics defined in the present invention can be fully utilized, and stripping unevenness and the like that occur during peeling can be prevented.
- the cooling rate from when the dope is cast on the endless support to when it is peeled is preferably 3 to 5 (° C / sec) in terms of temperature difference / time.
- the temperature difference between any two points of the portion of the casting support where the dope is cast is 5 ° C or less. It is more preferable that the temperature is 3 ° C or less.
- the stripping speed can be increased and the drying becomes uniform. It is extremely preferable because a film having uniform physical properties and flatness can be obtained.
- the oxygen concentration of the drying air for drying the dope cast on the casting support is preferably 10% by volume or less, more preferably 5% by volume or less.
- the dew point of the solvent contained in the wind is preferably 5 ° C or more lower than the surface temperature of the casting support, and more preferably 10 ° C or more.
- the dope cast from the casting die to the casting support is dried on the casting support to be in a solid state that is dry. Then, the solidified film is sent to a drying section composed of a tenter device and dried.
- a single-layer liquid may be cast on a smooth band or a drum as a casting support, or a plurality of dopes of two or more layers may be cast or co-casted sequentially. It may be cast by casting. When casting multiple dopes, leave a gap in the direction of travel of the support. A film may be produced while casting and laminating a plurality of dope casting forces provided, for example, JP 61-158414, JP 1-122419, JP 11 198285, etc. Can be applied.
- JP-B-60-27562 JP-A-61-94724, JP-A-61-947245, JP-A-61-947245 It can be carried out by the methods described in JP-A-61-104813, JP-A-61-158413, and JP-A-6-134933.
- a cellulose acylate film casting method described in JP-A-56-162617 may be used in which a high-viscosity dope stream is wrapped with a low-viscosity dope and the high- and low-viscosity dopes are simultaneously extruded.
- the two casting rolls are used to peel off the film formed on the support by the first casting port, and to perform the second casting on the side that is in contact with the support surface.
- a film can also be produced, and for example, the method described in Japanese Examined Patent Publication No. 44-20235 may be used.
- the dope to be cast may be the same solution or different solutions, and is not particularly limited. In order to give a function to a plurality of cyclic polyolefin resin layers, a dope corresponding to the function may be extruded from each casting port. Furthermore, the dope of the present invention can be cast simultaneously with other functional layers (for example, an adhesive layer, a dye layer, an antistatic layer, an antihalation layer, a UV absorbing layer, a polarizing layer).
- functional layers for example, an adhesive layer, a dye layer, an antistatic layer, an antihalation layer, a UV absorbing layer, a polarizing layer.
- the peeling load is more preferably 0.2 N / cm or less, further preferably 0.15 N or less, and particularly preferably 0.10 N or less.
- the peeling load is 0.2 N / cm or less, even in a liquid crystal display device in which unevenness is likely to appear, no unevenness due to peeling is observed at all, which is particularly preferable.
- the peel load is measured as follows. A dope is dropped on a metal plate having the same material and surface roughness as the casting support of the film forming apparatus, and is cast to a uniform thickness using a doctor blade and dried. Make a cut of equal width into the film with a cutter knife, peel off the film tip by hand, pinch it with a clip connected to the strain gauge, and measure the load change while pulling the strain gauge diagonally at 45 degrees. The volatile content in the peeled film is also measured. The same measurement is performed several times while changing the drying time, and the peeling load at the same time as the residual volatile content at the peeling in the actual film forming process is determined. As the peeling speed increases, the peeling load tends to increase, and it is preferable to measure at a peeling speed close to actual.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention is stretched, it is preferably performed in a state where the solvent still remains in the film immediately after peeling.
- the purpose of stretching is (1) to obtain a film with excellent flatness without any deformation, and (2) to increase the in-plane letter pattern of the film.
- stretching is performed for the purpose of (1), it is preferable to perform stretching at a relatively high temperature and to perform stretching at a low ratio of 1% to 15%.
- a stretch of 2 to 10% is particularly preferred.
- stretching for the purposes of both (1) and (2), or only for the purpose of (2) it is preferable to stretch at a relatively low temperature and a stretching ratio of 2 to 150%.
- the film is stretched when the residual solvent remains in the film, it can be stretched at a lower temperature than the dry film.
- Many cyclic polyolefin resins have a high glass transition temperature (Tg), but can be stretched at a temperature lower than the inherent Tg of the polymer.
- the film may be stretched uniaxially or longitudinally or laterally, or simultaneously or sequentially biaxially.
- the birefringence of retardation films for VA liquid crystal cells and OCB liquid crystal cells It is more preferable that the refractive index is larger than the refractive index in the length direction, and that polybutyl alcohol and rolls can be bonded together. Therefore, it is preferable to stretch more in the width direction.
- the resin composition containing the cyclic polyolefin resin is 10 to 50% by mass, preferably 15 to 45% by mass, more preferably 18 to 40% by mass, Preferably, a cyclic polyolefin resin solution in which 20 to 35% by mass is dissolved is cast by casting a solution.
- the resin composition refers to the solid content in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution.
- the reason for specifying the concentration of the resin composition in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution as described above is that the storage elastic modulus E ′ and E ′ ′ of the present invention can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration to an appropriate range.
- the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or more, the environmental load is small, and the productivity is low. It is preferable because it is excellent in gelation performance when cooled, does not induce a surface-like failure, particularly a skin-like failure, or a skin-like failure, and does not cause vertical stripes in the casting direction.
- the constituent components of the resin composition will be described below.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin in the present invention represents a polymer resin having a cyclic olefin structure.
- Examples of the polymer resin having a cyclic olefin structure used in the present invention include (1) a norbornene polymer, (2) a monocyclic olefin polymer, (3) a cyclic conjugation polymer, (4 ) Bull alicyclic hydrocarbon polymers and hydrides of (1) to (4).
- Preferred polymers for the present invention are addition (co) polymer cyclic polyolefins containing at least one repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) and, if necessary, a repeating unit represented by the general formula (I): An addition (co) polymer cyclic polyolefin further comprising at least one unit. Moreover, a ring-opening (co) polymer containing at least one cyclic repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) can also be suitably used.
- m represents an integer of 0 to 4.
- ⁇ ⁇ Is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; ⁇ , Y 1 ⁇ is a hydrogen atom, carbon number;!
- halogen atom or halogen atom ⁇ ; 10 hydrocarbon groups (CH) COOR U (CH) O
- R u , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 are hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Z is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group substituted with halogen, W is SiR 16 D (R 16 is carbon number;! ⁇ 10 hydrocarbon group, D is halogen atom
- Child, —OCOR 16 or —OR 16 p represents an integer of 0 to 3), and n represents an integer of 0 to 10.
- R 5 to R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or X 3
- Y 3 is a hydrogen atom
- other groups such as Cl and —COOCH are suitably selected.
- the This norbornene resin is sold under the trade name of Arton G or Arton F by JSR Co., Ltd., and Zeonor ZF1 4, ZF16, Zeonex from Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd. (Zeonex) 250 or ZEONEX 280 are sold under the trade name and can be used with these products.
- Norbornene-based addition (co) polymers are disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-7732, Special Table 2002-504184, US Published Patent No. 2004229157A1, and other publications (such as WO2004 / 070463A1)! It can be obtained by addition polymerization of norbornene-based polycyclic unsaturated compounds and, if necessary, norbornene-based polycyclic unsaturated compounds and conjugates such as ethylene, propylene, butene, butadiene and isoprene.
- non-conjugated gen such as ethylidene norbornene
- linear gen compounds such as acrylonitrile, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride, acrylic acid ester, methacrylic acid ester, maleimide, butyl acetate and butyl chloride
- This norbornene-based addition (co) polymer is available from Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. under the name of Apel, Different glass transition temperatures (Tg), such as APL8008T (Tg70 ° C), APL6013T (Tgl25 ° C) or APL6015 T (Tgl45 ° C), etc. TOPAS8007, 601 3, and 6015 from Polyplastics Co., Ltd. In addition, Ferearia has released Appear3000.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- the cyclic polyolefin resin in the present invention is particularly preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the general formula (II). This is because the structure of the main chain is stiffer than the general formula (I) and the general formula (III), and therefore it is very easy to arrange. This makes this The resin is characterized by being easily gelled.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin of the present invention contains two repeating units represented by the following general formula (1) in order to develop cooling gelation ability, and has copolymerization ratios x, y Even if it is 0 ⁇ 03 ⁇ y / (x + y) ⁇ 0.50, J:
- R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
- R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- ⁇ L 2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- m and p are each independently an integer of 0 or 1
- n and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 4.
- R 3 , p, q, and y have the same meanings as shown in the general formula (1).
- the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1A) can be formed by addition polymerization of a cyclic olefin represented by the following general formula (4).
- R 3 teeth 2 - 0H In general formula (4), R 3 , L 2 , p, and q have the same meanings as those shown in general formula (1).
- R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a force representing a substituent.
- the substituent is preferably a halogen atom (eg, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom), an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 force, etc.
- alkenylquinole group such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl
- a cycloalkyl group preferably having 3 carbon atoms, 30 substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexane
- An alkyl group such as cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4 n dodecylcyclohexyl
- a bicycloalkyl group preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, having 5 to 30 carbon atoms).
- An alkenyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as bur or aryl), a cycloalkenyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms) Groups, that is, monovalent groups in which one hydrogen atom of a cycloalkene having 3 to 30 carbon atoms has been removed, for example, 2-cyclopentene 1-yl, 2-cyclohexene 1-yl), bicycloalkenyl group (substituted) Or an unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a bicycloalkene having one double bond.
- a cycloalkenyl group preferably a substituted or unsubsti
- substituted or unsubstituted canolevamoyloxy groups for example, N, N dimethylcarbamoyloxy, N, N deethylcarbamoyloxy, morpholino force noreblonoxy, N, N genyloctylaminocarbonyloxy N—n-octylcarbamoyloxy), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, t-butoxycarbonyl Oxy, n-octylcarpo Oxy), aryloxycarbonyloxy group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyloxy, pmethoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy P-n hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy
- amino group preferably an amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted anilino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an amino-containing methylamino, dimethylamino, ananilino, N —Methyl-anilino, diphenylamino), acylamino group (preferably formylamino group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, For example, formylamino, acetylamino, bivalloyamino, lauroylamino, benzoylamino), an aminocarbonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted aminocarbony
- a nilamino group such as dimethoxyphosphinylamino, dimethylaminophosphieramino
- a silyl group preferably a substituted or unsubstituted silyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms such as trimethinoresilinole, t-butyldimethyl Cyril, phenyldimethylsilane Ril.
- those having a hydrogen atom may be substituted with the above groups by removing this.
- a functional group include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group.
- examples thereof include methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, acetylaminosulfonyl, and benzoylaminosulfonyl groups.
- substituents When there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. If possible, they can be linked together to form a ring.
- R 3 is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 10 carbon atoms, 3 to carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 10 carbon atoms, a cyan group, or 2 to carbon atoms; 10 is an alkoxy group, 2 to carbon atoms; an alkoxycarbonyl group having 10 carbon atoms, or a hydrogen atom.
- L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- alcohol is formed by the combination of L 2 and OH.
- the divalent linking group is preferably an optionally substituted alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, arylene group, or a group obtained by combining two or more of these divalent groups. When composed of two or more combinations, they may be linked by another divalent linking group.
- a divalent linking group for example, —NR 9 (wherein R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group), OS—SO —-SO— -CO-,-SO NR 9 — NR
- L 2 is more preferably a single bond or a carbon number;! To 10, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 16 carbon atoms.
- R 3 L 2 may be bonded to each other to form a 57-membered ring, more preferably a 6 to 6-membered ring. Moreover, it may be a carbocycle or a heterocycle, but a carbocycle is preferred.
- the cyclic olefin represented by the general formula (4) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the cyclic olefin-based polymer including each repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is obtained by hydrolyzing or solvating the cyclic olefin-based polymer including the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1B). You can also get it by being early.
- the repeating unit represented by the general formula (IB) can be formed by addition polymerization of a cyclic olefin represented by the following general formula (5).
- R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent are described in the general formula (4). Those mentioned in the example of the substituent R 3 can be applied.
- R 2 represents a substituent, preferably a substituent! /,
- the force S described in the example of the substituent described in the general formula (4) can be applied S, preferably even if it has a substituent.
- Good carbon number;! To 10 alkynole group, 6 to 10 carbon atom group, 1 to 10 alkoxy group, 6 to 10 carbon atom group, or 0 to 10 carbon atom group is there.
- Preferred ranges of m and n are the same as the preferred ranges of L 2 , p and q in the general formula (4), respectively.
- the cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention may comprise only each repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), but contains the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2). You can also. In the case where the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is contained, a ratio of !! to 50 mol% in the polymer is desirable.
- the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) can be introduced by a specific cyclic polyolefin represented by the following general formula (6).
- R 4 , RR °, R 7 and r can be added to the same taste as in the general formula (2).
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent is preferred! /, For example, the same as the example of the substituent R 3 described in the general formula (4) It is.
- R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carbon number of 1 to; an alkyl group of 10 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 10 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy of 10 to 10 carbon atoms.
- cyano group carbon number 2 to; 10 acyloxy group, carbon number An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carboxyl group; Further, if possible, they may be linked to each other to form a 5- to 7-membered ring, but a 5- or 6-membered ring is more preferable. Further, it may be a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.
- r represents an integer of 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
- the cyclic olefins represented by the general formula (1) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- the cyclic olefins used in the present invention can be synthesized with reference to methods known in the literature.
- the Examples include the method described in Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 48, 3641-3644 (1975), and the method described in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans., 2, 17-22 (1974).
- the cyclic olefins of the present invention are not limited to these methods.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is obtained by polymerizing the monomer represented by the general formula (5) and then hydrolyzing or desolvating the polymer. Can also be obtained.
- the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is introduced into the cyclic olefin-based polymer, the monomer represented by the general formula (5) and the monomer represented by the general formula (6) are copolymerized. Later, the copolymer can be obtained by hydrolysis or solvolysis.
- a polymer is dissolved in a hydrophilic solvent (eg, tetrahydrofuran), a basic aqueous solution (eg, sodium hydroxide aqueous solution) is added, and the mixture is heated and stirred.
- a hydrophilic solvent eg, tetrahydrofuran
- a basic aqueous solution eg, sodium hydroxide aqueous solution
- the conversion rate of hydroxyl groups can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the reaction time, the amount of base, the amount of water, and the like.
- it is easy to perform solvolysis by dissolving the polymer in a soluble solvent and alcohol and adding a catalyst.
- a cyclic olefin polymer is dissolved in a mixed solvent of methylene chloride and methanol and reacted using a metal alkoxide such as sodium methoxide as a catalyst.
- the reaction can be stopped by adding a taenity agent such as acetic acid after an appropriate time.
- a taenity agent such as acetic acid
- the acyl group can be partially converted into a hydroxyl group.
- the conversion rate of the hydroxyl group can be appropriately adjusted depending on the reaction time, the amount of alcohol, the amount of catalyst, and the like.
- the polymerization of the present invention can also be obtained by the following method.
- cyclohexane solvents such as cyclohexane, cyclopentane, methylcyclopentane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane
- Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, benzene, xylene, etc., halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethylene, and black benzene, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ⁇ —
- polar solvents such as butyrolatatatone, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, nitromethane, etc. Monkey.
- the ratio of X and y in the general formula (1) satisfies the relational expression of 0.03 ⁇ y / (x + y) ⁇ 0.50.
- y / (x + y) ⁇ 0.3 that is, when the amount of OH is small, the cooling gelation ability (peelability) becomes low.
- y / (x + y)> 0.5 that is, if the amount of OH is large, it does not dissolve in the solvent.
- y / (x + y) that is, the ratio of OH groups can be measured by a spectroscopic technique such as IR.
- the OH of the polymer can be benzoylated with an excess of base and benzoyl chloride, and its 1 HNMR can be measured and calculated from the integral ratio of the benzoyl moiety to other moieties. Since this corresponds to the ratio of the original OH, the OH content of the original polymer, ie, y can be calculated.
- the cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention is a gel permeant containing tetrahydrofuran as a solvent.
- the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight measured by the Chillon chromatogram is 10,000-1, 000,000, preferably ⁇ 50,000-500,000.
- the weight average molecular weight in terms of positive styrene is 15,000-1, 500,000, and preferably ⁇ 70,000-700,000. If the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight is less than 10,000 and the weight-average molecular weight is less than 15,000, the fracture strength may be insufficient, and the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight exceeds 1,000,000. If the weight average molecular weight force exceeds 500,000, the molding processability as a sheet decreases, and the solution viscosity becomes high when used as a cast film and the like, which may be difficult to handle.
- the glass transition temperature of the cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention is preferably 100 to 400 in the measurement with a scanning differential calorimeter (DSC).
- DSC scanning differential calorimeter
- C preferably 150-380.
- C more preferably 200 to 350 ° C, and if it is less than 100 ° C, thermal deformation tends to occur when used as an optical material.
- the polymer may have a rapid heat splitting when heat forming.
- the preferred tensile modulus of the cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention is preferably 1200 MPa or more, more preferably 1500 MPa or more. If the tensile modulus is low, the film may be insufficiently self-supporting and difficult to handle as an optical material such as a polarizing plate.
- the cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention includes a crosslinking agent such as a silane coupling agent containing a peroxide, disulfide, disulfide, polysulfide compound, dioxime compound, tetrasulfide and the like.
- a crosslinking agent such as a silane coupling agent containing a peroxide, disulfide, disulfide, polysulfide compound, dioxime compound, tetrasulfide and the like.
- 0.05 to 5 parts by weight with respect to parts by weight can be added and converted into a crosslinked product by heat or the like, or can be directly converted into a crosslinked product by light or electron beam.
- the cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention has a cooling gelling ability.
- viscoelasticity can be measured with a rheometer or the like. This is because the polymer dope is cooled and has a temperature at which a sudden increase in viscosity is observed.
- the object of the present invention is to discriminate polymers that can be formed at high speed. Actually, it is preferable to make a judgment by examining cooling casting film formation. You can easily test on a small scale.
- the polymer dope can be cast on a small scale with a cooled metal plate, and the peelability can be confirmed.
- the polymer is dissolved in a mixed solvent such as methylene chloride / methanol / butanol / water, and the resulting dope is converted to o ° c to
- the optical material of the present invention is characterized by using a cyclic olefin-based polymer, and the optical material is preferably in the form of a thin film, film or sheet.
- the film will be described as an example.
- the film of the present invention refers to a film containing a cyclic olefin-based polymer.
- Films produced using the polymer include liquid crystal display element substrates, light guide plates, polarizing films, retardation films, liquid crystal backlights, liquid crystal panels, OHP films, transparent conductive films, and the like. Suitable for optical use film.
- fine particles can be added to the resin composition. By adding fine particles, the dynamic friction coefficient on the film surface is lowered, so that the stress applied to the finem during film handling can be reduced.
- fine particles that can be used in the present invention organic or inorganic compound fine particles can be used.
- inorganic compounds compounds containing silicon, silicon dioxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, aluminum oxide, barium oxide, zirconium oxide, strongtium oxide, antimony oxide, tin oxide, tin oxide 'antimony, calcium carbonate , Talc, clay, calcining power oline, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate are preferred, and more preferably inorganic compounds and metal oxides containing potassium.
- silicon dioxide is particularly preferably used.
- Aerosil R972, R974, R812, 200, 300, R202, 0X50, TT600 above Enomoto Aerosil Co., Ltd.
- a commercial product having a trade name can be used.
- zirconium oxide fine particles for example, those commercially available under trade names such as Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) can be used.
- Examples of the organic compound include polytetrafluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polyethylene carbonate, starch, and the like.
- a pulverized classification product is also mentioned.
- a polymer compound synthesized by a suspension polymerization method, or a polymer compound made spherical by a spray drying method or a dispersion method can be used.
- the primary average particle diameter of these fine particles is preferably from ! to 20000, more preferably from! To lOOOOnm, and more preferably from the viewpoint of keeping haze low. OOOnm, particularly preferably 5 to 500 nm.
- the measurement of the primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is obtained by the average particle diameter of the particles with a transmission electron microscope.
- the purchased fine particles are often agglomerated and are preferably dispersed by a known method before use.
- the secondary particle size is preferably 200 to 1500 nm by dispersion, more preferably 300 to lOOOnm.
- the amount of fine particles added is preferably 0.01 to 0.3 parts by weight for 100 parts by weight of cyclic polyolefin. 0.05 to 0. 2 parts by weight is even more preferred. 0.08 to 12 parts by weight. Most preferred.
- the preferred range of the cyclic polyolefin film to which fine particles are added! / The haze range is 2.0% or less, 1.2% or less is more preferred, and 0.5% or less is particularly preferred.
- a preferable dynamic friction coefficient of the cyclic polyolefin film to which fine particles are added is 0.8 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or less.
- the dynamic friction coefficient can be measured using a steel ball according to the method specified by JIS or ASTM. Haze can be measured using a 1001DP haze meter manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.
- the solvent that is contained in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution and in which the cyclic polyolefin is dissolved will be described.
- the solvent that can be used is not particularly limited as long as the object can be achieved as long as the cyclic polyolefin can be dissolved, cast, and formed into a film.
- Solvents used in the present invention are, for example, chlorinated solvents such as dichloromethane and black mouth form.
- the solvent is preferably a solvent selected from chain hydrocarbons, cyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, ketones and ethers having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Esters, ketones, and ethers may have a cyclic structure.
- Examples of chain hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include hexane, octane, isooctane and decane.
- Examples of cyclic hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include cyclopentane, cyclohexane and derivatives thereof.
- Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include benzene, toluene and xylene.
- esters having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms include ethyl phenolate, propino phenolate, pentino ketone, methino acetate, etheno rare acetate and pentyl acetate.
- ketones having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, jetyl ketone, diisoptyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and methylcyclohexanone.
- ethers having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxolane, tetrahydrofuran, anisole and phenetole.
- the solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups include 2-ethoxycetyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol and 2-butoxyethanol.
- the preferred boiling point of the solvent is 35 ° C or higher and 150 ° C or lower.
- the solvent used in the present invention can be used by mixing two or more kinds of solvents for adjusting the solution physical properties such as drying property and viscosity. Further, as long as the cyclic polyolefin is dissolved in the mixed solvent, it is a poor solvent. It is also possible to add.
- a preferred poor solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the type of polymer used.
- alcohols and water can be preferably used.
- the alcohols may be linear, branched or cyclic, and among them, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons are preferable.
- the hydroxyl group of the alcohol may be any of primary to tertiary. Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-prono, 2-prono, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, t-butanol, 1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol and cyclohexanol. It is.
- fluorine-based alcohol is also used.
- 2 fluoroethanol, 2, 2, 2 trifluoroethanol, 2, 2, 3, 3 tetrafluoro Examples include raw 1 propanol.
- monohydric alcohols are particularly effective because they have an effect of reducing peeling resistance.
- the alcohols that are particularly preferred vary depending on the good solvent selected, but considering the drying load, alcohols with a boiling point of 120 ° C or lower are preferred, and monohydric alcohols with 1 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferred. Alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms can be particularly preferably used.
- a particularly preferable mixed solvent for preparing the cyclic polyolefin solution is a combination in which dichloromethane is the main solvent and one or more alcohols selected from methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, or butanol are used as poor solvents.
- additive additives for example, deterioration inhibitors, UV inhibitors, letter-dose (optical anisotropy) modifiers, release accelerators, plasticizers
- Agents, infrared absorbers, etc. which may be solid or oily. That is, the melting point and boiling point are not particularly limited. For example, mixing of UV-absorbing materials with melting points of 20 ° C or lower and 20 ° C or higher, and mixing of deterioration inhibitors as well.
- infrared absorbing dyes are described, for example, in JP-A-2001-194522.
- the timing of the addition may be added to the cyclic polyolefin resin solution (dope) production process!
- the additive is added to the final preparation process of the dope preparation process. You may add and add the process to prepare. Furthermore, the amount of each material added is not particularly limited as long as the function is manifested. When the cyclic polyolefin film is formed from multiple layers, the type and amount of additives in each layer may be different.
- deterioration (oxidation) inhibitors such as 2,6-di-tert-butyl, 4-methylphenol, 4,4'-thiobis (6-tert-butyl-3-methylphenol), 1, 1 '-Bis (4 hydroxyphenenole) cyclohexane, 2, 2'-methylenebis (4-ethyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,5-di-tert-butylhydroquinone, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3 — Phenolic or hydroquinone antioxidants such as (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate can be added. wear.
- a phosphorus-based antioxidant such as pentaerythritol diphosphite and bis (2,4 dibutylbutyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite.
- the addition amount of the antioxidant is preferably 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cyclic polyolefin.
- an ultraviolet absorber is preferably used from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of a polarizing plate or liquid crystal.
- the ultraviolet absorber those having excellent absorption ability of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less and having little absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more are preferably used from the viewpoint of good liquid crystal display properties.
- Specific examples of ultraviolet absorbers preferably used in the present invention include, for example, hindered phenol compounds, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylates. Compounds, nickel complex compounds, and the like.
- hindered phenolic compounds include 2, 6 di tert butyl-p crezo monole, pentaerythrityl tetrakis [3- (3,5-di tert butyl 4-hydroxyphenenole) propionate], N, N, mono Xamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamide), 1,3,5-trimethylenole 2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzenole) benzene And tris (3,5-ditertbutyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) monoisocyanurate.
- benzotriazole compounds include 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2,2methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3 tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H Nzotriazole-2-phenol) phenol), (2,4 bis (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy) -3,5-di-tert-butylanilino) -1,3,5-triazine, triethyleneglycol monorubis [3- (3-tert-butyl 5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenol) probione], N, N 'hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxymonohydr) , 5 Trimethylolene 2, 4, 6 Tris (3,5 di-tert-butyltinol 4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, 2 (2,1-hydroxyl-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylbutyl No.
- UV inhibitors 1 ppm by weight to the cyclic polyolefin; The preferred range is 10 to 1000 ppm.
- a compound having at least two aromatic rings in order to express a letter value, can be used as a letter expression enhancer.
- a letter expression developer it is preferable to use it in the range of 0.05 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cyclic polyolefin. More preferably, it is more preferable to use in the range of 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, and most preferable to use in the range of 0.5 to 2 parts by mass.
- Two or more letter expression enhancers may be used in combination.
- the letter expression enhancer preferably has a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 250 to 400 nm, and preferably has a substantial absorption in the visible region.
- the “aromatic ring” includes an aromatic hetero ring in addition to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is particularly preferably a 6-membered ring (that is, a benzene ring).
- Aromatic heterocycles are generally unsaturated heterocycles.
- the aromatic heterocycle is preferably a 5-membered ring, 6-membered ring or 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring.
- Aromatic heterocycles generally have the most double bonds.
- the heteroatom is particularly preferably a nitrogen atom, preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- aromatic heterocycles include furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, furazane, triazole, pyran, Pyridine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, virazine ring and 1,3,5-triazine ring are included.
- Aromatic rings include benzene, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, and 1,3,5-triazine rings.
- 1,3,5 triazine ring is preferably used.
- compounds disclosed in JP-A No. 2001-166144 are preferably used.
- the number of aromatic rings possessed by the letter expression enhancer is preferably 2 to 20.
- the bond relationship between two aromatic rings can be classified as (a) when a condensed ring is formed, (b) when directly linked by a single bond, and (c) when linked via a linking group (for aromatic rings). , Spiro bonds cannot be formed).
- the binding relationship may be any of (a) to (c)
- Examples of the condensed ring of (a) include an indene ring, a naphthalene ring, an azulene ring, a funolenic ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, an acenaphthylene ring, a biphenol.
- the single bond (b) is preferably a bond between carbon atoms of two aromatic rings.
- Two aromatic rings may be joined by two or more single bonds to form an aliphatic ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring between the two aromatic rings.
- the linking group in (c) is also preferably bonded to carbon atoms of two aromatic rings.
- the linking group is preferably an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, CO 2 NH—S or a combination thereof. Examples of linking groups consisting of combinations are shown below. In addition, the relationship between the left and right in the following examples of the linking group may be reversed.
- the aromatic ring and the linking group may have a substituent.
- substituents include halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I), hydroxynore, carboxyl, cyano, amino, nitro, sulfo, carbamoyl, sulfamoyl, ureido, ananolenoyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aliphatic Acyl group, aliphatic acyloxy group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, alkylthio group, alkylsulfonyl group, aliphatic amide group
- An aliphatic sulfonamido group an aliphatic substituted amino group, an aliphatic substituted rubamoyl group, an aliphatic substituted sulfamoyl group, an aliphatic substituted ureido group, and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a straight chain alkyl group is particularly preferred, with a chain alkyl group being preferred over a cyclic alkyl group.
- the alkyl group may further have a substituent (eg, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy group, alkyl-substituted amino group).
- substituents eg, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy group, alkyl-substituted amino group.
- alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-butynole, n-hexenole, 2-hydroxyethynole, 4-strength noroxybutynole, 2-methoxyethyl and 2-jetylaminoethyl. Is included.
- the alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms! / ,. Cyclic alkenyl group A straight chain alkenyl group is particularly preferred, with a chain alkenyl group being more preferred.
- the alkenyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of alkenyl groups include bur, arinole and 1-hexenyl.
- the alkynyl group preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a linear alkynyl group is particularly preferred over a cyclic alkynyl group, with a chain alkynyl group being preferred.
- the alkynyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of alkynyl groups include echtur, 1-butur and 1-hexyl.
- the aliphatic acyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the aliphatic isyl group include acetyl, propanol and butanol.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic acyloxy group is preferably 1 to 10.
- Examples of the aliphatic acyloxy group include acetoxy.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1-8.
- the alkoxy group may further have a substituent (eg, alkoxy group).
- Examples of alkoxy groups (including substituted alkoxy groups) include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy and methoxy ethoxy.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 to 10.
- alkoxycarbonyl group examples include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably 2 to 10.
- alkoxycarbonylamino group examples include methoxycarbonylamino and ethoxycarbonylamino.
- the alkylthio group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the alkylthio group include methylthio, ethylthio and octylthio.
- the alkylsulfonyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the alkylsulfonyl group include methanesulfonyl and ethanesulfonyl.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic amide group is preferably 1 to 10.
- Examples of the aliphatic amide group include acetamide.
- the aliphatic sulfonamide group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- aliphatic sulfonamido groups include methanesulfonamido, butanesulfonamido and n-octanesulfonamido.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic substituted amino group is preferably 1 to 10.
- Examples of aliphatic substituted amino groups include dimethylamido jettilamino and 2-carboxyethylamino.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic substituent ruberamoyl group is preferably 2 to 10.
- fat Examples of group substituent rubermoyl groups include methylcarbamoyl and jetylcarbamoyl.
- the aliphatic substituted sulfamoyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the aliphatic substituted sulfamoyl group include methylsulfamoyl and jetinolesulfamoyl.
- the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic substituted ureido group is preferably 2 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic substituted ureido group include methylureido.
- non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include piperidino and morpholino.
- the molecular weight of the letter expression enhancer is preferably 300 to 800! /.
- a rod-shaped compound having a linear molecular structure can be preferably used in addition to a compound using a 1,3,5-triazine ring.
- the linear molecular structure means that the rod-shaped compound has a linear molecular structure, which is the most thermodynamically stable structure.
- the most thermodynamically stable structure can be obtained by crystal structure analysis or molecular orbital calculation.
- molecular orbital calculations can be performed using molecular orbital calculation software (eg, WinMOPAC2000, manufactured by Fujitsu Limited) to determine the molecular structure that minimizes the heat of formation of compounds.
- the linear molecular structure means that in the thermodynamically most stable structure obtained by calculation as described above, the angle of the main chain constituting the molecular structure is 140 degrees or more.
- the rod-shaped compound having at least two aromatic rings is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (IV).
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently an aromatic group.
- the aromatic group includes an aryl group (aromatic hydrocarbon group), a substituted aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, and a substituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
- An aryl group and a substituted aryl group are more preferable than an aromatic heterocyclic group and a substituted aromatic heterocyclic group.
- the heterocycle of an aromatic heterocycle group is generally unsaturated.
- the aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring, 6-membered ring or 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring.
- Aromatic heterocycles generally have the most double bonds.
- the heteroatom is more preferably a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
- the aromatic ring of the aromatic group includes benzene ring, furan ring, Particularly preferred are benzene rings, preferably ophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrimidine and pyrazine rings.
- L 1 represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, O
- the alkylene group may have a cyclic structure.
- 1,4-cyclohexylene is particularly preferred, where xylene is preferred.
- As the chain alkylene group a linear alkylene group is more preferable than a branched alkylene group.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 10, further preferably 1 to 8, and most preferably 1. Thru 6.
- the alkenylene group and the alkynylene group preferably have a linear structure rather than a branched chain structure, which preferably has a chain structure rather than a cyclic structure.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkkenylene group and the alkynylene group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, further preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 4, most preferably Preferably 2 (vinylene or ethynylene).
- the arylene group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16, and still more preferably 6 to 12.
- the angle formed by Ar 1 and Ar 2 across L 1 is preferably 140 degrees or more.
- Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently an aromatic group.
- the definition and examples of the aromatic group are the same as those of Ar 1 and Ar 2 in the general formula (IV).
- L 2 and L 3 are each independently an alkylene group, —O
- the alkylene group has a linear structure rather than a chain structure having a branch, which preferably has a chain structure rather than a cyclic structure.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 8, and still more preferably 1 to 6 More preferably 1 to 4 and most preferably 1 or 2 (methylene or ethylene).
- L 2 and L 3 are particularly preferably O—CO or mono-CO—O.
- X is 1,4-cyclohexylene, vinylene or ethynylene.
- Two or more rod-shaped compounds having a wavelength shorter than the maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max) force of 3 ⁇ 450 nm may be used in combination with the ultraviolet absorption spectrum of the solution.
- the addition amount of the letter expression enhancer is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, based on the amount of cyclic polyolefin.
- phosphate ester surfactants carboxylic acid or carboxylate surfactants, sulfonic acid or sulfonate surfactants, and sulfate ester surfactants are effective.
- a fluorine-based surfactant in which a part of hydrogen atoms bonded to the hydrocarbon chain of the above-mentioned surfactant is substituted with a fluorine atom is also effective. Examples of the release agent are given below.
- RZ-14 (iso CHO— (CH CH O) (CH) SO Na RZ-15 Sodium triisopropyl naphthalene sulfonate
- the addition amount of the release accelerator is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass with respect to the cyclic polyolefin 0.5; more preferably 2 to 2% by mass 0.;! To 0.5% by mass Most preferred.
- cyclic polyolefin resin is susceptible to cracking and the like when it is subjected to bending stress or shear stress S on a film that is less flexible than cellulose acetate.
- a plasticizer can be added.
- phthalic acid ester trimellitic acid ester, aliphatic dibasic acid ester, orthophosphoric acid ester, acetic acid ester, polyester 'epoxidized ester, ricinoleic acid ester, polyolefin, Mention may be made of polyethylene glycol compounds.
- a plasticizer that can be used at room temperature, normal pressure, in a liquid state and has a boiling point of 200 ° C or higher.
- Specific examples of compound names include the following.
- Examples of the aliphatic dibasic acid ester system include dioctyl adipate (230 ° C / 76 OmmHg), dibutinorea dipate (145 ° C / 4mmHg), di-2-ethinorehexinorea dipeto (335 o G / 760mm: Hg) , Dif, Chinoresiguri Monoreji page (230 ⁇ 240 o G / 2 mmHg), G2 hexylhexylaselate (220 ⁇ 245 ° C / 4mmHg), G2-Ethylhexyl sebacate (377 ° C / 760mmHg), etc.
- Phthalic acid esters include, for example, jetyl phthalate (298 ° C / 760mmHg), diheptyl phthalate (235 to 245 ° C / 10mmHg), di noctino phthalate (210 ° C / 760mmHg), diisodecyl phthalate (420 ° C / 760mmHg) etc .;
- Polyolefins include paraffin waxes such as normal paraffin, isoparaffin, cycloparaffin (average molecular weight 330-600, melting point 45-80 ° C), liquid paraffin (JIS standard K2231ISOVG8, the same) VG15, V G3 2, VG68, VG100, etc.) Raffin pellets (melting point 56-58.C, 58-60.C, 60 ⁇ 62 ° C), chlorinated paraffin, low molecular weight polyethylene, low molecular weight polypropylene, low molecular weight polyisobutene, hydrogen
- the plasticizer is added in an amount of 0.5 to 40.0 mass% with respect to the cyclic polyolefin-based resin from the viewpoint of plasticizing effect, processing suitability, optical unevenness, contamination of other parts, and the like.
- 30.0 mass 0/0 more preferably 3 ⁇ 0% to 20 ⁇ 0 Weight 0/0.
- cyclic polyolefin resin solution (dope) of the present invention after stirring the polymer at room temperature and swelling the polymer by cooling at room temperature, it was cooled from ⁇ 20 ° C. to ⁇ 100 ° C. and again.
- a cooling dissolution method that melts by heating from 20 ° C to 100 ° C
- a high temperature dissolution method that melts at a temperature above the boiling point of the main solvent in a closed container
- a high temperature and high pressure to the critical point of the solvent There are ways to do it.
- the solubility is good! /
- the polymer is preferably dissolved at room temperature, but the poorly soluble polymer is preferably dissolved by heating in a closed container.
- dichloromethane is chosen as the main solvent, many cyclic polyolefins can be dissolved by heating from 20 ° C to 100 ° C.
- the viscosity of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution of the present invention is preferably in the range of lPa's to 500Pa's at 25 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 Pa ′s to 200 Pa ′s.
- the viscosity was measured as follows. Sample solution lmL is 4cm / 2 in diameter on a rheometer (CLS 500). Steel Cone (both manufactured by TA Instrumennts). Measurement was started after the sample solution was kept warm at the measurement start temperature until the liquid temperature became constant.
- concentration method is not particularly limited.
- a low-concentration solution is introduced between the cylinder and the rotation trajectory of the outer periphery of the rotating blade rotating in the circumferential direction, and between the solution and the solution.
- a method of obtaining a high-concentration solution while evaporating the solvent by giving a temperature difference for example, JP-A-4-259511
- a heated low-concentration solution is blown into the container from the nozzle, and the solution is injected from the nozzle into the container inner wall
- the solvent is flash-evaporated and the solvent vapor is extracted from the container and the high-concentration solution is extracted from the container bottom (for example, U.S. Pat.No. 2,541,012, U.S. Pat. 229, U.S. Pat.No. 4,414,34 1 and the methods described in US Pat. No. 4,504,355, etc.
- a filter with an absolute filtration accuracy of 0 ⁇ ; 1 m to 100 m is preferably used, and a filter with an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.5 to 2511 m is more preferably used.
- the thickness of the filter is preferably 0.1 mm to 10 mm, and more preferably 0.2 mm to 2 mm.
- the filtration pressure is preferably 1.6 MPa or less, more preferably 1.3 MPa or less, further 1. OMPa or less, particularly preferably 0.6 MPa or less.
- the filter medium conventionally known materials such as glass fibers, cellulose fibers, filter paper, fluororesin such as tetrafluoroethylene resin can be preferably used, and ceramics, metals and the like are also preferably used.
- the viscosity of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution immediately before film formation should be within the range that can be cast at the time of film formation, and usually it should be adjusted within the range of 5 Pa's to lOOOPa 's. s to 500 Pa's force S is more preferable, and 30 Pa's to 200 Pa's force S is more preferable.
- the temperature at this time is not particularly limited as long as it is the temperature at the time of casting, but is preferably 5 ° C to 70 ° C, more preferably 5 ° C to 35 ° C.
- the storage elastic modulus and loss elastic modulus constituting the complex elastic modulus as an index representing the self-supporting property of the viscoelastic body.
- the force that is necessary for the solution to gel on the casting support is a necessary gelling temperature, that is, the gel point is stored.
- a necessary gelling temperature that is, the gel point is stored.
- the storage elastic modulus E ′ and loss elastic modulus E ′ ′ of the dope should be adjusted in advance to reach the turning point.
- Figure 3 shows this relationship.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin solution described above reaches the gel point TO before being peeled off after being cast on the endless support.
- This gel point is the temperature at which the magnitude relationship between the values of E 'and E''is reversed, where E' is the storage modulus of the solution and E '' is the loss modulus. (See Fig. 3)
- E' is the storage modulus of the solution
- E '' is the loss modulus.
- the stirring time for adjusting the concentrated molecular solution may be 30 minutes or more and 5 hours or less.
- the gelation does not occur sufficiently or the dissolution failure does not occur, the foreign matter is generated in the film and the surface condition does not deteriorate, It is preferably 4% or more and 20% or less with respect to the total amount of the dissolved medium. Further, it is more preferably 6% or more and 15% or less.
- the gel point may be achieved between the start of casting and peeling, but is preferably set to 40 ° C or higher and 0 ° C or lower.
- the storage elastic modulus E ′ and the loss elastic modulus E ′ ′ are values measured in a solution state by a viscoelasticity measuring device for solution (“Rheometer”, manufactured by Thysica). means. Measurement is at a strain of 0.01, at a frequency of 1 Hz and at a constant measurement temperature for at least 5 minutes and over 40 points, and the average value when measured under measurement conditions such that the variation of each measurement point is within ⁇ 5% It is adopted as E ', E', at each temperature. When the temperature is changed, the temperature is changed from the high temperature side to the low temperature side, and at each measurement temperature, the measurement system is held for at least 10 minutes before reaching a certain temperature (equilibrium temperature).
- E ′ A * exp (—B * T)
- E ′ ′ C * exp ( — D * T) [where A to D are constants and T is temperature (° C)]
- the measured data indicates that the horizontal axis represents temperature and the vertical axis represents the logarithm of storage elastic modulus E 'and the logarithm of loss modulus E''satisfy a linear relationship.
- the values A to D are adjusted so that they have intersections within a predetermined temperature range.
- Solution casting film forming methods are described in many literatures.
- the time required from the casting of the dope onto the support to the peeling of the molded film on the support is shortened, and the productivity of the film-controlling worker is improved. Is a problem.
- Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-17844 proposes shortening the time until casting after casting by casting a high-concentration dope onto a cooling drum.
- the drum film forming method is explained below.
- FIG. 5 shows a schematic view of a film-forming line 10 used for carrying out the solution casting film-forming method according to the present invention.
- FIGS. 6 and 7 are schematic views of the main part of the film production line 10.
- the dope 12 prepared by the above-described method is charged and stirred by the stirring blade 13 to be uniform.
- the dope 12 is sent to the filtration device 15 by the pump 14 to remove impurities. After that, it is sent to a casting die 21 installed in the casting chamber 20 at a constant flow rate.
- the casting die 21 is disposed on the rotating drum 22.
- the rotating drum 22 is rotationally driven by a driving device (not shown).
- a casting bead 23 is formed by casting the dope 12 from the casting die 21 on the rotating drum 22.
- the position where the casting bead 23 has landed on the rotating drum 22 is indicated by a landing line (see FIG. 6, since the figure is shown from a direction orthogonal to the running direction of the film).
- Called 22a The casting bead 23 is gelled on the rotating drum 22 as a support to become a gel film 24.
- gel film 24 moves as the rotary drum 22 travels, gelation further proceeds due to cooling.
- the gel film 24 reaches the peeling line (see FIG. 6) 22b, it is peeled off from the rotating drum 22 by the peeling roller 25 to become a film 26.
- the rotating drum 22 has a support rotating shaft (hereinafter referred to as a rotating shaft) 40, 4 1 is attached, and bearings 42 and 43 are attached to the rotary shafts 40 and 41, not shown in FIG.
- the rotating shaft 40, the rotating drum 22, and the rotating shaft 41 are provided with a medium flow path (not shown) therein.
- a cooling medium (hereinafter referred to as a refrigerant) 44 that is an antifreeze heat medium is supplied from the refrigerant supply device 45 to the flow path, whereby the rotary drum 22 is cooled.
- the surface temperature of the rotating drum 22 is preferably 10 ° C. or less, more preferably 5 ° C. or less, and most preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. or less.
- the present invention is not limited to these temperature ranges.
- the refrigerant 44 a glycol refrigerant, a fluorine refrigerant, an alcohol refrigerant, or the like is used. Most preferably, Fluorinert (registered trademark) FC-77, HFE7100, cold brine (registered trademark) FP60 is used. Certain forces are not limited to those refrigerants. Further, the cooling method of the rotating drum used in the present invention is not necessarily limited to the method of passing the refrigerant as shown in FIG.
- the rotating drum 22 used in the present invention is made of a low-temperature brittle material, the physical strength against the impact of the equipment and the repeated load is prevented when cooled at a low temperature. It is more preferable because it is possible. Specifically, those made of SUS, SLA, STPL, etc. are preferred! /, But are not limited to these! /.
- the casting die 21 is preferably provided with a gas conduit 27a connected to the gas supply device 27 on the bead back surface 23b side.
- gas hereinafter also referred to as the first gas
- the gas concentration on the bead back surface 23b can be lowered and the dew point can be lowered.
- dew condensation on the surface of the rotating drum 22 can be prevented, and deterioration of the surface quality of the film 26 is suppressed.
- the gel film 24 falls from the rotating drum 22 between the landing line 22a and the stripping line 22b, which hinders continuous operation. .
- the condensation on the surface of the rotating drum 22 can be prevented, so that the gel film 24 can be prevented from falling off.
- Gas 28, such as nitrogen gas or helium gas (usually called an inert gas) does not affect the characteristics of the film! /, And it is preferable to use a gas 28 /.
- Gas 28 is supplied so that the dew point is 1 ° C or more lower than the surface temperature of the rotating drum 22. It is preferable to blow air after the temperature is adjusted by the device 27. Note that the temperature of the surface of the rotating drum 22 can be measured using a well-known! /, Or a misalignment device! / (The thermometer is not shown). Below this temperature differential force, condensation may occur due to slight variations in process conditions. Furthermore, it is preferable that the wind speed of the gas 28 is in the range of 0.5 m / s to 2 m / s. When the wind speed is less than 0.5 m / s, the effect of reducing the gas concentration near the casting bead 23 is small.
- the temperature of the first gas 28 is preferably in the range of 30 ° C to 50 ° C.
- the wind speed and temperature of the gas (first gas) are not limited to the above ranges by changing other experimental conditions.
- the dope 12 cast on the surface of the rotating drum 22 increases the strength (film strength) of the gel film 24 by cooling gelation, and further promotes drying until stripping.
- the strength (film strength) of the gel film 24 increases. If the stress (film stress) due to stretching of the gel film 24 at the time of stripping is less than 450,000 Pa, the strength as a film is insufficient, and the self-supporting property necessary for stripping may not be obtained.
- the stress value due to stretching is preferably 450,000 Pa or more, more preferably 600,000 Pa or more, and most preferably 750,000 Pa or more.
- the value measured by stretching using a load cell is used as the stress value by stretching the film.
- the speed ratio V1 / V0 between the peripheral speed (V0) of the rotary drum 22 and the peripheral speed (VI) of the peeling roller 25 is 1 ⁇ 001 ⁇ (V1 /V0) ⁇ 1.5 Force to be in range S S, more preferably 1.002 ⁇ (V1 / V0) ⁇ 1.3, most preferably 1.005 ⁇ (V1 / V0 ) ⁇ 1.2.
- the speed ratio is not limited to the above-described range.
- the clearance C 1 is preferably in the range of lmm ⁇ Cl ⁇ 100 mm, but is not limited to this range.
- the clearance C1 means the interval between the intersection points where the lines a connecting the centers of the rotary drum 22 and the peeling roller 25 intersect with the outer periphery when the rotary drum 22 and the peeling roller 25 are arranged on the same plane.
- the peeling roller 25 has a reference line of the rotating drum 22 (the reference line means a line vertically upward from the center of the rotating drum as shown in the figure). 180 ° is preferred, more preferably 60 ° to 120 °.
- the difference force between the surface tension of the rotating drum 22 and the surface tension of the dope 12 is S, 3 X 10_ 2 (N / m) or more.
- the rotating drum 22 becomes wet with the solvent and the contact area between the gel film 24 and the rotating drum 22 is reduced. As a result, the peeling resistance at the time of peeling can be lowered, so that the peeling is stable.
- any known method can be used for measuring the surface tension.
- the difference in surface tension is not limited to that described above! /.
- the gel film 24 does not exist on the rotating drum 22 between the stripping line 22b and the bead landing line 22a shown in FIG. In the present invention, this surface is referred to as a gel-free film surface 22c.
- the rotary drum 22 is cooled by supplying the refrigerant therein. Therefore, if the surface temperature of the gel-free film surface 22c reaches the dew point, condensation may occur on this surface. Also, the rotating drum 22 travels endlessly, so water drops or condensed solvent adheres to it, and when the dope 12 is cast on the surface, the surface shape of the film to be formed is reduced. May cause deterioration.
- a gas (hereinafter also referred to as second gas) 30 is blown onto the gel-free film surface 22c using a blower 29, and the temperature of the gel-free film surface 22c is higher by 1 ° C or more than the dew point near the casting bead 23. By doing so, adhesion of water droplets and liquefied solvent can be prevented.
- the temperature of the gas (second gas) 30 is preferably in the range of 50 ° C. to 100 ° C. and the wind speed is 2 m / s to 10 m / s. Is not limited to those ranges.
- the refrigerant 44 is also passed through the rotary shafts 40 and 41. Therefore, when the atmosphere in the vicinity of the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 43 is cooled and reaches the dew point, water vapor contained in the atmosphere is condensed and water droplets are generated. Further, the casting chamber 20 contains vaporized solvent volatilized from the dope 12, and the vaporized solvent may be liquefied and adhere to the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 43. If the adhesion becomes violent, rotation failure may occur, which may hinder continuous film formation.
- the fans 46 and 47 are provided in the vicinity of the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 43 so that the gases (hereinafter also referred to as third gases) 48 and 49 are respectively connected to the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 42.
- the gas 48, 49 to be blown is not particularly limited as long as the temperature in the vicinity of the rotary shafts 40, 41 is not below the dew point, but specifically, a range of 20 ° C to 30 ° C is preferable.
- the wind speed is preferably in the range of 2 m / s to 10 m / s, but is not limited to this range.
- the embodiment of the blower is not limited to that shown in FIG.
- gas may be blown to both shafts of the rotary shafts 40 and 41 using a single blower having the fans 46 and 47 installed on the rotary shafts 40 and 41, respectively.
- the recovery device 31 includes a condensing surface 31a that condenses water vapor contained in the atmosphere in the casting chamber 20 and the vaporized solvent vaporized by the solvent in the gel film 24.
- the temperature of the condensing surface 31a is defined by the type of solvent constituting the dope 12 and is not particularly limited. However, in the present invention, the surface temperature of the film 26 may be lower by 1 ° C or more. More preferably, it is preferably 1 ° C. to 20 ° C. lower than the surface temperature of the film 26. If the temperature differential force is less than ° C, liquids such as water droplets may adhere to the surface of film 26 when the conditions of the casting process slightly change.
- the film surface temperature is preferably measured using a non-contact thermometer 32 in the vicinity of the measurement point 26a shown in FIG. 6, but the temperature measurement method is not limited thereto. Absent. More preferably, the recovery device 31 adjusts the temperature of the condensing surface 31a based on the temperature measured by the thermometer 32.
- a tenter chamber 60 and a drying chamber 61 are installed on the downstream side of the casting chamber 20 (see FIG. 5). Drying while stretching the width direction of the film by the tenter dryer 62 in the tenter chamber 60 is preferable in order to make the surface shape of the film 26 uniform. Further, the film 26 is fed into the drying chamber 61 where a large number of rollers 63 are arranged. The film 26 is dried while being conveyed while being wound around the rollers 63. Further, the film 26 is preferably cooled to about room temperature in the cooling chamber 64. Then, it is preferable to wind with a winder 65 S. In addition, before winding in the present invention, the ear may be cut off or knurled. Further, the film forming line 10 used in the solution casting film forming method according to the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS.
- the solution casting film-forming method of the present invention is most suitable for the film-forming method of a film (thin film) formed to a thickness in the range of 20 m to 120 m because the film stress at the time of peeling is large. Is suitable.
- the film thickness of the film is more preferably 20 m to 65 m, and most preferably, the solution casting film forming method of the present invention is applied to film formation of a film of 20 am to 45 am.
- FIG. 5 force showing a form in which one kind of dope is cast in a single layer.
- the present invention is not limited to the illustrated form! /.
- a co-casting method in which a feed block is attached upstream of the casting die, a large number of dopes are fed into the feed block, and the dopes are cast together in the feed block. It is possible to apply.
- the rotary drum 22 is used as a support.
- the present invention is not limited to the illustrated form.
- the dope is cast on a casting belt that runs endlessly by a rotating roller. It can also be applied to the solution casting film forming method.
- the thickness of the final (after drying) cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention varies depending on the intended use. Usually, it is in the range of 5 am to 500 am, and the range of 15 m to 150 ⁇ m is particularly preferred. For display devices it is preferably 30 m to 1 10 m.
- the film thickness is adjusted by adjusting the solid content concentration in the dope, the slit gap of the die base, the extrusion pressure from the die, the metal support speed, etc. so that the desired thickness and thickness distribution are obtained. Adjust it.
- the width of the cyclic polyolefin-based resin film obtained as described above is preferably 0.5 to 3 m force S, more preferably 0.6 to 2.5 m, and still more preferably 0.8 to 2 m. 2m.
- the length is 100 m to 1 ronole; it is more preferable to wind up at 10000 m ⁇ is 500 m to 7000 m, and more preferably ⁇ 1000 m to 6000 m.
- the variation in the Re value of the full width is preferably ⁇ 5 nm, and more preferably ⁇ 3 nm.
- the dispersion of the Rth value is preferably ⁇ 5 nm, more preferably ⁇ 5 nm.
- the variation in the Re value and the Rth value in the length direction is preferably within the range of the variation in the width direction.
- the preferable optical properties of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention vary depending on the application of the film.
- the in-plane letter retardation (Re) is preferably 5 nm or less, more preferably 3 nm or less.
- the thickness direction letter decision (Rth) is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 35 nm or less, and particularly preferably lOnm or less.
- Re and Rth differs depending on the type of retardation film, and there are various needs. Onm ⁇ Re ⁇ 100nm, 40nm ⁇ Rth ⁇ 400 nm is preferable.
- TN mode 0nm ⁇ Re ⁇ 20nm, 40nm ⁇ Rth ⁇ 80nm, VA mode 20nm ⁇ Re ⁇ 80nm, 80nm ⁇ Rth ⁇ 400nm is more preferred Especially in VA mode, the preferred range is 30nm ⁇ Re ⁇ 75nm, 120nm ⁇ Rth ⁇ 250nm, 50nm ⁇ Re ⁇ 75nm, 180nm ⁇ Rth ⁇ 250nm when compensating with one retardation film, 30nm ⁇ Re ⁇ 50nm, 80nm when compensating with two retardation films ⁇ Rth ⁇ 140 nm
- this is a more preferable aspect in terms of color shift during black display and the viewing angle dependence of contrast.
- the cyclic polyolefin film of the present invention can achieve desired optical characteristics by appropriately adjusting the process conditions such as the polymer structure to be used, the kind and amount of additives, the draw ratio, the residual volatile content at the time of peeling. .
- the process conditions such as the polymer structure to be used, the kind and amount of additives, the draw ratio, the residual volatile content at the time of peeling.
- the residual volatile content at the time of peeling within 40 to 85 mass%, it is possible to widely control the thickness-direction letter Rth from 180 to 300 nm.
- the surface orientation can be relaxed and Rth can be freely lowered, and the process conditions are adjusted. Therefore, it is possible to express various letterings according to various applications.
- Re (E) and Rth () respectively represent in-plane letter deposition at the wavelength and letter direction in the thickness direction.
- Re ( ⁇ ) is measured with KOBRA 21ADH or WR (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments) by irradiating light with a wavelength of nm in the film normal direction.
- Rth () is calculated by the following method.
- 13 ⁇ 41 (e) is the above-mentioned 13 ⁇ 43 (e) with the in-plane slow axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH or WR) as the tilt axis (rotation axis) Measured at a total of 6 points by injecting light of wavelength nm from each inclined direction in steps of 10 degrees from the normal direction to 50 degrees on one side with respect to the film normal direction Then, KOBRA 21ADH or WR calculates based on the measured letter value, the assumed average refractive index, and the input film thickness.
- the slow axis is the tilt axis (rotation axis). Measure the letter value from any two tilted directions, based on the calculated value, the assumed average refractive index, and the input film thickness. ) And equation (B) can also be used to calculate Rth.
- Re ( ⁇ ) represents the direct retardation in the direction inclined by the angle ⁇ from the normal direction.
- nx represents the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the plane
- ny represents the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to nx in the plane
- nz represents the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to nx and ny.
- d represents thickness.
- Rth () is calculated by the following method.
- Rth () is defined as Re (), and the in-plane slow axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH or WR) is the tilt axis (rotation axis). Until then, light of a wavelength of nm is incident from each tilted direction in 10 degree steps, and one point measurement is performed. The measured letter value, the assumed average refractive index, and the input film KOBRA 21ADH or WR is calculated based on the thickness value.
- the values of the polymer handbook (JOHN WI LEY & SONS, INC) and various optical film catalogs can be used as the assumption of the average refractive index. For those whose average refractive index is not known, it can be measured with an Abbe refractometer. Examples of average refractive index values of main optical compensation films are shown below: Cellulose Sylate (1 ⁇ 48), cycloolefin polymer (1.52), polycarbonate (1 ⁇ 59), polymethylmethacrylate (1 ⁇ 49), polystyrene (1.59).
- the polarizing plate usually has a polarizer and two transparent protective films disposed on both sides thereof. It is possible to use the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention as both or one transparent protective film. For the other transparent protective film, a normal cellulose acetate film or the like may be used.
- Polarizers include iodine-type polarizers, dye-type polarizers using dichroic dyes, and polyene-type polarizers. Iodine polarizers and dye polarizers are generally manufactured using polyvinyl alcohol films.
- the film of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate transparent protective film
- the film is preferably subjected to a surface treatment as described later, and then the film treated surface and a polarizer are preferably bonded using an adhesive.
- the adhesive to be used include polybulal alcohol-based adhesives such as polybulualcohol and polybutylbutyral, bural latex such as butyl acrylate, and gelatin.
- the polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and a transparent protective film that protects both sides of the polarizer, and further comprises a protective film on one surface of the polarizing plate and a separate film on the other surface.
- the protective film and the separate film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipment of the polarizing plate and product inspection.
- the protect film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used on the side opposite to the surface where the polarizing plate is bonded to the liquid crystal plate.
- the separate film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate, and is used on the surface side of the polarizing plate to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate.
- the method of laminating the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention to the polarizer is to force the shell to occupy the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention. S is preferred.
- orthogonal accuracy between the slow axis of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention and the absorption axis of the polarizer axis orthogonal to the transmission axis
- the deviation between the direction of the main refractive index nx of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention and the direction of the transmission axis of the polarizing plate is within 1 °, preferably within 0.5 °.
- UV3100PC manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
- UV3100PC manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
- UV3100PC manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
- measurement is performed in the range of 380 nm to 780 nm, and the average value of 10 measurements can be used for both single plate, parallel and orthogonal transmittance.
- the polarizing plate durability test can be carried out in the following two forms with (1) the polarizing plate alone and (2) the polarizing plate attached to the glass with an adhesive.
- To measure only the polarizing plate prepare two orthogonal and the same ones in combination so that the optical compensation film is sandwiched between the two polarizers. For samples with glass attached, make two samples (approx.
- the surface of the cyclic polyolefin resin film is preferably surface-treated.
- any method may be used as long as the adhesiveness can be improved.
- Preferred examples of the surface treatment include glow discharge treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, corona treatment and flame treatment.
- the glow discharge treatment referred to here is so-called low temperature plasma that occurs under low pressure gas. In the present invention, plasma treatment under atmospheric pressure is also preferable.
- the details of the glow discharge treatment are described in US Pat. No. 3,462,335, US Pat. No. 3761299, US Pat. No. 40 72769, and British Patent 891469. The method described in Japanese Patent Publication No.
- 59-556430 is also used, in which the discharge atmosphere gas composition is changed to only the gas species generated in the container by the discharge treatment of the polyester support itself after the start of discharge. It is.
- the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-16614 in which the discharge treatment is performed with the surface temperature of the film at 80 ° C. or higher and 180 ° C. or lower during the vacuum glow discharge treatment, can also be applied.
- the degree of vacuum during the glow discharge treatment is preferably 0.5 Pa to 3000 Pa, more preferably 2 Pa to
- the voltage is preferably between 500V and 5000V, more preferably between 500V and 3000V.
- the discharge frequency to be used is from DC to several thousand MHz, more preferably 50 Hz to 20 MHz, still more preferably 1 kHz to 1 MHz.
- Discharge treatment intensity 0. OlkV.A. min / m 2 ⁇ 5KV'A min / m more preferably 2 preferably instrument 0. 15KV'A min / m 2 ⁇ ;. In IkV'A 'fraction m. is there.
- an ultraviolet irradiation method as the surface treatment!
- the mercury lamp is a high-pressure mercury lamp made of a quartz tube and preferably has an ultraviolet wavelength power of Sl 80 to 380 nm.
- a high pressure mercury lamp with a main wavelength of 365 nm can be used if the surface temperature of the protective film rises to around 150 ° C if there is no problem in the performance of the support.
- a low pressure mercury lamp with a dominant wavelength of 254 nm is preferred! /. It is also possible to use ozone-less high-pressure mercury lamps and low-pressure mercury lamps. Regarding the amount of processed light, the greater the amount of processed light, the better the adhesion between the thermoplastic saturated alicyclic structure-containing polymer resin film and the polarizer, but the problem is that the film becomes colored and becomes brittle as the amount of light increases. Accordingly, a high pressure mercury lamp for a 365nm main wavelength, the irradiation light quantity 20mj / cm 2 ⁇ ; 10000mj / cm 2 force S may, more preferably 50mj / cm 2 ⁇ 2000mj / cm 2 .
- the irradiation light quantity lOOmj / cm 2 to 1 OOOOmj / cm 2 is good, more preferably 300 mj / cm 2 to 1500 mj / cm 2 .
- a corona discharge treatment as the surface treatment.
- it can be carried out by the processing methods described in JP-B-39-12838, JP-A-47-19824, JP-A-48-28067, and JP-A-52-42114.
- a corona discharge treatment device a solid state corona treatment machine manufactured by Pillar, a LEPEL type surface treatment machine, a VETA PHON type treatment machine or the like can be used. Processing can be done at normal pressure in air
- the discharge frequency during the treatment is 5 kV to 40 kV, more preferably 10 kV to 30 kV, and the waveform is preferably an AC sine wave.
- the gap transparent lance between the electrode and the dielectric roll is 0.1 mm to 10 mm, more preferably 1.0 mm to 2. Omm.
- the discharge is processed above a dielectric support roller provided in the discharge zone, and the treatment amount is 0.34 kV'A 'min / m 2 to 0.4 k v ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ min / m 2 , more preferably 0. From 344 kV'A 'min / m 2 to 0.38 kV'A' min / m 2 .
- the gas used may be natural gas, liquefied propane gas, or city gas, but the mixing ratio with air is important. This is because the effect of surface treatment by flame treatment is considered to be brought about by plasma containing active oxygen, and how much the activity (temperature) of plasma and oxygen are important properties of flame. The point is. The governing factor of this point is the gas / oxygen ratio. When reacting without excess or deficiency, the energy density is the highest and the plasma activity is increased. Specifically, the preferred mixing ratio of natural gas / air is 1/6 to 1/10, preferably 1/7 to 1/9 by volume.
- the flame treatment amount may be in the range of lkcal / m 2 to 50 kcal / m 2 , more preferably 3 kcal / m 2 to 20 kcal / m 2 .
- the distance between the tip of the burner's internal flame and the film should be 3 cm to 7 cm, more preferably 4 cm to 6 cm.
- PANANA Nozzle shape Ribbon type by Flynn Burner (USA), Multi-hole type by Wise (US), Ribbon type by Aerogen (UK), Staggered multi-hole type by Kasuga Electric (Japan), Koike Oxygen (Japan) staggered multi-hole type is preferred.
- the backup roll that supports the film for flame treatment is a hollow roll, which should be cooled with water through cooling water and always treated at a constant temperature of 20 ° C to 50 ° C.
- the preferred range depends on the type of surface treatment and the type of cyclic polyolefin resin.
- Contact angle with pure water on the surface of the transparent protective film that has been surface treated as a result of the surface treatment Is preferably less than 50 °.
- the contact angle is more preferably 25 ° or more and less than 45 °.
- water-soluble polymer preferably used for the adhesive examples include N-Burpyrrolidone, Atalinoleic acid, Methacryloleic acid, Maleic acid, Atalinoleic acid / 3-Hydroxyethyl, Methacryloleic acid / 3-Hydroxyethyl, Bull Alconole, Methyl Bull Homopolymers or copolymers containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers such as ether, butyl acetate, attalinoleamide, methacrylolamide, diacetone acrylamide, buryumidazole, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, poly-2 —Methyloxazoline, methenoresenorelose, hydroxyethinoresenorelose, hydroxypropenoresenorelose gelatin, and the like.
- PVA polybulal alcohol
- gelatin are preferable.
- the preferable PVA characteristics when PVA is used for the adhesive are the same as the preferable characteristics of the PVA used for the polarizer described above.
- the cross-linking agent that is preferably used in combination with PVA as an adhesive include boric acid, polyhydric aldehyde, polyfunctional isocyanate compound, polyfunctional epoxy compound, and the like, but boric acid is particularly preferred in the present invention.
- gelatin so-called lime-processed gelatin, acid-processed gelatin, enzyme-processed gelatin, gelatin derivatives and modified gelatin can be used.
- the preferred bridging agent is an active halogen compound (2, 4 dichloro 6 hydroxy-1, 3, 5 triazine and its sodium salt) and an active bur compound (1, 3).
- N-strength rubamoylpyridinium salts such as (1—morpholinocarbonyl 3-pyridinio) methanesulphonate
- haloamidinium salts (1- (1-crodione 1-pyridinomethylene) pyrrolidinium 2 —Naphthalene sulfonate, etc.
- active halogen compounds and active bur compounds are particularly preferably used.
- the preferred addition amount of the crosslinking agent is water solubility in the adhesive. It is 0.1% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more and less than 30% by mass with respect to the polymer.
- the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably from 0 ⁇ 01 111 to 5 111 m after drying, and particularly preferably 0 ⁇ 05 ⁇ m ⁇ 3 ⁇ m.
- the functional film is formed on the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention to form an optical film, which can be used as a polarizing plate.
- the functional film is formed on the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention to form an optical film, which can be used as a polarizing plate.
- at least a light scattering layer and a low refractive index layer are stacked in this order on the transparent protective film, or a medium refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer are formed on the transparent protective film.
- An antireflection layer laminated in this order is preferably used. Preferred examples are described below.
- the antireflection layer may be provided on the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention, or may be provided on a transparent protective film other than the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention.
- a preferred example of an antireflection layer in which a light scattering layer and a low refractive index layer are provided on a transparent protective film will be described. It is preferable that the matte particles are dispersed in the light scattering layer.
- the refractive index of the material other than the mat particles in the light scattering layer is preferably in the range of 1.50 to 2.00.
- the refractive index of the refractive index layer is preferably in the range of 1.35 to; 1.49.
- the light scattering layer may have both antiglare properties and hard coat properties, or may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers, for example, 2 to 4 layers.
- the antireflection layer has an uneven surface shape, centerline average roughness Ra is 0.08 to 0.40 ⁇ m, 10-point average roughness Rz is less than 10 times Ra, and average mountain valley distance Sm is 1 ⁇ ; 100 m, the standard deviation of the height of the convex part from the deepest part of the concavo-convex is 0.5 111 or less, the standard deviation of the average mountain valley distance Sm based on the center line is 20 m or less, and the inclination angle is 0-5 Designing the surface to be 10% or more is preferable because sufficient antiglare property and visual uniform mat feeling can be achieved.
- the ratio of the minimum and maximum reflectances within the range of a * value 2 to 2, b * value 3 to 3, and 380 nm to 780 nm, under the light source C By being 0.9, the reflected light The color becomes neutral, which is preferable.
- the b * value of the transmitted light under the C light source is 0 to 3 because the yellow color of white display when applied to a display device is reduced.
- the standard deviation of the luminance distribution when the luminance distribution is measured on the film by inserting a grid of 120 mm ⁇ 111 mm ⁇ 40 mm between the surface light source and the antireflection film of the present invention is 20 or less.
- the glare when the film of the present invention is applied to a high-definition panel is preferably reduced.
- the optical properties of the antireflection layer are such that the specular reflectance is 2.5% or less, the transmittance is 90% or more, and the 60 ° glossiness is 70% or less. Is preferable.
- the specular reflectance is more preferably 1% or less, and most preferably 0.5% or less.
- Haze 20% ⁇ 50%, internal haze / total haze value (ratio) is 0.3 ⁇ ; 1, haze value after formation of low refractive index layer from haze value to light scattering layer within 15%,
- the transmission image clarity is 20% to 50% at a comb width of 0.5 mm, and the transmittance ratio of the vertical transmitted light / at 2 degrees from the vertical is 1.5 to 5.0. This is preferable because it prevents glare and reduces blurring of characters.
- the refractive index of the low refractive index layer of the antireflective film is in the range of 1.20 to; 1.49 is more preferred than 1.30 to 1.44. Further, the low refractive index layer preferably satisfies the following mathematical formula from the viewpoint of low reflectance.
- nl is the refractive index of the low refractive index layer
- dl is the film thickness (nm) of the low refractive index layer
- ⁇ is a wavelength, which is a value in the range of 500 nm to 550 nm.
- the low refractive index layer preferably contains a fluorine-containing polymer as a low refractive index binder.
- the fluorine polymer is preferably a fluorine-containing polymer which is crosslinked by heat or ionizing radiation having a coefficient of dynamic friction of 0.03-0.20, a contact angle with water of 90 ° to 120 °, and a sliding angle of pure water of 70 ° or less.
- the optical film of the present invention is mounted on an image display device, the lower the peel strength from a commercially available adhesive tape, the easier it is to peel off after sticking a sticker or memo, preferably 500 gf or less, more preferably 300 gf or less. Most preferred is less than lOOgf.
- Hydrofluoric polymers used in the low refractive index layer include hydrolysis of perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds (for example, (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrodecyl) triethoxysilane).
- perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds for example, (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrodecyl) triethoxysilane.
- a fluorine-containing copolymer having a fluorine-containing monomer unit and a structural unit for imparting crosslinking reactivity as constituent components.
- fluorine-containing monomer examples include, for example, fluoroolefins (for example, fluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene, perfluorooctylethylene, hexafluoropropylene, perfluoroethylene).
- fluoroolefins for example, fluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene, perfluorooctylethylene, hexafluoropropylene, perfluoroethylene.
- structural units for imparting crosslinking reactivity structural units obtained by polymerization of monomers having a self-crosslinkable functional group in the molecule in advance such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and glycidyl vinyl ether, carboxyl groups Monomers having a hydroxy group, amino group, sulfo group, etc. (eg (meth) acrylic acid, methylol (meth) acrylate, hydro Alinorea Talelate.
- olefins ethylene, propylene, isoprene, butyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, etc.
- acrylate esters methyl acrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, acrylic acid 2) —
- methacrylic acid esters methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate
- styrene derivatives styrene, dibutylbenzene, butyltoluene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, etc.
- Butyl ethers such as methyl vinylenoatenore, ethinolevinoleatenore, cyclohexenolevininoreatenore
- vinyl esters such as butylacetate, butyrate propionate and butyrate
- acrylate esters methyl acrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate
- the light scattering layer is generally formed for the purpose of contributing to the film a light diffusibility due to surface scattering and / or internal scattering and a hard coat property for improving the scratch resistance of the finer. Therefore, it generally contains a binder for imparting hard coat properties, mat particles for imparting light diffusibility, and inorganic fillers for increasing the refractive index, preventing crosslinking shrinkage, and increasing the strength as necessary. It is formed.
- the thickness of the light scattering layer is preferably from 1 am to 10 m from the viewpoint of imparting hard coat properties and suppressing the occurrence of curling and brittleness. Masi.
- the binder of the light scattering layer is more preferably a polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon chain as the main chain, preferably a polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon chain or a polyether chain as the main chain.
- the binder polymer preferably has a crosslinked structure.
- a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferable.
- a (co) polymer of monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups is preferable.
- At least one atom selected from an aromatic ring, a halogen atom other than fluorine, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus atom, and a nitrogen atom is included in the monomer structure. You can also choose to include.
- Monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups include esters of polyhydric alcohols and (meth) acrylic acid (eg, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, butanediol). Rudi (meth) acrylate, hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexane diathalate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylol propane tri (meta) ) Atarylate, trimethylol ethanetri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol monopenta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hex (meth) acrylate, penta erythritol Hexa (meth)
- high refractive index monomer examples include bis (4-methacryloylthiophenenyl) sulfide, urnaphthalene, burenylsulfide, 4-methacryloxyphenyl 4'-methoxyphenylthioether, and the like. Can be mentioned. Two or more of these monomers may be used in combination.
- Polymerization of the monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group can be carried out by irradiation with ionizing radiation or heating in the presence of a photo radical initiator or a thermal radical initiator.
- a coating liquid containing a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group, a photo radical initiator or a thermal radical initiator, mat particles, and an inorganic filler is prepared, and the coating liquid is applied on a transparent support after ionizing radiation or It can be hardened by a polymerization reaction by heat to form an antireflection film.
- photo radical initiators known ones can be used.
- the polymer having a polyether as the main chain is preferably a ring-opening polymer of a polyfunctional epoxy compound.
- the ring-opening polymerization of the polyfunctional epoxy compound can be performed by irradiation with ionizing radiation or heating in the presence of a photoacid generator or a thermal acid generator.
- a coating liquid containing a polyfunctional epoxy compound, a photoacid generator or a thermal acid generator, matte particles and an inorganic filler is prepared, and the coating liquid is applied on a transparent support and then ionized.
- the antireflection film can be formed by curing by a polymerization reaction by radiation or heat.
- a monomer having a crosslinkable functional group is used to introduce a crosslinkable functional group into the polymer, and A cross-linked structure may be introduced into the binder polymer by reaction.
- crosslinkable functional groups include isocyanato groups, epoxy groups, aziridine groups, oxazoline groups, aldehyde groups, carbonyl groups, hydrazine groups, carboxyl groups, methylol groups and active methylene groups.
- Vinylsulfonic acid, acid anhydride, cyanoacrylate derivative, melamine, etherified methylol, ester and urethane, and metal alkoxide such as tetramethoxysilane can also be used as a monomer for introducing a crosslinked structure.
- a functional group that exhibits crosslinkability as a result of the decomposition reaction such as a block isocyanate group, may be used. That is, in the present invention, the crosslinkable functional group may not react immediately but may exhibit reactivity as a result of decomposition.
- binder polymers having a crosslinkable functional group can form a crosslinked structure by heating after coating.
- the light scattering layer has an average particle size larger than that of the filler particles from 1 am to 10 m, preferably 1.5 ⁇ 111-7.0 m, for example, It is preferable to contain inorganic compound particles or resin particles!
- the mat particles include particles of inorganic compounds such as silica particles and TiO particles; resin particles such as acrylic particles, crosslinked acrylic particles, polystyrene particles, crosslinked styrene particles, melamine resin particles, and benzoguanamine resin particles are preferable. Can be mentioned. Of these, crosslinked styrene particles, crosslinked acrylic particles, crosslinked acrylic styrene particles, and silica particles are preferred.
- the shape of the mat particles can be either spherical or irregular.
- Two or more kinds of mat particles having different particle diameters may be used in combination. Anti-glare properties can be imparted with mat particles having a larger particle size, and different optical characteristics can be imparted with mat particles having a smaller particle size.
- the particle size distribution of the mat particles it is more preferable that the particle sizes of the particles most preferably monodisperse are closer to each other.
- the coarse particle the coarse particle
- the total content is preferably 1% or less of the total number of particles, more preferably 0.1% or less, and still more preferably 0.01% or less. Matt particles having such a particle size distribution are obtained by classification after a normal synthesis reaction, and fine particles having a more preferable distribution can be obtained by increasing the number of classifications or increasing the degree of classification.
- the matte particles have a light scattering layer in which the amount of matte particles in the formed light scattering layer is preferably 10 mg / m 2 to 1000 mg / m 2 , more preferably 100113 ⁇ 4 / 111 2 to 700113 ⁇ 4 / 111 2. Contained in tongue layer.
- the particle size distribution of the matte particles is measured by the Coulter counter method, and the measured distribution is converted into a particle number distribution.
- At least one selected from titanium, zirconium, aluminum, indium, zinc, tin, and antimony is used. It is preferable to contain an inorganic filler having an average particle diameter of 0.2 m or less, preferably 0.1 l or less, more preferably 0.06 m or less.
- an inorganic filler having an average particle diameter of 0.2 m or less, preferably 0.1 l or less, more preferably 0.06 m or less.
- a silicon oxide in order to keep the refractive index of the light scattering layer using the high refractive index mat particles low. Sile,.
- the preferred particle size is the same as that of the inorganic filler described above.
- the inorganic filler used in the light scattering layer include TiO, ZrO, Al 2 O, In 2 O 3, ZnO, SnO, Sb 2 O, ITO, and SiO. TiO and ZrO are particularly preferable in terms of increasing the refractive index.
- the surface of the inorganic filler is preferably subjected to silane coupling treatment or titanium force coupling treatment, and a surface treatment agent having a functional group capable of reacting with a binder species on the filler surface is preferably used.
- the amount of these inorganic fillers added is preferably 10% to 90% of the total mass of the light scattering layer, more preferably 20% to 80%, and particularly preferably 30% to 75%. .
- Such a filler does not scatter because the particle diameter is sufficiently smaller than the wavelength of light, and the dispersion in which the filler is dispersed in the binder polymer behaves as an optically uniform substance.
- the refractive index of Balta of the mixture of binder and inorganic filler in the light scattering layer is 1.48 ⁇
- the light scattering layer is formed by forming either a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant, or both. It is preferable to contain it in the coating composition.
- a fluorine-based surfactant is preferably used because an effect of improving surface defects such as coating unevenness, drying unevenness, and point defects of the antireflection film of the present invention appears at a smaller addition amount.
- the purpose is to increase productivity by giving high-speed coating suitability while improving surface uniformity.
- An antireflection film comprising a layer structure of at least a medium refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer (outermost layer) on the substrate is designed to have a refractive index satisfying the following relationship: This is preferred.
- a hard coat layer may be provided between the transparent support and the medium refractive index layer.
- it may comprise a medium refractive index hard coat layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer (for example, JP-A-8-122504, JP-A-8-110401, JP-A-10-300902, JP 2002-243906 A, JP 2000-111706 A, etc.).
- a medium refractive index hard coat layer for example, JP-A-8-122504, JP-A-8-110401, JP-A-10-300902, JP 2002-243906 A, JP 2000-111706 A, etc.
- a low refractive index layer for example, JP-A-8-122504, JP-A-8-110401, JP-A-10-300902, JP 2002-243906 A, JP 2000-111706 A, etc.
- other functions may be given to each layer, for example, an antifouling low refractive index layer or an antistatic high refractive index layer (eg, JP-A-10-206603, JP 2002-2439 06 publication).
- the haze of the antireflection layer is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less.
- the strength of the film is most preferably 2H or higher, more preferably 3H or higher, more preferably H or higher in the pencil hardness test according to JIS K5400.
- the layer having a high refractive index of the antireflection film is preferably composed of a curable film containing at least an ultrafine organic compound particle having a high refractive index having an average particle size of lOOnm or less and a matrix binder.
- Examples of the high refractive index inorganic compound fine particles include inorganic compounds having a refractive index of 1.65 or more, preferably those having a refractive index of 1 ⁇ 9 or more.
- examples include oxides such as Ti, Zn, Sb, Sn, Zr, Ce, Ta, La, and In, and composite oxides containing these metal atoms. It is.
- the surface of the particles is treated with a surface treatment agent (for example, silane coupling agents, etc .: JP-A-11-295503, JP-A-11-153703, JP2000-9908).
- a surface treatment agent for example, silane coupling agents, etc .: JP-A-11-295503, JP-A-11-153703, JP2000-9908).
- Anionic compounds or organometallic coupling agents JP 2001-310432 A, etc., core-shell structure with high refractive index particles as a core (JP 2001 1661042001-310432 JP, etc.), specific (For example, JP-A-11 1537 03, A report, US Patent No. 6210858, JP-A-2002-2776069 report A, etc.).
- Examples of the material forming the matrix include conventionally known thermoplastic resins and curable resin films.
- compositions containing a polyfunctional compound having at least two radically polymerizable and / or cationically polymerizable groups, an organometallic compound having a hydrolyzable group, and a partial condensate thereof At least one composition selected from the above is preferred. Examples thereof include the compositions described in JP-A Nos. 2000-47004, 2001-315242, 2001-31871, 2001-296401, and the like.
- a curable film obtained from a colloidal metal oxide obtained from a hydrolyzed condensate of metal alkoxide and a metal alkoxide composition is also preferred.
- the refractive index of the high refractive index layer is generally 1.70-2.20.
- the thickness of the high refractive index layer is 5n
- the refractive index of the middle refractive index layer is adjusted to be a value between the refractive index of the low refractive index layer and the refractive index of the high refractive index layer.
- the refractive index of the medium refractive index layer is preferably 1.50 to 1.70.
- the thickness is preferably 51 111 to 10111, more preferably lOnm l ⁇ um.
- the low refractive index layer is sequentially laminated on the high refractive index layer.
- the refractive index of the low refractive index layer is preferably 1.20-1.55, more preferably 1.30-1.50.
- the outermost layer having scratch resistance and antifouling property.
- Great scratch resistance It is effective to impart slipperiness to the surface as a means for improving, and a conventionally known thin film means comprising introduction of silicone, introduction of fluorine or the like can be applied.
- the refractive index of the fluorine-containing compound is 1.35-1.50. More preferably, it is 1.36-1.47.
- the fluorine-containing compound is preferably a compound containing a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group containing a fluorine atom in a range of 35 to 80% by mass.
- the silicone compound is a compound having a polysiloxane structure, and preferably contains a curable functional group or a polymerizable functional group in the polymer chain and has a crosslinked structure in the film.
- reactive silicone eg, manufactured by Silaplane Gesso Co., Ltd.
- silanol group-containing polysiloxane Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-258403, etc.
- Crosslinking or polymerization reaction of a fluorine-containing and / or siloxane polymer having a crosslinkable or polymerizable group is performed by applying a coating composition for forming an outermost layer containing a polymerization initiator, a sensitizer and the like. It is preferable to carry out by light irradiation or heating at the same time or after coating.
- sol-gel cured film in which an organometallic compound such as a silane coupling agent and a specific fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group-containing silane coupling agent are cured by a condensation reaction in the presence of a catalyst.
- organometallic compound such as a silane coupling agent and a specific fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group-containing silane coupling agent are cured by a condensation reaction in the presence of a catalyst.
- a polyfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compound or a partially hydrolyzed condensate thereof Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 58-142958, 58-147483, 58-147484, JP-A-9-157582, 11-106704, etc.
- silyl compounds containing poly (perfluoroalkyl ether) groups which are fluorine-containing long-chain groups (JP 2000-117902 A, 2001-48590) Gazette, 2002-53804, etc.).
- the low-refractive index layer is a primary particle flat such as a filler (for example, silicon dioxide (silica), fluorine-containing particles (magnesium fluoride, calcium fluoride, barium fluoride)) as an additive other than the above.
- a filler for example, silicon dioxide (silica), fluorine-containing particles (magnesium fluoride, calcium fluoride, barium fluoride)
- Low-refractive index inorganic compound having a uniform diameter of lnm to 150 nm, organic fine particles described in paragraph Nos. [0020] to [0038] of JP-A-11 3820), silane coupling agent, slip agent, surfactant Etc. can be contained.
- the low refractive index layer When the low refractive index layer is located in the lower layer of the outermost layer, the low refractive index layer may be formed by a vapor phase method (vacuum deposition method, sputtering method, ion plating method, plasma CVD method, etc.).
- the coating method is preferable because it can be manufactured at a low cost.
- the film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably 30 nm to 2 OO nm, more preferably 50 nm to 150 nm, and most preferably 60 nm to l 20 nm! /.
- a hard coat layer a forward scattering layer, a primer layer, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer or a protective layer may be provided.
- the hard coat layer is usually provided on the surface of the transparent support in order to impart physical strength to the transparent protective film.
- the hard coat layer is preferably provided between the transparent support and the high refractive index layer.
- the hard coat layer is preferably formed by a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization reaction of a light and / or heat curable compound.
- the curable functional group is preferably a photopolymerizable functional group, and the hydrolyzable functional group-containing organometallic compound is preferably an organic alkoxysilyl compound.
- the high refractive index layer can also serve as a hard coat layer. In such a case, it is preferable to form fine particles dispersed in the hard coat layer using the method described for the high refractive index layer.
- the hard coat layer can also serve as an anti-glare layer (described later) provided with particles having an average particle size of 0.2 m to 10 m to provide an anti-glare function (anti-glare function).
- the film thickness of the hard coat layer can be appropriately designed depending on the application.
- Hard coat layer The film thickness is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 7 ⁇ m.
- the strength of the hard coat layer is preferably H or higher, more preferably 2H or higher, most preferably 3H or higher, in a pencil hardness test according to JIS K5400.
- the wear amount of the test piece before and after the test is small.
- Hygroscopic substance, a water-soluble inorganic salts, certain surfactants, cationic poly-mers, ⁇ anion polymer although imparting a volume resistivity of 10- 8 ⁇ cm- 3 by the use of such colloidal silica is possible, temperature There is a problem that sufficient conductivity cannot be secured at low humidity, which is highly dependent on humidity. Therefore, a metal oxide is preferable as the conductive layer material. It is preferable to use a metal oxide that is colored! /, N! /, As the coloring of the entire film is suppressed.
- Zn, Ti, Al, In, Si, Mg, Ba, Mo, W, or V can be cited as the metal that forms a metal oxide without coloration.
- the ability to use a metal oxide based on this metal oxide S is preferred. Specific examples include ZnO, TiO, SnO, AlO, InO, SiO, MgO, BaO, MoO, VO, etc.
- TiO and SnO are preferred.
- Examples of containing different atoms include, for example, additives such as A1 and In for ZnO, addition of Sb, Nb, halogen elements, etc. for SnO, and addition of Nb, TA, etc. for TiO. Is effective.
- a material obtained by adhering the above metal oxide to other crystalline metal particles or fibrous materials (for example, titanium oxide) as described in JP-B-59-6235 may be used.
- the volume resistivity and surface resistivity can not be simply compared is another physical property values, in order to ensure 10_ 8 Q cm_ 3 less conductive volume resistivity, the conductive layer is generally and have a 10- 1Q ⁇ / mouth below the surface resistance value!
- the surface resistance value of the conductive layer needs to be measured as a value when the antistatic layer is the outermost layer, and can be measured in the middle of forming the laminated film described in the above publication.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention, an optical film comprising the film, and a polarizing plate using the film can be used for liquid crystal cells and liquid crystal display devices in various display modes.
- TN Transmission Nematic
- IPS In-Plane Switching
- FLC Fluoroelectric Liquid Crystal
- AFLC Anti-ferroelectric Liquid Crystal
- OCB Optically Compensatory Bend
- STN Supper Twisted Nematic
- VA Very Aligned
- Various display modes such as HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic) have been proposed. Of these, the power S is preferred for OCB mode or VA mode.
- the OCB mode liquid crystal cell is a liquid crystal display device using a bend alignment mode liquid crystal cell in which rod-like liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a substantially opposite direction (symmetrically) between the upper part and the lower part of the liquid crystal cell. It is.
- the OCB mode liquid crystal cell is disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 4,583,825 and 5,410,422. Since the rod-like liquid crystal molecules are symmetrically aligned at the upper and lower portions of the liquid crystal cell, the bend alignment mode liquid crystal cell has a self-optical compensation function. Therefore, this liquid crystal mode is also called OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend) liquid crystal mode.
- the bend alignment mode liquid crystal display device there is advantage force s that the response speed is fast.
- rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned substantially vertically when no voltage is applied.
- the VA mode liquid crystal cell includes: (1) a narrowly defined VA mode liquid crystal cell in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned substantially vertically when no voltage is applied, and substantially horizontally when a voltage is applied. (2) Liquid crystal cell (SID97, Digest of tech. Papers) (Preliminary report) 28 (1997) 845 (3) A liquid crystal cell (n—ASM mode) in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned vertically when no voltage is applied, and twisted multi-domain alignment is applied when a voltage is applied. -59 (1998)) and (4) SURV AIVAL mode liquid crystal cells (announced at LCD International 98).
- the VA mode liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal cell and two polarizing plates arranged on both sides thereof.
- the liquid crystal cell carries a liquid crystal between two electrode substrates.
- Liquid of the present invention In one embodiment of the crystal display device, one retardation film of the present invention is disposed between the liquid crystal cell and one polarizing plate, or two sheets are disposed between the liquid crystal cell and both polarizing plates. .
- the optical film made of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention can be used as the transparent protective film of the polarizing plate disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer.
- the above optical film may be used only for the transparent protective film (between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer) of one polarizing plate, or the two polarizing plates (between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer) of both polarizing plates. You may use said optical film for a transparent protective film of a sheet.
- the above optical film is used only for one polarizing plate, it is particularly preferable to use it as a liquid crystal cell side transparent protective film of a backlight side polarizing plate of a liquid crystal cell.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention is preferably on the liquid crystal cell side.
- the other transparent protective film may be a normal cell acrylate film.
- a commercially available KC4UX2M 40 ⁇ m manufactured by Konica Caputo Co., Ltd.
- KC5UX 60 H m manufactured by Konica Caputo Co., Ltd.
- TD80 80 m manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.
- the like is not limited thereto.
- optical compensation films are used to expand the viewing angle.
- the optical compensation film for the OCB cell is provided with an optically anisotropic layer in which a discotic liquid crystal is hybrid-aligned and fixed on an optically uniaxial or biaxial film.
- As the optical compensation film for TN cell a film in which an optical anisotropic layer in which a discotic liquid crystal is fixed in a hybrid orientation is fixed on a film having an optical isotropy or an optical axis in the thickness direction.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention is useful for producing the optical compensation film for OCB cell and TN cell.
- Polymer PP- 1 30 mass 0/0 methylene chloride 64.4 mass 0/0 Metanonore 5.4 mass 0/0 Water 0.2 wt%
- Dope A-1 was prepared by dissolving and filtering the polymer solution having the above composition by the high-temperature dissolution method described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-1745.
- Silicon oxide matting agent (primary particle size 20nm) 0.1% by mass
- a polymer solution having the above composition was dissolved and filtered by a high-temperature dissolution method described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-1745 to prepare Dope B-1.
- the viscoelastic properties of Dope A-1 were measured at a frequency of 1 ⁇ and a strain of 1%.
- the storage elastic modulus E ' was 510Pa
- the loss elastic modulus E'' was 990Pa
- the temperature was 40 ° C. 400Pa
- E '' force was 060Pa.
- a multi-hold type coat hanger type is used, and as the casting support, a hard chrome plating is applied, and the diameter is mirror-finished so that the central average roughness becomes 0.03.
- a rotating drum with a width of 2000 mm and a width of 2500 mm was used. The rotating drum passed water inside the rotating drum to maintain the average surface temperature at 40 ° C, and the temperature distribution on the rotating drum surface at this time was within 5 ° C.
- the dope A-1 was co-cast so that a core layer having a thickness of 70 m after drying and the dope B-1 each forming a double-layered outer layer having a thickness of 5 m after drying were formed.
- the cast Dope A-1 and Dope B-1 dried for 1 second immediately after casting at a wind speed of 0.5 m / s or less, and thereafter, the wind speed was 15 m facing the drum rotation direction. Dry at / s. The temperature of the drying air was 50 ° C.
- the residual solvent amount of the film when peeled off the rotary drum is 250 mass 0/0, the temperature of the film was 6 ° C.
- the average drying rate from casting to stripping was 730% by mass / min.
- the peeled film was transported to a pin tenter by a pass roller whose surface temperature was adjusted to 5 ° C through the coolant, and both ends (thickness 70 ⁇ m) were supported by the pin tenter. Drying and conveyance were performed while applying tension. Three stripped pass rollers were used, and all were placed so as to wrap on the opposite side of the film. In addition, these pass rollers can be set to draw ratios from 0.5 to 15% with respect to the drum rotation speed, and were operated at draw ratios of 1%, 2%, and 4%, respectively. The lap angle was set to 5 degrees or less. The distance from the stripping to the pintenter crease was 1.2 m.
- the temperature of the drying air is 120 ° C
- the temperature distribution in the width direction of the film is 5 ° C or less
- the average wind speed of drying is 5m / s
- the average value of the heat transfer coefficient is 25kcal / m 2 'Hr' ° C
- the distribution in the width direction of the film was all within 5%.
- the pintainer carrying part in the drying zone was prevented from being directly exposed to hot dry air by a wind shield.
- the film during conveyance of the pin tenter was dried while maintaining the tension in the width direction at 98 N / m (10 kg / m).
- the pin tenter was cooled at a total heat transfer coefficient of 150 kcal / m 2 .Hr '° C with cooling air of 5 ° C until the film was newly loaded after the film was detached.
- the length of the part cooled by the cooling device was 50% of the total.
- the time to be supported and dried by the pin tenter was 10 minutes, and during that time the amount of solvent evaporated was 97% of the total amount of solvent evaporated between stripping and winding.
- the evaporated solvent was condensed and recovered by a condenser, and this recovered solvent was dehydrated by distillation to a water content of 0.4%, and then used again as a raw material for the dope preparation process.
- the film dried with a pin tenter is further dried for 15 minutes with a drying air of 145 ° C in a drying process in which the film is transported by a roller, and the residual solvent amount at the time of winding is adjusted by adjusting the humidity and temperature. It was wound up at 50% by mass, a moisture content of 0.7% by mass and a temperature of 35 ° C.
- the conveyance tension in the drying zone was 20 to 150 N / m, and the absolute value of the charge amount of the film was kept below 3 kV.
- the solvent gas concentration in the drying zone was 20% or less of the lower limit of solvent explosion, and the dew point of high-boiling components other than the solvent was 80 ° C or higher.
- the film produced by the method as described above was able to be stably conveyed without problems such as slippage in the drying process after peeling off from the casting die.
- the flatness and transparency of the wound film were good, and Re was 55 nm and Rth was 200 nm.
- composition of the dope A-1 in Example 1 was changed to the following.
- Polymer PP- 1 25 wt% methylene chloride 75 mass 0/0
- the viscoelastic properties of Dope A-2 were measured at a frequency of 1 ⁇ and a strain of 1%.
- the storage elastic modulus E ' was 500 Pa
- the loss elastic modulus E'' was 900 Pa
- the temperature was 50 ° C
- the E' force was 900 Pa
- the E '' force was 200 Pa.
- E ' A * exp (B * T)
- E'' C * exp (— D * T ) (A to D: constant, T represents temperature)
- constant B is 0 ⁇ 22020
- D is 0.0210, and is always within the temperature range of 50 ° C to 10 ° C.
- E 'force showed a smaller value.
- Polymer PP- 1 55 wt% methylene chloride 45 mass 0/0
- Dope A-4 was prepared by dissolving and filtering the polymer solution having the above composition by the high-temperature dissolution method described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-1745.
- Silicon oxide matting agent (primary particle system 20nm) 0.1% by mass
- Dope B-2 was prepared by dissolving and filtering the polymer solution having the above composition by a high-temperature dissolution method described in JP-A-2001-1745.
- Dope A-4 and Dope B-2 were cast and dried under the same conditions as in Example 1 except that the average surface temperature of the rotating drum was set to 15 ° C. At this time, the temperature distribution on the rotating drum surface was within 2 ° C.
- A The film surface is smooth.
- A The film surface is smooth. Very weak and irregularities are observed.
- ⁇ Weak unevenness is observed on the film surface, but it may be usable depending on the application.
- X Unevenness is seen on the film surface and it is difficult to use as an optical film.
- a polarizer was prepared by adsorbing iodine to a stretched polybulal alcohol film.
- Fruit The cyclic polyolefin resin film produced in Example 2 was subjected to a glow discharge treatment (frequency 3000 Hz, high frequency voltage of 4200 V applied between upper and lower electrodes, treatment for 20 seconds), and a commercially available 80 am cellulose triacetate film ( TD80UF) was subjected to the following hatching treatment, and then adhered to both sides of the polarizer using a polybulal alcohol adhesive, and dried at 70 ° C. for 10 minutes or more to produce polarizing plate A.
- the hatching treatment conditions were as follows.
- a 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was prepared and kept at 55 ° C.
- a 0.1N dilute sulfuric acid solution was prepared and kept at 35 ° C.
- TD80UF was immersed in the above aqueous sodium hydroxide solution for 2 minutes and then immersed in water to thoroughly wash away the aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Finally, the sample was thoroughly dried at 120 ° C.
- the produced polarizing plate A is obtained by attaching the cyclic polyolefin resin film prepared in Example 2 on one side of the polarizer and a commercially available cellulose triacetate film (TD80UF) on the other side.
- the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the cyclic polyolefin resin film prepared in Example 2 were arranged in parallel.
- the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of TD80UF were arranged so as to be orthogonal.
- the liquid crystal cell has a cell gap between substrates of 3.6 m, and a liquid crystal material having negative dielectric anisotropy (“MLC6608”, manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) is dropped and sealed between the substrates. This was prepared by forming a liquid crystal layer.
- the letter layer of the liquid crystal layer ie, the product of the liquid crystal layer thickness dm
- the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ was set to 300 nm.
- the liquid crystal material was aligned so as to be vertically aligned.
- a commercially available super high contrast product for example, HLC2-5618 manufactured by Sanlitz Co., Ltd. was used on the upper side (observer side) of the vertical alignment type liquid crystal cell.
- the prepared polarizing plate A was attached to the lower side (backlight side) of the liquid crystal cell via an adhesive so that the cyclic polyolefin resin film was on the liquid crystal cell side.
- the crossed Nicols were arranged so that the transmission axis of the upper polarizing plate was in the vertical direction and the transmission axis of the lower polarizing plate was in the horizontal direction.
- the obtained polymer was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and the molecular weight was measured by gel permeation chromatography.
- the number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene was 68,500, and the weight average molecular weight was 212,000.
- Example 2 In the same manner as in Example 2, except that the polymer PP-1 in Example 2 was changed to P-2, the dope was
- Example 2 It was cast and dried in the same manner as in Example 2 except that A-4 and Dope B-2 were adjusted and the surface average temperature of the rotating drum was changed to -10 ° C.
- the reaction was allowed to proceed for 18 hours with stirring at 90 ° C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into excess methanol to form a polymer precipitate.
- the polymer (P-3) obtained by purifying the precipitate was dried at 110 ° C. for 8 hours by vacuum drying.
- ⁇ The film could be peeled off from the support without any film residue.
- X When the film was to be peeled off from the support, the film remained unremoved partially or entirely on the support, and the film could not be peeled cleanly.
- the copolymer composition is 50 ⁇ x ⁇
- the support temperature was 10 ° C or lower (Examples 3 to 8)
- the support temperature is 10. Even when the film is C or less, when the film is peeled off from the support, the film is agglomerated and broken, and a part of the film remains on the support, and the film cannot be peeled cleanly from the support. The desired film could not be obtained.
- the support temperature is 10.
- it is not less than C Comparative Example 7
- the film when the film is peeled off from the support, the film may cause cohesive failure, and a part of the film may remain on the support. The desired film could not be obtained.
- the film obtained in Examples 4, 5, 6, and 7 was heated to 220 using an automatic stretching machine manufactured by Imoto Seisakusho. In C, 20% fixed-end stretching was performed to obtain a stretched film. The letter decision at a wavelength of 590 nm was measured. The thickness of the film was measured at three points on any part using a digital micrometer, and the average value d was taken. From this, Re and Rth of a film thickness of 80 Hm were obtained by the following formula. The results are shown in Table 3.
- a polarizing plate on one side on the viewer side is used. It peeled off and the adhesive was used, and the said polarizing plate Pol-;! ⁇ 3 was stuck instead.
- a liquid crystal display device was manufactured by arranging the transmission axis of the polarizing plate on the observer side and the transmission axis of the polarizing plate on the backlight side to be orthogonal to each other. The film of the present invention was placed on the viewer side. Color unevenness of the obtained liquid crystal display device was observed.
- the liquid crystal display device incorporating the polarizing plate Pol— ;! to 3 of the present invention was very excellent with no color unevenness.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Moulding By Coating Moulds (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
Abstract
A polycycloolefin resin film which changes little in optical properties with changing environmental temperature/humidity, is even in film flatness, surface state, transparency, and optical properties, and has excellent mechanical strength; an optical film; a polarizer; and a liquid-crystal display. The polycycloolefin resin film is formed by casting a polycycloolefin resin solution containing, dissolved therein, 10-50 mass% resin composition containing at least a polycycloolefin resin on an endless support and peeling the casting from the support. The film is characterized in that the polycycloolefin resin solution reaches the gelation point during the period from casting on the endless support to peeling off. (The gelation point means a temperature at which the larger of the value of storage modulus (E') and that of loss modulus (E') of the polycycloolefin resin solution becomes the smaller of these.)
Description
明 細 書 Specification
環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムとその製造方法、偏光板および液晶表 示装置 Cyclic polyolefin resin film and manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
技術分野 Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムとその製造方法、偏光板および液晶 表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a cyclic polyolefin resin film, a method for producing the same, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device.
背景技術 Background art
[0002] 偏光板は通常、ヨウ素、もしくは二色性染料をポリビュルアルコールに配向吸着さ せた偏光子の両側に、保護フィルムとして、セルローストリアセテートを主成分とする フィルム貼り合わせることで製造されている。セルローストリアセテートは、強靭性、難 燃性、光学的等方性が高い(レターデーシヨンが低い)などの特徴があり、上述の偏 光板用保護フィルムとして広く使用されている。液晶表示装置は、偏光板と液晶セル から構成されている。現在、液晶表示装置の主流である TNモードの TFT液晶表示 装置においては、特開平 8— 50206号公報に記載のように、光学補償フィルムを偏 光板と液晶セルの間に揷入することにより、表示品位の高い液晶表示装置が実現さ れている。しかし、セルローストリアセテートは環境湿度変化により光学補償性能が変 化したり、環境強制試験条件下では偏光子が劣化しやすいという問題点があった。 [0002] A polarizing plate is usually manufactured by laminating a film mainly composed of cellulose triacetate as a protective film on both sides of a polarizer in which iodine or a dichroic dye is oriented and adsorbed on polybulal alcohol. Yes. Cellulose triacetate has characteristics such as toughness, flame retardancy, and high optical isotropy (low lettering), and is widely used as the protective film for the polarizing plate described above. The liquid crystal display device is composed of a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal cell. Currently, in TN mode TFT liquid crystal display devices, which are the mainstream of liquid crystal display devices, as described in JP-A-8-50206, an optical compensation film is inserted between a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal cell. A liquid crystal display device with high display quality has been realized. However, cellulose triacetate has a problem in that its optical compensation performance changes due to changes in environmental humidity, and the polarizer tends to deteriorate under environmentally forced test conditions.
[0003] 環状ポリオレフインフィルムはセル口一ストリアセテートフイルムの吸湿性や透湿性を 改良できるフィルムとして注目され、熱溶融製膜及び溶液製膜による偏光板保護フィ ルムの開発が行われている。また、環状ポリオレフインフィルムは、高い光学特性の発 現性を有しており、位相差膜としての開発が行われている(特許文献 1、 2)。 [0003] Cyclic polyolefin film has attracted attention as a film that can improve the hygroscopicity and moisture permeability of a cell mouth triacetate film, and a polarizing plate protective film has been developed by hot-melt film formation and solution film formation. In addition, the cyclic polyolefin film has high optical characteristics and has been developed as a retardation film (Patent Documents 1 and 2).
[0004] 環状ポリオレフインフィルムの製造方法に関して、熱溶融製膜においては幅方向及 び長さ方向の光学特性(レターデーシヨン及び光学軸の方向)の変動が問題となって いた。また、近年液晶表示装置に使用する光学補償フィルム用途にあっては、特に フィルムの平面性の要求レベルが高まってきて!/、る。 [0004] Regarding the method for producing a cyclic polyolefin film, fluctuations in the optical properties in the width direction and the length direction (directions of letter letter and optical axis) have been a problem in hot melt film formation. In recent years, the required level of flatness of films has been increasing especially for optical compensation film applications used in liquid crystal display devices!
[0005] 特許文献 3には、流延支持体へのドープの流延から、ドープがやや固化した状態 のフィルムを流延支持体から剥ぎ取るまでに行う乾燥を調整することにより、流延支
持体から迅速にフィルムを剥ぎ取る事が可能になる方法が開示されている。 [0005] In Patent Document 3, the casting support is adjusted by adjusting the drying performed from the casting of the dope to the casting support until the film in which the dope is slightly solidified is peeled off from the casting support. A method is disclosed that enables the film to be peeled off quickly from the holder.
[0006] 特許文献 1:特開 2003— 212927号公報 [0006] Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-212927
特許文献 2:特開 2002— 114827号公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-114827
特許文献 3:特開 2003— 53750号公報 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-53750
発明の開示 Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題 Problems to be solved by the invention
[0007] ところで、上述の溶液流延法はいずれの方法においても、流延支持体から剥ぎ取 る際、フィルムは十分な自己支持性を有することが必要である。これは、バンドやドラ ムの流延支持体とフィルムの密着性の問題とは別に検討する必要のある課題であつ て、そのためには流延から剥離点までの間の濃厚溶液の粘弾性特性 (貯蔵弾性率、 損失弾性率)、及びその温度依存性が特に重要となる。この粘弾性特性が不適切で あると、安定的に高い生産性で剥離することができない。仮に剥離することができても 、剥離時の抵抗が大きいと剥ぐときに発生する剥ぎ段ムラが発生する問題が生じる。 特に、剥離点までの乾燥時に発生するムラは、優れた平面性が要求される光学フィ ルムでは品質を落とす大きな問題となり、その改善が必要であった。 [0007] By the way, in any of the above-mentioned solution casting methods, the film needs to have sufficient self-supporting properties when peeled off from the casting support. This is an issue that needs to be considered separately from the problem of band and drum casting support and film adhesion. To this end, the viscoelastic properties of the concentrated solution from the casting to the peeling point are considered. (Storage elastic modulus, loss elastic modulus) and its temperature dependence are particularly important. If this viscoelastic property is inappropriate, it cannot be peeled stably and with high productivity. Even if it can be peeled off, if the resistance at the time of peeling is large, there arises a problem that unevenness of the peeling step occurs when peeling off. In particular, unevenness that occurs during drying up to the peeling point is a major problem that degrades the quality of optical films that require excellent flatness, and improvement is required.
[0008] 本発明は以上の問題点を解決し、流延する濃厚溶液の粘弾性特性をある特定の 範囲にすることにより、安定的に高い生産性で良好な品質の環状ポリオレフイン系樹 脂フィルム、これを用いた光学フィルム、偏光板および液晶表示装置を提供すること を目的とする。 [0008] The present invention solves the above-mentioned problems, and by setting the viscoelastic properties of the concentrated solution to be cast within a certain range, the cyclic polyolefin resin film of good quality with stable high productivity. An object is to provide an optical film, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same.
また、流延する濃厚溶液の粘弾性特性をある特定の範囲にするために、溶媒種類 、量と流延時の冷却速度を調整することで、剥ぐときに発生する剥ぎ段ムラがなぐ優 れた平面性を有するフィルムを製造する方法を提供することを目的とする。 In addition, in order to bring the viscoelastic properties of the concentrated solution to be cast into a certain range, by adjusting the solvent type, amount, and cooling rate at the time of casting, the stripping unevenness that occurs when peeling is excellent. It aims at providing the method of manufacturing the film which has planarity.
課題を解決するための手段 Means for solving the problem
[0009] 本発明者らは上記目的を達成するために鋭意検討し、流延時の濃厚溶液の粘弾 性特性 (貯蔵弾性率、損失弾性率)を特定し、さらにその温度依存性を調整すること により、安定的に高い生産性で良好な品質 (面状、透明性、光学的均一性、機械的 強度)を有する環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムを得ることができることを見出し、本 発明を完成するに至った。
また、本発明者らは、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂に冷却ゲル化能を発現させるベく 取り組み、その結果、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂に特定の置換基を適用し、その比率 を適当に調整することで、冷却ゲル化能を発現できることを見出した。さらに、本発明 の環ポリ状ォレフイン系樹脂を保護フィルムとして用いた偏光板は、偏光子との密着 性に優れ、加工時の接着が良好であることを見出した。 [0009] The inventors of the present invention diligently studied to achieve the above-mentioned object, specified viscoelastic properties (storage elastic modulus, loss elastic modulus) of the concentrated solution at the time of casting, and further adjusted its temperature dependency. Thus, it has been found that a cyclic polyolefin resin film having stable and high productivity and good quality (planarity, transparency, optical uniformity, mechanical strength) can be obtained, and the present invention is completed. It came. In addition, the present inventors tried to develop the cooling gelation ability in the cyclic polyolefin resin, and as a result, by applying a specific substituent to the cyclic polyolefin resin and adjusting the ratio appropriately, It has been found that cooling gelation ability can be expressed. Furthermore, it has been found that a polarizing plate using the cyclic polyolefin resin of the present invention as a protective film has excellent adhesion to a polarizer and good adhesion during processing.
本発明は、以下の通りである。 The present invention is as follows.
(1) (1)
少なくとも環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂を含む樹脂組成物が 10〜50質量%溶解して V、る環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を無端支持体上に流延し、剥離して製膜されるフ イルムであって、前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液は、無端支持体上に流延されて 力、ら剥離されるまでの間にゲル化点に到達することを特徴とする環状ポリオレフイン 系樹脂フィルム。 A film in which a resin composition containing at least a cyclic polyolefin resin is dissolved in an amount of 10 to 50% by mass, and a cyclic polyolefin resin resin solution is cast on an endless support and peeled to form a film. The cyclic polyolefin-based resin film is characterized in that the cyclic polyolefin-based resin solution reaches a gel point before being peeled off after being cast on an endless support.
ここに、ゲル化点とは、前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液の貯蔵弾性率を E'、損 失弾性率を E',としたとき、 E'と E',との値の大小関係が逆転する温度をいう。 Here, the gel point is the relationship between the values of E 'and E' when the storage elastic modulus of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is E 'and the loss elastic modulus is E'. Refers to temperature.
(2) (2)
前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液力 前記 E'、 E' 'の温度依存性を E' = A * exp (— B * T)、 E', =C * exp(— D * T) [式中、 A〜Dは定数であり、 Tは温度(°C)であ る]としたときに、 0≤D< Bの関係を満たすことを特徴とする(1)に記載の環状ポリオ レフイン系樹脂フィルム。 The cyclic polyolefin resin solution force The temperature dependence of E ′ and E ′ ′ is expressed as E ′ = A * exp (—B * T), E ′, = C * exp (—D * T) [where A -D is a constant and T is temperature (° C)], the cyclic polyolefin resin film according to (1), wherein 0≤D <B is satisfied.
(3)前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液中の溶媒が、貧溶媒を 4〜20質量%含むこ とを特徴とする(1)または(2)記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルム。 (3) The cyclic polyolefin resin film according to (1) or (2), wherein the solvent in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution contains 4 to 20% by mass of a poor solvent.
(4) (Four)
前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を、無端支持体上に連続して流延した後、形成 されたフィルムを前記無端支持体から剥離し、剥離したフィルムを乾燥して巻き取るこ とにより得られる環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムであって、前記無端支持体の温度 を一 50°C〜; 10°Cに設定することを特徴とする(1)または(2)に記載の環状ポリオレフ イン系樹脂フィルム。
前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液が前記無端支持体上に流延されてから剥離さ れるまでの冷却速度を、(温度差/時間)で表した場合、 3〜5 (°C/sec)であることを 特徴とする(4)に記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルム。 The cyclic polyolefin resin solution obtained by continuously casting the cyclic polyolefin resin solution on an endless support, peeling the formed film from the endless support, and drying and winding the peeled film. The cyclic polyolefin resin film according to (1) or (2), characterized in that the temperature of the endless support is set to 150 ° C to 10 ° C. When the cooling rate from when the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is cast on the endless support to when it is peeled is expressed as (temperature difference / hour), it is 3 to 5 (° C / sec). (4) The cyclic polyolefin resin film according to (4).
(6) (6)
前記フィルムを無端支持体から剥離した後、巻き取るまでの乾燥中に、前記フィル ムを延伸してなることを特徴とする(4)又は(5)に記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フ イノレム。 The cyclic polyolefin resin resin according to (4) or (5), wherein the film is stretched after being peeled off from the endless support and then dried before being wound up.
(7) (7)
偏光子の両面に透明保護膜を有する偏光板であって、前記透明保護膜の少なくと も一方が(1)〜(6)の!/、ずれかに記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムであること を特徴とする偏光板。 A polarizing plate having a transparent protective film on both sides of a polarizer, wherein at least one of the transparent protective films is the cyclic polyolefin resin film according to any one of (1) to (6)! A polarizing plate characterized by.
(8) (8)
前記偏光子の一方の透明保護膜の表面に、ハードコート層および反射防止層のう ち少なくとも一層が設けられていることを特徴とする(7)に記載の偏光板。 The polarizing plate according to (7), wherein at least one of a hard coat layer and an antireflection layer is provided on the surface of one transparent protective film of the polarizer.
(9) (9)
(1)〜(6)の!/、ずれかに記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムおよび(7)または (8)に記載の偏光板のレ、ずれ力、を具備したことを特徴とする液晶表示装置。 A liquid crystal display comprising the cyclic polyolefin resin film according to any one of (1) to (6) and the polarizing plate according to (7) or (8). apparatus.
(10) (Ten)
(7)または(8)に記載の偏光板を液晶セルの上下の少なくとも一方に用いたことを 特徴とする OCBまたは VAモードの液晶表示装置。 An OCB or VA mode liquid crystal display device, characterized in that the polarizing plate according to (7) or (8) is used in at least one of the upper and lower sides of a liquid crystal cell.
(11) (11)
(7)または(8)に記載の偏光板をバックライト側に用いたことを特徴とする VAモード 液晶表示装置。 A VA mode liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate according to (7) or (8) on the backlight side.
(12) (12)
環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を溶液流延にて製膜する環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂 フィルムの製造方法であって、無端支持体上に流延されてから剥離されるまでの間 にゲル化点に到達するという粘弾性特性を有する環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を、 50°C〜; 10°Cに調整された流延機の無端支持体に流延し、該前記環状ポリオレフ
イン系樹脂溶液が前記無端支持体上に流延されてから剥離されるまでの冷却速度 1 (温度差/時間)で表した場合、 3〜5 (°C/SeC)であることを特徴とする環状ポリ ォレフィン系樹脂フィルムの製造方法。 A method for producing a cyclic polyolefin resin film in which a cyclic polyolefin resin solution is formed by solution casting, wherein the gel point is reached after casting on an endless support until peeling. A cyclic polyolefin resin solution having viscoelastic properties is cast on an endless support of a casting machine adjusted to 50 ° C to 10 ° C, and the cyclic polyolefin When the cooling rate 1 (temperature difference / hour) from when the in-based resin solution is cast on the endless support to when it is peeled is 3 to 5 (° C / SeC ), A method for producing a cyclic polyolefin resin film.
ここに、ゲル化点とは、前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液の貯蔵弾性率を E'、損 失弾性率を E',としたとき、 E'と E',との値の大小関係が逆転する温度をいう。 Here, the gel point is the relationship between the values of E 'and E' when the storage elastic modulus of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is E 'and the loss elastic modulus is E'. Refers to temperature.
(13) (13)
前記前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を流延機の無端支持体に流延する前に、 貧溶媒を前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液中の溶媒に 4〜20質量%加えることを 特徴とする(12)に記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの製造方法。 Before the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is cast on an endless support of a casting machine, 4 to 20% by mass of a poor solvent is added to the solvent in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution. The manufacturing method of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of description.
また、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂に冷却ゲル化能を発現させることは以下の手段に よっても達成できる。 Moreover, it is possible to achieve cooling gelation ability in the cyclic polyolefin resin by the following means.
1.下記一般式(1)で表される 2つの繰り返し単位を含む環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂 であって、共重合比率 x、 yにおいて、 0. 03≤y/ (x + y)≤0. 50であることを特徴と する環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂。 1. Cyclic polyolefin resin containing two repeating units represented by the following general formula (1), at a copolymerization ratio x, y: 0.03≤y / (x + y) ≤0.50 Cyclic polyolefin resin characterized by being.
[0011] [化 1] [0011] [Chemical 1]
[0012] (一般式(1)中、
R3はそれぞれ独立に水素原子または置換基を表し、 R2は炭素 数 1〜; 10のアルキル基を表す。 ΐ L2はそれぞれ独立に単結合、または 2価の連結 基を表す。 m、 pはそれぞれ独立に 0または 1の整数、 n、 qはそれぞれ独立に 1〜4の 整数を表す。 ) [0012] (In general formula (1), R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. ΐ L 2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. m and p are each independently an integer of 0 or 1, and n and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 4. )
2.一般式(1)で表される 2つの繰り返し単位と下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し 単位とを含むことを特徴とする前記 1に記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂。
[0013] [化 2] 2. The cyclic polyolefin resin as described in 1 above, which comprises two repeating units represented by the general formula (1) and a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2). [0013] [Chemical 2]
般式 ( 2 ) General formula (2)
[0014] (一般式 (2)中、 R4、 IT、 R°、 R7はそれぞれ独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数 ;!〜 10のァノレキノレ基、炭素数 6〜20のァリーノレ基、炭素数;!〜 10のアルコキシ基、 炭素数 2〜 10のァシルォキシ基、炭素数 2〜 10のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素数 ;!〜 10のァシル基、カルボキシル基のいずれかを表す。 rは 0または 1の整数を表す。 (In general formula (2), R 4 , IT, R °, and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a carbon number;! To 10 arenoquinole group, 6 to 20 arenore group, Carbon number:! ~ 10 alkoxy group, carbon number 2-10 acyloxy group, carbon number 2-10 alkoxycarbonyl group, carbon number;! ~ 10 acyl group, carboxyl group r represents 0. Or an integer of 1.
) )
3. n = q= lであって、置換基 I^-OCOR2および L2-OHの合計のエンド比率が 50 〜; 100%であることを特徴とする前記 1または 2に記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂。 3. The cyclic polyolefin according to 1 or 2 above, wherein n = q = l and the total end ratio of the substituents I ^ -OCOR 2 and L 2 —OH is 50 to 100% Resin.
4.前記 1〜3のいずれかに記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂を用いてなることを特 徴とする光学材料。 4. An optical material comprising the cyclic polyolefin resin according to any one of 1 to 3 above.
5.前記光学材料が、薄膜、フィルムまたはシート形状であることを特徴とする前記 4 に記載の光学材料。 5. The optical material as described in 4 above, wherein the optical material is in the form of a thin film, film or sheet.
6. Reと Rthが下記の範囲であることを特徴とする前記 5に記載の光学材料。 6. The optical material as described in 5 above, wherein Re and Rth are in the following ranges.
(1) 0≤Re≤100nm (1) 0≤Re≤100nm
(2) 0≤Rth≤400nm (2) 0≤Rth≤400nm
(式中、 Re, Rthは、波長 590nmにおける面内のレターデーシヨン(Re)および厚さ方 向のレターデーシヨン(Rth)を表す。 ) (In the formula, Re and Rth represent in-plane letter-deposition (Re) and thickness-direction letter-decision (Rth) at a wavelength of 590 nm.)
発明の効果 The invention's effect
[0015] 本発明によれば、環境温湿度変化に対して光学特性変化が少なぐかつムラのな
いフィルム平面性、面状、透明性、光学的均一性を有し、なおかつ機械的強度に優 れた環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムを提供することができる。また、本発明の該効 果を有する環状ポリオレフインフィルムを用いた偏光板および液晶表示装置と、前記 環状ポリオレフインフィルムの製造方法を提供することができる。 [0015] According to the present invention, the change in optical characteristics is small and uneven with respect to the change in environmental temperature and humidity. It is possible to provide a cyclic polyolefin resin film having excellent film flatness, planarity, transparency, optical uniformity and excellent mechanical strength. In addition, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the cyclic polyolefin film having the effect of the present invention, and a method for producing the cyclic polyolefin film can be provided.
図面の簡単な説明 Brief Description of Drawings
[0016] [図 1]本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの製膜ラインの一例を説明するため の図である。 FIG. 1 is a diagram for explaining an example of a film production line for a cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention.
[図 2]貯蔵弾性率を E'、損失弾性率を E' 'と温度の関係を示すための図である。 [Fig. 2] A graph showing the relationship between storage elastic modulus E ', loss elastic modulus E' 'and temperature.
[図 3]貯蔵弾性率を E'、損失弾性率を E' 'と温度の関係(Ε'と E' 'の交点はゲル化点 [Figure 3] Relationship between storage elastic modulus E ', loss elastic modulus E' 'and temperature (the intersection of Ε' and E '' is the gel point)
TOである。)を示すための図である。 TO. It is a figure for showing.
[図 4]貯蔵弾性率を E'、損失弾性率を E' 'と温度の関係を示すための図である。 [Fig. 4] A graph showing the relationship between storage elastic modulus E 'and loss elastic modulus E' '.
[図 5]本発明に係る溶液製膜方法に用いられるフィルム製膜ラインの概略図である。 FIG. 5 is a schematic view of a film casting line used in the solution casting method according to the present invention.
[図 6]図 5に示したフィルム製膜ラインの要部拡大概略図である。 6 is an enlarged schematic view of the main part of the film production line shown in FIG.
[図 7]図 5に示したフィルム製膜ラインの要部拡大概略図である。 7 is an enlarged schematic view of the main part of the film production line shown in FIG.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
[0017] 110 ドープ調製部 [0017] 110 Dope Preparation Department
111 撹拌タンク 111 Stir tank
112 送液ポンプ 112 Liquid feed pump
113 フイノレタ 113 Huinoleta
120 流延部 120 Casting part
121 流延ダイ 121 Casting die
122 回転ドラム(流延支持体) 122 Rotating drum (casting support)
123 剥ぎ取りローラ 123 Stripping roller
124 搬送ローラ 124 Conveyor roller
10 フィルム製膜ライン 10 Film production line
11 ミキシングタンク 11 Mixing tank
12 ドープ 12 Dope
13 撹拌翼
14 ポンプ 13 Stirring blade 14 Pump
15 濾過装置 15 Filtration equipment
19 乾燥風 19 Dry air
20 流延室 20 Casting room
21 流延ダイ 21 Casting die
22 回転ドラム 22 Rotating drum
22a 着地線 22a Landing line
22b 剥取線 22b Stripped line
22c 無ゲル膜面 22c Gel-free membrane surface
23 流延ビード23 Casting beads
23b 流延ビード背面23b Casting bead back
24 ゲル膜 24 Gel membrane
25 剥取ローラ 25 Stripping roller
26 フィルム 26 films
27 ガス供給装置 27 Gas supply device
27a ガス管路27a Gas pipeline
28, 30, 48, 49 ガス28, 30, 48, 49 Gas
29 送風機 29 Blower
31 回収装置 31 Recovery device
31 a 凝 面 31 a stiff face
乙 ?皿/ £s B十 Otsu? Plate / £ s B +
40, 41 支持体回転軸 42, 43 軸受け 44 冷媒 40, 41 Support rotating shaft 42, 43 Bearing 44 Refrigerant
45 冷媒供給装置 60 テンタ室 45 Refrigerant supply device 60 Tenter chamber
61 乾燥室 61 Drying room
62 乾燥機
63 ローラ 62 Dryer 63 Laura
64 冷却室 64 Cooling room
65 巻取機 65 Winder
発明を実施するための最良の形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0018] 以下、本発明を詳細に説明する。 [0018] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
(溶液流延方法) (Solution casting method)
本発明においては、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂を含む樹脂組成物が溶媒に 10〜5 0質量%溶解してレ、る環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を用い、溶液流延法を使用して 環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムを製造する。溶液流延法は、平面性、膜厚均一性 等の観点で優れる。特に溶液流延法では、溶融製膜が困難なガラス転移温度 (Tg) 力 ¾00°C以上 400°C以下という高 Tgを持つ環状ポリオレフイン系ポリマーを用いても フィルム製膜できるという点で好ましい。本発明における溶液流延方法は、特開 200 0— 301555号、特開 2000— 301558号、特開平 7— 032391号、特開平 3— 193 316号、特開平 5— 086212号、特開昭 62— 037113号、特開平 2— 276607号、 特開昭 55— 014201号、特開平 2— 111511号、および特開平 2— 208650号の各 公報に記載のセルロースァシレート製膜技術を応用できる。 In the present invention, a cyclic polyolefin resin film is obtained by using a cyclic polyolefin resin solution obtained by dissolving 10 to 50% by mass of a resin composition containing a cyclic polyolefin resin in a solvent and using a solution casting method. Manufacturing. The solution casting method is excellent in terms of flatness and film thickness uniformity. In particular, the solution casting method is preferable in that a film can be formed even by using a cyclic polyolefin-based polymer having a glass transition temperature (Tg) force of ¾00 ° C. or higher and 400 ° C. or lower, which is difficult to form a melt. The solution casting method in the present invention is disclosed in JP 2000-301555, JP 2000-301558, JP 7-0332391, JP 3-193 316, JP 5-086212, JP 62. The cellulose acylate film forming techniques described in JP-A-037113, JP-A-2-276607, JP-A-55-014201, JP-A-2-111511, and JP-A-2-208650 can be applied.
[0019] 溶液の流延方法としては、調製された環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液(ドープとも呼 ぶ)を加圧ダイから金属支持体上に均一に押し出す方法、一旦金属支持体上に流 延されたドープをブレードで膜厚を調節するドクターブレードによる方法、或いは逆 回転するロールで調節するリバースロールコーターによる方法等がある力 加圧ダイ による方法が好ましい。加圧ダイにはコートノ、ンガータイプや Tダイタイプ等があるが いずれも好ましく用いることができる。また、ここで挙げた方法以外にも従来知られて いるセルローストリアセテート溶液を流延製膜する種々の方法で実施でき、用いる溶 剤の沸点等の違いを考慮して各条件を設定することによりそれぞれの公報に記載の 内容と同様の効果が得られる。本発明において環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムを 製造するのに使用される支持体は、無端で走行する金属支持体が好ましぐ例えば 、表面がクロムメツキによって鏡面仕上げされたドラムや表面研磨によって鏡面仕上
げされたステンレスベルト(バンドとも呼ぶ)等が用いられる。本発明の環状ポリオレフ イン系樹脂フィルムの製造に用いられる加圧ダイは、金属支持体の上方に 1基或い は 2基以上の設置でもよい。好ましくは 1基または 2基である。 2基以上設置する場合 には流延するドープ量をそれぞれのダイに種々な割合にわけてもよぐ複数の精密 定量ギヤァポンプからそれぞれの割合でダイにドープを送液してもよ!/、。流延に用い られる環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液の温度は、 10°C〜55°Cが好ましくより好まし くは 25°C〜50°Cである。その場合、工程のすべてが同一でもよぐあるいは工程の 各所で異なっていてもよい。異なる場合は、流延直前で所望の温度であればよい。 [0019] As a solution casting method, the prepared cyclic polyolefin resin solution (also referred to as a dope) is uniformly extruded onto a metal support from a pressure die, and once cast on the metal support. A method using a force pressure die, such as a method using a doctor blade for adjusting the film thickness with a blade or a method using a reverse roll coater for adjusting with a reverse rotating roll is preferable. There are Coutno, Nger type, T die type, etc. as the pressure die, and any of them can be preferably used. In addition to the methods listed here, it can be carried out by various known methods for casting a cellulose triacetate solution, and by setting each condition in consideration of differences in the boiling point of the solvent used, etc. The same effect as described in each publication can be obtained. The support used for producing the cyclic polyolefin resin film in the present invention is preferably a metal support that travels endlessly. For example, a drum whose surface is mirror-finished by chrome plating or mirror-finished by surface polishing. A bent stainless steel belt (also called a band) or the like is used. The pressure die used for the production of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention may be one or two or more installed above the metal support. One or two groups are preferred. When two or more units are installed, the dope to be cast can be divided into various proportions for each die, or the dope can be fed to the die at each proportion from multiple precision quantitative gear pumps! The temperature of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution used for casting is preferably 10 ° C to 55 ° C, more preferably 25 ° C to 50 ° C. In that case, all of the processes may be the same or different at different points in the process. If they are different, the temperature may be a desired temperature just before casting.
[0020] 環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの製造に係わる金属支持体上におけるドープの 乾燥は、一般的には金属支持体 (例えばドラム或いはバンド)の表面側、つまり金属 支持体上にあるウェブの表面から熱風を当てる方法、ドラム或いはバンドの裏面から 熱風を当てる方法、温度コントロールした液体をバンドやドラムのドープ流延面の反 対側である裏面から接触させて、伝熱によりドラム或いはバンドを加熱し表面温度を コントロールする液体伝熱方法などがある。流延される前の金属支持体の表面温度 はドープに用いられてレ、る溶剤の沸点以下であれば何度でもよ!/、。しかし乾燥を促 進するためには、また金属支持体上での流動性を失わせるためには、使用される溶 剤の内の最も沸点の低い溶剤の沸点より 1°C〜; 10°C低い温度に設定することが好ま しい。尚、流延ドープを冷却して乾燥することなく剥ぎ取る場合はこの限りではない。 [0020] The drying of the dope on the metal support involved in the production of the cyclic polyolefin resin film is generally performed from the surface side of the metal support (for example, drum or band), that is, from the surface of the web on the metal support. A method of applying hot air, a method of applying hot air from the back side of the drum or band, a temperature-controlled liquid is contacted from the back side opposite to the dope casting surface of the band or drum, and the drum or band is heated by heat transfer. There are liquid heat transfer methods that control the surface temperature. As long as the surface temperature of the metal support before casting is less than the boiling point of the solvent used for the dope, it can be repeated! However, to promote drying and to lose fluidity on the metal support, 1 ° C to the boiling point of the lowest boiling solvent used; 10 ° C It is preferable to set the temperature lower. This is not the case when the casting dope is cooled and peeled off without drying.
[0021] 本発明における流延方法に用いることのできる装置の一例を図 1に示す。 An example of an apparatus that can be used for the casting method in the present invention is shown in FIG.
[0022] この図において、 110はドープ調製部、 120はドープを流延支持体に流延する流 延部である。 In this figure, 110 is a dope preparation section, and 120 is a casting section for casting the dope onto a casting support.
[0023] ドープ調製部 110は、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂、溶剤、可塑剤等を撹拌'混合す る撹拌タンク 111が設けられ、この撹拌タンク 111には送液ポンプ 112を介してフィル タ 113が連結されている。前記流延部 120は、流延ダイ 121が設けられるとともに、流 延支持体としての回転ドラム 122が設けられており、前記フィルタ 113からドープが流 延ダイ 121に送られている。また、回転ドラム 122からフィルムを剥ぎ取るための剥ぎ 取りローラ 123が設けられるとともに、図示しないテンター乾燥部へ搬送するための 搬送ローラ 124が設けられている。
[0024] 流延支持体は、ドープの固化を促進させるために冷却することが好ましぐ具体的 には、流延支持体の表面温度を 10°C以下にすることが好ましぐ 8°C以下にすること がより好ましぐ 5°C以下にすることが最も好ましい。流延支持体を冷却する手段とし ては、特に限定されず、従来用いられている各種手段を用いることができる。 [0023] The dope preparation unit 110 is provided with a stirring tank 111 for stirring and mixing a cyclic polyolefin resin, a solvent, a plasticizer, and the like, and a filter 113 is connected to the stirring tank 111 via a liquid feed pump 112. Has been. The casting part 120 is provided with a casting die 121 and a rotating drum 122 as a casting support, and the dope is sent from the filter 113 to the casting die 121. Further, a peeling roller 123 for peeling the film from the rotating drum 122 is provided, and a conveying roller 124 for conveying the film to a tenter drying unit (not shown) is provided. [0024] The casting support is preferably cooled to promote the solidification of the dope. Specifically, the surface temperature of the casting support is preferably 10 ° C or less. 8 ° It is more preferable to set it to C or lower. Most preferable to set it to 5 ° C or lower. The means for cooling the casting support is not particularly limited, and various conventionally used means can be used.
特に本発明では、流延支持体として無端支持体を用いることが好ましぐその温度 を一 50°C〜; 10°C、好ましくは一 45°C〜8°C、さらに好ましくは一 40°C〜5°Cにするこ とにより、本発明で規定した粘弾性特性を充分に活用することができ、剥離時に発生 する剥ぎ段ムラ等を防止することができる。 In particular, in the present invention, it is preferable to use an endless support as the casting support, and the temperature is from 50 ° C to 10 ° C, preferably from 45 ° C to 8 ° C, more preferably from 40 ° C. By setting the temperature to C to 5 ° C., the viscoelastic characteristics defined in the present invention can be fully utilized, and stripping unevenness and the like that occur during peeling can be prevented.
[0025] ドープが前記無端支持体上に流延されてから剥離されるまでの冷却速度は、温度 差/時間で表した場合、 3〜5 (°C/sec)であることが好ましい。 [0025] The cooling rate from when the dope is cast on the endless support to when it is peeled is preferably 3 to 5 (° C / sec) in terms of temperature difference / time.
[0026] また、乾燥の均一性、剥離性の向上の観点から、流延支持体のドープが流延され る部分の任意の 2点間の温度差が 5°C以下であることが好ましぐ 3°C以下であること がより好ましい。 [0026] Further, from the viewpoint of improving the uniformity of drying and releasability, it is preferable that the temperature difference between any two points of the portion of the casting support where the dope is cast is 5 ° C or less. It is more preferable that the temperature is 3 ° C or less.
[0027] さらに、流延支持体の表面温度を 10°C以下とし、かつ 2点間の温度差を 5°C以下に することにより、剥ぎ取りの高速化を図れるとともに、乾燥が均一になり、物性、平面性 ともに均一なフィルムが得られるので、極めて好ましい。 [0027] Further, by setting the surface temperature of the casting support to 10 ° C or less and the temperature difference between the two points to 5 ° C or less, the stripping speed can be increased and the drying becomes uniform. It is extremely preferable because a film having uniform physical properties and flatness can be obtained.
[0028] また、流延支持体に流延したドープを乾燥させる乾燥風の酸素濃度が 10容量%以 下であることが好ましぐ 5容量%以下であることがより好ましぐまた、乾燥風中に含 まれる溶剤の露点が流延支持体の表面温度よりも 5°C以上低いことが好ましぐ 10°C 以上低いことがより好ましい。このような構成にすることにより、可燃性溶剤を用いても 着火爆発を防止できる。また、露点を下げることにより、流延支持体ゃ流延ビードへ の結露を防止できる。 [0028] The oxygen concentration of the drying air for drying the dope cast on the casting support is preferably 10% by volume or less, more preferably 5% by volume or less. The dew point of the solvent contained in the wind is preferably 5 ° C or more lower than the surface temperature of the casting support, and more preferably 10 ° C or more. By adopting such a configuration, ignition and explosion can be prevented even when a flammable solvent is used. Further, by reducing the dew point, it is possible to prevent condensation on the casting support or casting bead.
[0029] 流延ダイから流延支持体に流延されたドープは、流延支持体上で乾燥されて生乾 きの固化した状態となる。そして、このある程度固化したフィルムを、テンター装置等 からなる乾燥部に送り込んで乾燥させる。 [0029] The dope cast from the casting die to the casting support is dried on the casting support to be in a solid state that is dry. Then, the solidified film is sent to a drying section composed of a tenter device and dried.
[0030] 本発明における流延方法では、流延支持体としての平滑なバンド上或いはドラム上 に単層液として流延してもよいし、 2層以上の複数のドープを逐次流延又は共流延に より流延してもよい。複数のドープを流延する場合、支持体の進行方向に間隔を置い
て設けた複数の流延口力 ドープをそれぞれ流延させて積層させながらフィルムを 作製してもよく、例えば特開昭 61— 158414号、特開平 1— 122419号、特開平 11 198285号、などに記載の方法が適応できる。また、 2つの流延ロカ ドープを流 延することによつてもフィルム化することができ、例えば特公昭 60— 27562号、特開 昭 61— 94724号、特開昭 61— 947245号、特開昭 61— 104813号、特開昭 61— 158413号、特開平 6— 134933号、に記載の方法で実施できる。また、特開昭 56 — 162617号に記載の高粘度ドープの流れを低粘度のドープで包み込み、その高、 低粘度のドープを同時に押出すセルロースァシレートフィルム流延方法でもよい。 [0030] In the casting method of the present invention, a single-layer liquid may be cast on a smooth band or a drum as a casting support, or a plurality of dopes of two or more layers may be cast or co-casted sequentially. It may be cast by casting. When casting multiple dopes, leave a gap in the direction of travel of the support. A film may be produced while casting and laminating a plurality of dope casting forces provided, for example, JP 61-158414, JP 1-122419, JP 11 198285, etc. Can be applied. It is also possible to form a film by casting two cast loca dopes, for example, JP-B-60-27562, JP-A-61-94724, JP-A-61-947245, JP-A-61-947245 It can be carried out by the methods described in JP-A-61-104813, JP-A-61-158413, and JP-A-6-134933. Alternatively, a cellulose acylate film casting method described in JP-A-56-162617 may be used in which a high-viscosity dope stream is wrapped with a low-viscosity dope and the high- and low-viscosity dopes are simultaneously extruded.
[0031] あるいはまた 2個の流延ロを用いて、第一の流延口により支持体に成型したフィノレ ムを剥ぎ取り、支持体面に接していた側に第二の流延を行なうことにより、フィルムを 作製することもでき、例えば特公昭 44— 20235号に記載されている方法でもよい。 [0031] Alternatively, the two casting rolls are used to peel off the film formed on the support by the first casting port, and to perform the second casting on the side that is in contact with the support surface. A film can also be produced, and for example, the method described in Japanese Examined Patent Publication No. 44-20235 may be used.
[0032] 流延するドープは同一の溶液でもよいし、異なる溶液でもよく特に限定されない。複 数の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂層に機能を持たせるために、その機能に応じたドープ を、それぞれの流延口から押出せばよい。さらに本発明のドープは、他の機能層(例 えば、接着層、染料層、帯電防止層、アンチハレーション層、 UV吸収層、偏光層な ど)を同時に流延することもできる。 [0032] The dope to be cast may be the same solution or different solutions, and is not particularly limited. In order to give a function to a plurality of cyclic polyolefin resin layers, a dope corresponding to the function may be extruded from each casting port. Furthermore, the dope of the present invention can be cast simultaneously with other functional layers (for example, an adhesive layer, a dye layer, an antistatic layer, an antihalation layer, a UV absorbing layer, a polarizing layer).
[0033] 選択する材料、溶媒系によっては単層液では、必要なフィルム厚さにするためには 高濃度で高粘度のドープを押出すことが必要であり、その場合ドープの安定性が悪 くて固形物が発生し、ブッ故障となったり、平面性が不良であったりして問題となる場 合がある。ここの解決策のひとつとして、複数のドープを流延口から流延することによ り、高粘度の溶液を同時に支持体上に押出すことができ、平面性も良化し優れた面 状のフィルムが作製できるば力、りでなぐ濃厚なドープを用いることで乾燥負荷の低 減化が達成でき、フィルムの生産スピードを高めることができる場合もある。 [0033] Depending on the material and solvent system to be selected, it is necessary to extrude a high-concentration and high-viscosity dope in order to obtain the required film thickness in a single-layer solution. In this case, the dope stability is poor. In some cases, solid matter is generated, which may cause troubles and poor flatness. As one of the solutions here, by casting a plurality of dopes from the casting port, it is possible to extrude a highly viscous solution onto the support at the same time, improving the flatness and improving the surface shape. If a film can be produced, the drying load can be reduced by using a thick dope that can be reduced by using a thick film. In some cases, the production speed of the film can be increased.
[0034] 生乾きのフィルムを流延支持体から剥離するとき、剥離抵抗(剥離荷重)が大きレ、と 、製膜方向にフィルムが不規則に伸ばされて光学的な異方性ムラ (剥ぎ段ムラ)を生じ る。特に剥離荷重が大きいときは、製膜方向に段状に伸ばされたところと伸ばされて いないところが交互に生じて、レターデーンヨンに分布を生じる。液晶表示装置に装 填すると線状あるいは帯状にムラが見えるようになる。このような問題を発生させない
ためには、フィルムの剥離荷重をフィルム剥離幅 lcmあたり 0· 25Ν以下にすることが 好ましい。剥離荷重はより好ましくは 0. 2N/cm以下、さらに好ましくは 0. 15N以下 、特に好ましくは 0. 10N以下である。剥離荷重 0. 2N/cm以下のときはムラが現れ やすい液晶表示装置においても剥離起因のムラは全く認められず、特に好ましい。 剥離荷重を小さくする方法としては、剥離剤を添加する方法と、使用する溶剤組成の 選択による方法がある。本環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの場合は、アルコール 系溶剤の添加量を増大させることによりその効果が顕著となる。 [0034] When a dry film is peeled from a casting support, the peel resistance (peeling load) is large, and the film is irregularly stretched in the film forming direction, resulting in optical anisotropic unevenness (stripping step). Cause unevenness). In particular, when the peeling load is large, the stretched portions in the film forming direction and the unstretched portions are alternately generated, resulting in a distribution in the letter dean. When mounted in a liquid crystal display device, irregularities appear in the form of lines or strips. Do not cause such problems For this purpose, it is preferable to set the film peeling load to 0.25 mm or less per lcm of the film peeling width. The peeling load is more preferably 0.2 N / cm or less, further preferably 0.15 N or less, and particularly preferably 0.10 N or less. When the peeling load is 0.2 N / cm or less, even in a liquid crystal display device in which unevenness is likely to appear, no unevenness due to peeling is observed at all, which is particularly preferable. There are two methods for reducing the peeling load: adding a release agent and selecting the solvent composition to be used. In the case of the present cyclic polyolefin resin film, the effect becomes remarkable by increasing the addition amount of the alcohol solvent.
[0035] 剥離荷重の測定は次のようにして行う。製膜装置の流延支持体と同じ材質 ·表面粗 さの金属板上にドープを滴下し、ドクターブレードを用いて均等な厚さに流延し乾燥 する。カッターナイフでフィルムに均等幅の切れ込みを入れ、フィルムの先端を手で 剥がしてストレンゲージにつながったクリップで挟み、ストレンゲージを斜め 45度方向 に引き上げながら、荷重変化を測定する。剥離されたフィルム中の揮発分も測定する 。乾燥時間を変えて何回か同じ測定を行い、実際の製膜工程における剥離時残留 揮発分と同じ時の剥離荷重を定める。剥離速度が速くなると剥離荷重は大きくなる傾 向があり、実際に近い剥離速度で測定することが好ましい。 [0035] The peel load is measured as follows. A dope is dropped on a metal plate having the same material and surface roughness as the casting support of the film forming apparatus, and is cast to a uniform thickness using a doctor blade and dried. Make a cut of equal width into the film with a cutter knife, peel off the film tip by hand, pinch it with a clip connected to the strain gauge, and measure the load change while pulling the strain gauge diagonally at 45 degrees. The volatile content in the peeled film is also measured. The same measurement is performed several times while changing the drying time, and the peeling load at the same time as the residual volatile content at the peeling in the actual film forming process is determined. As the peeling speed increases, the peeling load tends to increase, and it is preferable to measure at a peeling speed close to actual.
[0036] 本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムを延伸処理する場合は、剥離のすぐ後 の未だフィルム中に溶剤が十分に残留している状態で行うのが好ましい。延伸の目 的は、(1)シヮゃ変形のない平面性に優れたフィルムを得るため及び、(2)フィルム の面内レターデーシヨンを大きくするために行う。 (1)の目的で延伸を行うときは、比 較的高い温度で延伸を行い、延伸倍率も 1 %から 15%までの低倍率の延伸を行うこ とが好ましい。 2から 10%の延伸が特に好ましい。 (1)と(2)の両方の目的、あるいは (2)だけの目的で延伸する場合は、比較的低い温度で、延伸倍率も 2から 150%で 延伸することが好ましい。 [0036] When the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention is stretched, it is preferably performed in a state where the solvent still remains in the film immediately after peeling. The purpose of stretching is (1) to obtain a film with excellent flatness without any deformation, and (2) to increase the in-plane letter pattern of the film. When stretching is performed for the purpose of (1), it is preferable to perform stretching at a relatively high temperature and to perform stretching at a low ratio of 1% to 15%. A stretch of 2 to 10% is particularly preferred. When stretching for the purposes of both (1) and (2), or only for the purpose of (2), it is preferable to stretch at a relatively low temperature and a stretching ratio of 2 to 150%.
[0037] フィルム中に残留溶媒が残っているときに延伸すると乾燥フィルムに比べて低い温 度で延伸できる。環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂は高いガラス転移点 (Tg)を有するポリマ 一が多いが、ポリマー固有の Tgよりも低い温度で延伸することができる。 [0037] If the film is stretched when the residual solvent remains in the film, it can be stretched at a lower temperature than the dry film. Many cyclic polyolefin resins have a high glass transition temperature (Tg), but can be stretched at a temperature lower than the inherent Tg of the polymer.
フィルムの延伸は、縦あるいは横だけの一軸延伸でもよく同時あるいは逐次 2軸延 伸でもよい。 VA液晶セルや OCB液晶セル用位相差フィルムの複屈折は、幅方向の
屈折率が長さ方向の屈折率よりも大きくなることカ、ポリビュルアルコールとロールツ 一ロールで貼りあわせができる点でより好ましい。従って幅方向により多く延伸するこ とが好ましい。 The film may be stretched uniaxially or longitudinally or laterally, or simultaneously or sequentially biaxially. The birefringence of retardation films for VA liquid crystal cells and OCB liquid crystal cells It is more preferable that the refractive index is larger than the refractive index in the length direction, and that polybutyl alcohol and rolls can be bonded together. Therefore, it is preferable to stretch more in the width direction.
[0038] 本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムは、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂を含む樹 脂組成物が 10〜50質量%、好ましくは 15〜45質量%、より好ましくは、 18〜40質 量%、さらに好ましくは 20〜35質量%溶解している環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を 、溶液流延して製膜される。ここで、樹脂組成物とは、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液 中の固形分をいう。 [0038] In the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention, the resin composition containing the cyclic polyolefin resin is 10 to 50% by mass, preferably 15 to 45% by mass, more preferably 18 to 40% by mass, Preferably, a cyclic polyolefin resin solution in which 20 to 35% by mass is dissolved is cast by casting a solution. Here, the resin composition refers to the solid content in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution.
環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液中の樹脂組成物の濃度を上記のように特定した理 由は、固形分濃度を適正範囲にすることで、本発明の貯蔵弾性率 E'、および E' 'を 本発明の範囲にすることが可能であり、固形分濃度が 10質量%以上であることで環 境負荷が小さぐ生産性に優れ、 45質量%以下であることで貯蔵弾性率が適切であ り、冷却したときのゲル化性能に優れ、面状特に鮫肌状の故障や、ュズ肌状の面状 故障を誘発せず、流延方向への縦スジが発生しないため、好ましい。以下、該樹脂 組成物の構成成分につ!/、て説明する。 The reason for specifying the concentration of the resin composition in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution as described above is that the storage elastic modulus E ′ and E ′ ′ of the present invention can be obtained by adjusting the solid content concentration to an appropriate range. The solid content concentration is 10% by mass or more, the environmental load is small, and the productivity is low. It is preferable because it is excellent in gelation performance when cooled, does not induce a surface-like failure, particularly a skin-like failure, or a skin-like failure, and does not cause vertical stripes in the casting direction. The constituent components of the resin composition will be described below.
[0039] (環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂) [0039] (Cyclic polyolefin resin)
本発明における環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂(環状ポリオレフイン、あるいは環状ポリオ レフインポリマーとも称する)とは、環状ォレフィン構造を有する重合体樹脂を表す。 本発明に用いる環状ォレフィン構造を有する重合体樹脂の例には、(1)ノルボルネ ン系重合体、(2)単環の環状ォレフィンの重合体、(3)環状共役ジェンの重合体、(4 )ビュル脂環式炭化水素重合体、及び(1)〜(4)の水素化物などがある。本発明に 好ましい重合体は下記一般式 (II)で表される繰り返し単位を少なくとも 1種以上含む 付加(共)重合体環状ポリオレフインおよび必要に応じ、一般式 (I)で表される繰り返 し単位の少なくとも 1種以上を更に含んでなる付加(共)重合体環状ポリオレフインで ある。また、一般式 (III)で表される環状繰り返し単位を少なくとも 1種含む開環 (共) 重合体も好適に使用することができる。 The cyclic polyolefin resin in the present invention (also referred to as cyclic polyolefin or cyclic polyolefin polymer) represents a polymer resin having a cyclic olefin structure. Examples of the polymer resin having a cyclic olefin structure used in the present invention include (1) a norbornene polymer, (2) a monocyclic olefin polymer, (3) a cyclic conjugation polymer, (4 ) Bull alicyclic hydrocarbon polymers and hydrides of (1) to (4). Preferred polymers for the present invention are addition (co) polymer cyclic polyolefins containing at least one repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) and, if necessary, a repeating unit represented by the general formula (I): An addition (co) polymer cyclic polyolefin further comprising at least one unit. Moreover, a ring-opening (co) polymer containing at least one cyclic repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) can also be suitably used.
[0040] [化 3]
[0040] [Chemical 3]
( I ) 一 (I)
贿 800Z OAV
贿 800Z OAV
[9^1 ] [ 00] [9 ^ 1] [00]
(Π) 一 (Π) One
91-91-
T60690/.00Zdf/X3d 贿 800Z OAV
一般式 (m〉 T60690 / .00Zdf / X3d 贿 800Z OAV General formula (m)
[0043] 式中、 mは 0〜4の整数を表す。!^〜 は水素原子又は炭素数 1〜; 10の炭化水素 基、 〜 、 Y1 ^は水素原子、炭素数;!〜 10の炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、ハロ ゲン原子で置換された炭素数 1〜; 10の炭化水素基、 (CH ) COORU (CH ) O [0043] In the formula, m represents an integer of 0 to 4. ! ^ ~ Is a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; ~, Y 1 ^ is a hydrogen atom, carbon number;! To a carbon atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms substituted by a hydrocarbon group, halogen atom or halogen atom ~; 10 hydrocarbon groups, (CH) COOR U (CH) O
2 n 2 n 2 n 2 n
COR12,— (CH ) NCO、— (CH ) NO、— (CH ) CN、— (CH ) CONR13R14、 -(C COR 12 , — (CH) NCO, — (CH) NO, — (CH) CN, — (CH) CONR 13 R 14 ,-(C
2 n 2 n 2 2 n 2 n 2 n 2 n 2 2 n 2 n
H ) NR13R14、— (CH ) OZ、— (CH ) W、または X1と Y1あるいは X2と Y2あるいは X3とH) NR 13 R 14 , — (CH) OZ, — (CH) W, or X 1 and Y 1 or X 2 and Y 2 or X 3
2 η 2 η 2 η 2 η 2 η 2 η
Υ3から構成された (— CO) 0、 (-CO) NR15を示す。なお、 Ru, R12, R13, R14, R15は 水素原子、炭素数 1〜20の炭化水素基、 Zは炭化水素基またはハロゲンで置換され た炭化水素基、 Wは SiR16 D (R16は炭素数;!〜 10の炭化水素基、 Dはハロゲン原 — Indicates (—CO) 0 and (-CO) NR 15 composed of 3 . R u , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 are hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Z is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group substituted with halogen, W is SiR 16 D (R 16 is carbon number;! ~ 10 hydrocarbon group, D is halogen atom
P 3-p P 3-p
子、—OCOR16または— OR16、 pは 0〜3の整数を示す)、 nは 0〜10の整数を示す。 Child, —OCOR 16 or —OR 16 , p represents an integer of 0 to 3), and n represents an integer of 0 to 10.
[0044] ^〜X3、 Y1〜Y3の置換基に分極性の大きい官能基を導入することにより、光学フ イルムの厚さ方向レターデーシヨン(Rth)を大きくし、面内レターデーシヨン(Re)の発 現性を大きくすることが出来る。 Re発現性の大きなフィルムは、製膜過程で延伸する ことにより R 直を大きくすること力 Sできる。
[0045] ノルボルネン系重合体水素化物は、特開平 1 240517号、特開平 7— 196736 号、特開昭 60— 26024号、特開昭 62— 19801号、特開 2003— 1159767号ある いは特開 2004— 309979号等に開示されているように、多環状不飽和化合物を付 加重合あるいはメタセシス開環重合したのち水素添加することにより作られる。本発 明に用いるノルボルネン系重合体において、 R5〜R6は水素原子又は CH が好ま しぐ X3、及び Y3は水素原子、 Cl、 -COOCH が好ましぐその他の基は適宜選択 される。このノルボルネン系樹脂は、 JSR (株)からアートン (Arton) Gあるいはアート ン Fと!/、う商品名で発売されており、また日本ゼオン(株)からゼォノア(Zeonor) ZF1 4、 ZF16、ゼォネックス(Zeonex) 250あるいはゼォネックス 280という商品名で巿販 されており、これらを使用すること力 Sできる。 [0044] ^ ~X 3, Y 1 by introducing a polarizable large functional group in a substituent to Y 3, by increasing the thickness direction retardation Chillon optical full Ilm (Rth), the in-plane Retade The expression of Chillon (Re) can be increased. A film with a high Re developability can increase the R straightness by stretching it during the film formation process. [0045] Norbornene polymer hydrides are disclosed in JP-A-1 240517, JP-A-7-196736, JP-A-60-26024, JP-A-62-19801, JP-A-2003-1159767. As disclosed in Kaikai 2004-309979 and the like, it is prepared by subjecting a polycyclic unsaturated compound to addition polymerization or metathesis ring-opening polymerization and then hydrogenation. In the norbornene-based polymer used in the present invention, R 5 to R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or X 3 , and Y 3 is a hydrogen atom, and other groups such as Cl and —COOCH are suitably selected. The This norbornene resin is sold under the trade name of Arton G or Arton F by JSR Co., Ltd., and Zeonor ZF1 4, ZF16, Zeonex from Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd. (Zeonex) 250 or ZEONEX 280 are sold under the trade name and can be used with these products.
[0046] ノルボルネン系付加(共)重合体は、特開平 10— 7732号、特表 2002— 504184 号、米国公開特許 2004229157A1号あるレヽ (ま WO2004/070463A1号等 ίこ開 示されて!/、る。ノルボルネン系多環状不飽和化合物同士を付加重合する事によつて 得られる。また、必要に応じ、ノルボルネン系多環状不飽和化合物と、エチレン、プロ ピレン、ブテン;ブタジエン、イソプレンのような共役ジェン;ェチリデンノルボルネンの ような非共役ジェン;アクリロニトリル、アクリル酸、メタアクリル酸、無水マレイン酸、ァ クリル酸エステル、メタクリル酸エステル、マレイミド、酢酸ビュル、塩化ビュルなどの 線状ジェン化合物とを付加重合することもできる。このノルボルネン系付加(共)重合 体は、三井化学 (株)よりァペルの商品名で発売されており、ガラス転移温度 (Tg)の 異なる例えば APL8008T (Tg70°C)、APL6013T (Tgl25°C)あるいは APL6015 T (Tgl45°C)などのグレードがある。ポリプラスチック(株)より TOPAS8007、同 601 3、同 6015などのペレットが発売されている。更に、 Ferrania社より Appear3000が 発売されている。 [0046] Norbornene-based addition (co) polymers are disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-7732, Special Table 2002-504184, US Published Patent No. 2004229157A1, and other publications (such as WO2004 / 070463A1)! It can be obtained by addition polymerization of norbornene-based polycyclic unsaturated compounds and, if necessary, norbornene-based polycyclic unsaturated compounds and conjugates such as ethylene, propylene, butene, butadiene and isoprene. Gen; non-conjugated gen such as ethylidene norbornene; and linear gen compounds such as acrylonitrile, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride, acrylic acid ester, methacrylic acid ester, maleimide, butyl acetate and butyl chloride This norbornene-based addition (co) polymer is available from Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. under the name of Apel, Different glass transition temperatures (Tg), such as APL8008T (Tg70 ° C), APL6013T (Tgl25 ° C) or APL6015 T (Tgl45 ° C), etc. TOPAS8007, 601 3, and 6015 from Polyplastics Co., Ltd. In addition, Ferearia has released Appear3000.
[0047] 本発明にお!/、ては、環状ポリオレフインのガラス転移温度 (Tg)に制限はな!/、が、例 えば 200〜400°Cと!/、うような高!/、Tgの環状ポリオレフインも用いることができる。 [0047] In the present invention, there is no limitation on the glass transition temperature (Tg) of cyclic polyolefin! /, For example, 200-400 ° C! /, Such a high! /, Tg The following cyclic polyolefin can also be used.
[0048] 本発明における環状ポリオレフイン樹脂としては、特に一般式 (II)で表される繰り返 し単位を含む重合体が好ましい。これは、主鎖の構造が一般式 (I)や一般式 (III)に 比べて剛直であることから、非常に並びやすいことによるものである。これにより、この
樹脂はゲル化しやすくなることが特徴である。 [0048] The cyclic polyolefin resin in the present invention is particularly preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the general formula (II). This is because the structure of the main chain is stiffer than the general formula (I) and the general formula (III), and therefore it is very easy to arrange. This makes this The resin is characterized by being easily gelled.
[0049] 本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂は、冷却ゲル化能を発現させるためには、下記 一般式(1)で表される 2つの繰り返し単位を含むものであって、共重合比率 x、 yにお レヽて、 0· 03≤y/ (x + y)≤0. 50であるものでも J:レヽ。 [0049] The cyclic polyolefin resin of the present invention contains two repeating units represented by the following general formula (1) in order to develop cooling gelation ability, and has copolymerization ratios x, y Even if it is 0 · 03≤y / (x + y) ≤0.50, J:
[0050] [化 6] [0050] [Chemical 6]
一般式(1 ) General formula (1)
[0051] (一般式(1)中、
R3はそれぞれ独立に水素原子または置換基を表し、 R2は炭素 数 1〜; 10のアルキル基を表す。 ΐ L2はそれぞれ独立に単結合、または 2価の連結 基を表す。 m、 pはそれぞれ独立に 0または 1の整数、 n、 qはそれぞれ独立に 1〜4の 整数を表す。 ) [0051] (In the general formula (1), R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. ΐ L 2 each independently represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. m and p are each independently an integer of 0 or 1, and n and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 4. )
[0052] 一般式(1)に示した繰り返し単位のうち、下記一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位 について説明する。 [0052] Of the repeating units represented by the general formula (1), the repeating units represented by the following general formula (1A) will be described.
一般式(1A) General formula (1A)
[0053] [化 7]
[0053] [Chemical 7]
[0054] 一般式(1A)中、 R3、
p、 q、および yはそれぞれ前記一般式(1)に示すものと同 じ意味である。 [0054] In the general formula (1A), R 3 , p, q, and y have the same meanings as shown in the general formula (1).
[0055] 前記一般式(1A)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式 (4)で表される環状ォレ フィンの付加重合により形成することができる。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (1A) can be formed by addition polymerization of a cyclic olefin represented by the following general formula (4).
一般式 (4) General formula (4)
[0056] [化 8] [0056] [Chemical 8]
P P
R3 し2 - 0H
[0057] 一般式 (4)中、 R3、 L2、 p、 qはそれぞれ前記一般式(1)に示すものと同じ意味であ R 3 teeth 2 - 0H In general formula (4), R 3 , L 2 , p, and q have the same meanings as those shown in general formula (1).
[0058] R3は水素原子または置換基を表わす力 置換基として好ましくはハロゲン原子(例 えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アルキル基 (好ましくは炭素 数 1力、ら 30のァノレキノレ基、例えばメチル、ェチル、 n—プロピル、イソプロピル、 tーブ チル、 n ォクチル、 2 ェチルへキシル)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは、炭素数 3 力、ら 30の置換または無置換のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロへキシル、シクロぺ ンチル、 4 n ドデシルシクロへキシル)、ビシクロアルキル基(好ましくは、炭素数 5 力も 30の置換もしくは無置換のビシクロアルキル基、つまり、炭素数 5から 30のビシク ロアルカンから水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基である。例えば、ビシクロ [1 , 2, 2]ヘプタンー2 ィル、ビシクロ [2, 2, 2]オクタンー3 ィル)、 [0058] R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a force representing a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom (eg, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom), an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 force, etc. Of an alkenylquinole group, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl), a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 carbon atoms, 30 substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexane) An alkyl group such as cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4 n dodecylcyclohexyl), a bicycloalkyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, having 5 to 30 carbon atoms). This is a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a bicycloalkane such as bicyclo [1,2,2] heptane-2-yl, bicyclo [2,2,2] octa. -3 I-le),
[0059] アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数 2から 30の置換または無置換のアルケニル基、例え ば、ビュル、ァリル)、シクロアルケニル基(好ましくは、炭素数 3から 30の置換もしくは 無置換のシクロアルケニル基、つまり、炭素数 3から 30のシクロアルケンの水素原子 を一個取り去った一価の基である。例えば、 2—シクロペンテン 1 ィル、 2—シクロ へキセン 1 ィル)、ビシクロアルケニル基(置換もしくは無置換のビシクロアルケ二 ル基、好ましくは、炭素数 5から 30の置換もしくは無置換のビシクロアルケニル基、つ まり二重結合を一個持つビシクロアルケンの水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基で ある。例えば、ビシクロ [2, 2, 1]ヘプトー 2—ェンー1 ィル、ビシクロ [2, 2, 2]オタ ト— 2 ェン— 4 ィル)、アルキニル基(好ましくは、炭素数 2から 30の置換または無 置換のアルキニル基、例えば、ェチュル、プロパルギル)、ァリール基(好ましくは炭 素数 6から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァリール基、例えばフエニル、 p トリル、ナフ チル)、ヘテロ環基 (好ましくは 5または 6員の置換もしくは無置換の、芳香族もしくは 非芳香族のへテロ環化合物から一個の水素原子を取り除いた一価の基であり、さら に好ましくは、炭素数 3から 30の 5もしくは 6員の芳香族のへテロ環基である。例えば 、 2—フリノレ、 2—チェ二ノレ、 2—ピリミジニノレ、 2—べンゾチアゾリノレ)、シァノ基、ヒドロ キシル基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数 1から 30の置 換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、イソプロボキシ、 tーブ
トキシ、 n ォクチルォキシ、 2—メトキシェトキシ)、ァリールォキシ基(好ましくは、炭 素数 6から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァリールォキシ基、例えば、フエノキシ、 2 メ チルフエノキシ、 4— t ブチルフエノキシ、 3 ニトロフエノキシ、 2 テトラデカノイノレ アミノフエノキシ)、シリルォキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数 3から 20のシリルォキシ基、例 えば、トリメチルシリルォキシ、 tーブチルジメチルシリルォキシ)、ヘテロ環ォキシ基( 好ましくは、炭素数 2から 30の置換もしくは無置換のへテロ環ォキシ基、 1—フエ二ノレ テトラゾールー 5 ォキシ、 2 テトラヒドロビラ二ルォキシ)、ァシルォキシ基(好ましく はホルミルォキシ基、炭素数 2から 30の置換もしくは無置換のアルキルカルボニルォ キシ基、炭素数 6から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァリールカルボニルォキシ基、例え ば、ホノレミノレオキシ、ァセチルォキシ、ビバロイルォキシ、ステアロイルォキシ、ベンゾ ィルォキシ、 p メトキシフエ二ルカルポニルォキシ)、力ルバモイルォキシ基(好ましく は、炭素数 1から 30の置換もしくは無置換のカノレバモイルォキシ基、例えば、 N, N ジメチルカルバモイルォキシ、 N, N ジェチルカルバモイルォキシ、モルホリノ力 ノレボニルォキシ、 N, N ジー n ォクチルァミノカルボニルォキシ、 N— n ォクチ ルカルバモイルォキシ)、アルコキシカルボニルォキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数 2から 3 0の置換もしくは無置換アルコキシカルボニルォキシ基、例えばメトキシカルボニルォ キシ、エトキシカルボニルォキシ、 t ブトキシカルボニルォキシ、 n ォクチルカルポ 二ルォキシ)、ァリールォキシカルボニルォキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数 7から 30の置 換もしくは無置換のァリールォキシカルボニルォキシ基、例えば、フエノキシカルボ二 ルォキシ、 p メトキシフエノキシカルボニルォキシ、 p— n へキサデシルォキシフエ ノキシカルボニルォキシ)、 [0059] An alkenyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as bur or aryl), a cycloalkenyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms) Groups, that is, monovalent groups in which one hydrogen atom of a cycloalkene having 3 to 30 carbon atoms has been removed, for example, 2-cyclopentene 1-yl, 2-cyclohexene 1-yl), bicycloalkenyl group (substituted) Or an unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a bicycloalkene having one double bond. For example, bicyclo [2,2,1] hepto-2-yl-1, bicyclo [2,2,2] otato-2ene-4yl), alkynyl groups (preferably carbon A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having a number of 2 to 30, for example, ethur, propargyl), an aryl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, phenyl, ptolyl, naphthyl), hetero A cyclic group (preferably a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a 5- or 6-membered substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, and more preferably a carbon number of 3 To 30-membered 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic groups such as 2-furinole, 2-chechinorole, 2-pyrimidininole, 2-benzthiazolinole), cyano group, hydroxy group, nitro group, A carboxyl group, an alkoxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, Toxyl, n-octyloxy, 2-methoxyethoxy), aryloxy groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 4-tbutylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetra Decanoinoreminophenoxy), silyloxy groups (preferably silyloxy groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as trimethylsilyloxy, t-butyldimethylsilyloxy), heterocyclic oxy groups (preferably having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclicoxy group, 1-phenyltetrazole-5 oxy, 2 tetrahydroviranyloxy, acyloxy group (preferably formyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Xoxy group, substitution of 6 to 30 carbon atoms Or an unsubstituted arylylcarbonyloxy group, such as honoleminoreoxy, acetyloxy, bivalyloxy, stearoyloxy, benzoyloxy, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy, and rubamoyloxy groups (preferably having 1 carbon atom). To 30 substituted or unsubstituted canolevamoyloxy groups, for example, N, N dimethylcarbamoyloxy, N, N deethylcarbamoyloxy, morpholino force noreblonoxy, N, N genyloctylaminocarbonyloxy N—n-octylcarbamoyloxy), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, t-butoxycarbonyl Oxy, n-octylcarpo Oxy), aryloxycarbonyloxy group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyloxy, pmethoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy P-n hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy),
アミノ基 (好ましくは、アミノ基、炭素数 1から 30の置換もしくは無置換のアルキルアミ ノ基、炭素数 6から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァニリノ基、例えば、アミ入メチルアミ ノ、ジメチルァミノ、ァニリノ、 N—メチルーァニリノ、ジフエニルァミノ)、ァシルァミノ基 (好ましくは、ホルミルアミノ基、炭素数 1から 30の置換もしくは無置換のアルキルカル ボニルァミノ基、炭素数 6から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァリールカルボニルァミノ基 、例えば、ホルミルァミノ、ァセチルァミノ、ビバロイルァミノ、ラウロイルァミノ、ベンゾィ ルァミノ)、ァミノカルボニルァミノ基 (好ましくは、炭素数 1から 30の置換もしくは無置
換のァミノカルボニルァミノ、例えば、力ルバモイルァミノ、 N, N ジメチルァミノカル ボニルァミノ、 N, N ジェチルァミノカルボニルァミノ、モルホリノカルボニルァミノ)、 アルコキシカルボニルァミノ基(好ましくは炭素数 2から 30の置換もしくは無置換アル コキシカルボニルァミノ基、例えば、メトキシカルボニルァミノ、エトキシカルボニルアミ ノ、 t ブトキシカルボニルァミノ、 n ォクタデシルォキシカルボニルァミノ、 N メチ ルーメトキシカルボニルァミノ)、ァリールォキシカルボニルァミノ基(好ましくは、炭素 数 7から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァリールォキシカルボニルァミノ基、例えば、フエ ノキシカルボニルァミノ、 p クロロフエノキシカルボニルァミノ、 m— n ォクチルォキ シフエノキシカルボニルァミノ)、スルファモイルァミノ基(好ましくは、炭素数 0から 30 の置換もしくは無置換のスルファモイルァミノ基、例えば、スルファモイルアミ入 N, N ージメチルアミノスルホニルァミノ、 N— n ォクチルアミノスルホニルァミノ)、アルキ ルおよびァリールスルホニルァミノ基(好ましくは炭素数 1から 30の置換もしくは無置 換のアルキルスルホニルアミ入炭素数 6から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァリールス ノレホニノレアミノ、例えば、メチルスルホニルァミノ、ブチルスルホニルァミノ、フエニルス ノレホニルァミノ、 2, 3, 5 トリクロ口フエニルスルホニルァミノ、 p メチルフエニルスル ホニルァミノ)、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは、炭素数 1から 30の置換もし くは無置換のアルキルチオ基、例えばメチルチオ、ェチルチオ、 n へキサデシルチ ォ)、ァリ一ルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数 6から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァリールチ ォ、例えば、フエニノレチォ、 p クロ口フエニノレチォ、 m メトキシフエニノレチォ)、へテ 口環チォ基 (好ましくは炭素数 2から 30の置換または無置換のへテロ環チォ基、例え ば、 2 べンゾチアゾリルチオ、 1 フエ二ルテトラゾールー 5 ィルチオ)、 スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数 0から 30の置換もしくは無置換のスルファモイル 基、例えば、 N ェチルスルファモイル、 N—(3—ドデシルォキシプロピル)スルファ ノレスルファモイル、 N— (Ν'—フエ二ルカルバモイノレ)スルファモイノレ)、スルホ基、ァ ルキルおよびァリールスルフィエル基(好ましくは、炭素数 1から 30の置換または無置 換のアルキルスルフィエル基、 6から 30の置換または無置換のァリールスルフィエル 基、例えば、メチノレスノレフィニノレ、ェチノレスノレフィニノレ、フエニノレスノレフィニノレ、 ρ—メ
チルフエニルスルフィエル)、アルキルおよびァリールスルホニル基(好ましくは、炭素 数 1から 30の置換または無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、 6から 30の置換または無 置換のァリールスルホニル基、例えば、メチルスルホニル、ェチルスルホニル、フエ二 ノレスルホニル、 p メチルフエニルスルホニル)、ァシル基(好ましくはホルミル基、炭 素数 2から 30の置換または無置換のアルキルカルボニル基、炭素数 7から 30の置換 もしくは無置換のァリールカルボニル基、例えば、ァセチル、ビバロイルベンゾィル)、 ァリールォキシカルボニル基(好ましくは、炭素数 7から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァ リールォキシカルボニル基、例えば、フエノキシカルボニル、 o クロロフエノキシカノレ ボニノレ、 m 二トロフエノキシカノレポニノレ、 p— t ブチノレフエノキシカノレポニノレ)、ァノレ コキシカルボニル基(好ましくは、炭素数 2から 30の置換もしくは無置換アルコキシ力 ノレボニノレ基、例えば、メトキシカルボニル、エトキシカルボニル、 t—ブトキシカルボ二 ル、 n ォクタデシルォキシカルボニル)、カノレバモイル基(好ましくは、炭素数 1から 30の置換もしくは無置換の力ルバモイル、例えば、力ルバモイル、 N メチルカルバ モイル、 N, N ジメチルカルバモイル、 N, N ジー n ォクチルカルバモイル、 N— (メチルスルホニル)力ルバモイル)、ァリールおよびへテロ環ァゾ基(好ましくは炭素 数 6から 30の置換もしくは無置換のァリールァゾ基、炭素数 3から 30の置換もしくは 無置換のへテロ環ァゾ基、例えば、フエニルァゾ、 p—クロ口フエニルァゾ、 5—ェチル チォ 1 , 3, 4 チアジアゾールー 2 ィルァゾ)、イミド基(好ましくは、 N スクシン イミド、 N フタルイミド)、ホスフイノ基 (好ましくは、炭素数 2から 30の置換もしくは無 置換のホスフイノ基、例えば、ジメチルホスフイノ、ジフエニルホスフイノ、メチルフエノ キシホスフイノ)、ホスフィエル基(好ましくは、炭素数 2から 30の置換もしくは無置換の ホスフィニル基、例えば、ホスフィニル、ジォクチルォキシホスフィニル、ジエトキシホ スフィニル)、ホスフィエルォキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数 2から 30の置換もしくは無置 換のホスフィニルォキシ基、例えば、ジフエノキシホスフィニルォキシ、ジォクチルォキ シホスフィエルォキシ)、ホスフィエルアミノ基(好ましくは、炭素数 2から 30の置換もし くは無置換のホスフィニルァミノ基、例えば、ジメトキシホスフィニルァミノ、ジメチルァ ミノホスフィエルアミノ)、シリル基 (好ましくは、炭素数 3から 30の置換もしくは無置換 のシリル基、例えば、トリメチノレシリノレ、 tーブチルジメチルシリル、フエ二ルジメチルシ
リル)を表わす。 An amino group (preferably an amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted anilino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an amino-containing methylamino, dimethylamino, ananilino, N —Methyl-anilino, diphenylamino), acylamino group (preferably formylamino group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, For example, formylamino, acetylamino, bivalloyamino, lauroylamino, benzoylamino), an aminocarbonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted aminocarbonylamino, for example, rubamoylamino, N, N dimethylaminocarbonylamino, N, N jetylaminocarbonylamino, morpholinocarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino groups (preferably having 2 carbon atoms) To 30 substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino groups such as methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, t-butoxycarbonylamino, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino, N-methylmethoxycarbonylamino ), Aryloxycarbonylamino groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino groups having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonylamino, p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino) , M— n octyloxy sifenyloxycarbonylamino) A sulfamoylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoylamino-containing N, N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, N-noctyl Aminosulfonylamino), alkyl and arylsulfonylamino groups (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamido having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylosnorephoninoreamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms). For example, methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylaminomino, 2, 3, 5 trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, p methylphenylsulfonylamino), mercapto group, alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 3 carbon atoms) 30 substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio groups such as methylthio, ethylthio n-hexadecylthio), arylthio groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted arylates having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as pheninoretio, p-chlorophenenoretio, m-methoxypheninoretio), heterocyclic thio groups (Preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2 benzothiazolylthio, 1 phenyltetrazole-5 ylthio), a sulfamoyl group (preferably having 0 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl groups such as N-ethylsulfamoyl, N— (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfanololfamoyl, N— (Ν′-phenylcarbamoinole) sulfamoinole), sulfo group, alkyl And arylsulfier groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfier groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) 6 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted aryl sulfier groups, for example, methinolesnorefininore, ethinoresnorefininore, fenenoresnorefininore, ρ-me Tilphenylsulfonyl), alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms such as methylsulfonyl) , Ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonylsulfonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonyl), isyl group (preferably formyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted carbon group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms) An arylcarbonyl group such as acetyl, bivaloylbenzoyl), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms such as phenoxy Carbonyl, o Chlorophenoxycanore Boninole, m Nitrophenoxycanoleponino , P-t butynolephenoxycanoleponinole), ananoloxycarbonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl , N-octadecyloxycarbonyl), canolemomoyl group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted rubamoyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, eg, rubamoyl, N methylcarbamoyl, N, N dimethylcarbamoyl, N, N n octylcarbamoyl, N— (methylsulfonyl) force rubermoyl), aryl and heteroazo groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aralkylazo groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms) Heterocyclic azo groups such as phenylazo, p-chlorophenazo, 5- Tilthio 1, 3, 4 thiadiazole-2 silazo), imide group (preferably N succinimide, N phthalimide), phosphino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as dimethyl Phosphino, diphenylphosphino, methylphenoxyphosphino), phosphier groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms such as phosphinyl, dioctyloxyphosphinyl, diethoxyphosphinyl), phosphino Fieroxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as diphenoxyphosphinyloxy, dioctyloxyphosphieroxy), phosphieramino group (preferably Is a substituted or unsubstituted phosphine having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. A nilamino group such as dimethoxyphosphinylamino, dimethylaminophosphieramino), a silyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted silyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms such as trimethinoresilinole, t-butyldimethyl Cyril, phenyldimethylsilane Ril).
[0062] 上記の置換基の中で、水素原子を有するものは、これを取り去りさらに上記の基で 置換されていても良い。そのような官能基の例としては、アルキルカルボニルアミノス ノレホニル基、ァリールカルボニルアミノスルホニル基、アルキルスルホニルァミノカル ボニル基、ァリールスルホニルァミノカルボニル基が挙げられる。その例としては、メ チルスルホニルァミノカルボニル、 p メチルフエニルスルホニルァミノカルボニル、ァ セチルアミノスルホニル、ベンゾィルアミノスルホニル基が挙げられる。 [0062] Among the above substituents, those having a hydrogen atom may be substituted with the above groups by removing this. Examples of such a functional group include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group. Examples thereof include methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, acetylaminosulfonyl, and benzoylaminosulfonyl groups.
[0063] また、置換基が二つ以上ある場合は、同じでも異なってもよい。また、可能な場合に は互いに連結して環を形成してもよレ、。 [0063] When there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. If possible, they can be linked together to form a ring.
[0064] R3としてさらに好ましくはハロゲン原子、炭素数 1〜; 10のアルキル基、炭素数 6 1 0のァリール基、炭素数 3〜; 10のシクロアルキル基、シァノ基、炭素数 2〜; 10のァシ ルォキシ基、炭素数 2〜; 10のアルコキシカルボニル基、または水素原子である。 More preferably, R 3 is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 10 carbon atoms, 3 to carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 10 carbon atoms, a cyan group, or 2 to carbon atoms; 10 is an alkoxy group, 2 to carbon atoms; an alkoxycarbonyl group having 10 carbon atoms, or a hydrogen atom.
[0065] L2は単結合または 2価の連結基を表す。ただし、 L2と OHの結合によりアルコールが 形成される。 2価の連結基として好ましくは、置換されていてもよいアルキレン基、ァ ルケ二レン基、アルキニレン基、ァリーレン基およびこれらの 2価基を 2つ以上組み合 わせて得られる基であり、 2つ以上の組み合わせにより構成される際、さらに他の 2価 の連結基で連結されていても良い。このような 2価の連結基としては、例えば、 -NR9 一(R9は水素原子、置換基を有していても良いアルキル基またはァリール基を表す) で表される基、 O S― SO— - SO― -CO- , - SO NR9— NR [0065] L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. However, alcohol is formed by the combination of L 2 and OH. The divalent linking group is preferably an optionally substituted alkylene group, alkenylene group, alkynylene group, arylene group, or a group obtained by combining two or more of these divalent groups. When composed of two or more combinations, they may be linked by another divalent linking group. As such a divalent linking group, for example, —NR 9 (wherein R 9 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group), OS—SO —-SO— -CO-,-SO NR 9 — NR
2 2 twenty two
9SO― CONR9 NR9CO COO 、および一 OCO が挙げられる。 9 SO—CONR 9 NR 9 CO COO, and one OCO.
2 2
ここで、置換基としては前述の R3における置換基の例が適用できる。 Here, as the substituent, the above-described examples of the substituent in R 3 can be applied.
[0066] L2はさらに好ましくは単結合、または炭素数;!〜 10、より好ましくは炭素数 1 6の 置換されてレ、ても良レ、アルキレン基である。 [0066] L 2 is more preferably a single bond or a carbon number;! To 10, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 16 carbon atoms.
[0067] pは 0または 1の整数であり、さらに好ましくは 0である。 qは 1 4の整数であり、さら に好ましくは 1 2である。 R3 L2は互に結合して 5 7員の環を形成していても良い 力^〜 6員の環であることがより好ましい。また、炭素環であっても複素環であってもよ いが炭素環が好ましい。 [0067] p is an integer of 0 or 1, more preferably 0. q is an integer of 1 4, more preferably 1 2. R 3 L 2 may be bonded to each other to form a 57-membered ring, more preferably a 6 to 6-membered ring. Moreover, it may be a carbocycle or a heterocycle, but a carbocycle is preferred.
[0068] このような一般式 (4)で表される環状ォレフィンの具体例を以下に示すが本発明は
これらに限定されない。 [0068] Specific examples of the cyclic olefin represented by the general formula (4) are shown below. It is not limited to these.
[0069] [化 9][0069] [Chemical 9]
(4-13) (4-14) (4-15) (4-16) (4-13) (4-14) (4-15) (4-16)
[0071] [化 11]
[0071] [Chemical 11]
( 24) (4-25) (4-26) ( 24 ) (4-25) (4-26)
[0073] 前記一般式 (4)で表される環状ォレフィンは、 1種単独でまたは 2種以上を組合わ せて用いることができる。 [0073] The cyclic olefin represented by the general formula (4) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
[0074] 前記一般式(1)における R3、 L2、 p、 qについては、以上の一般式(4)の R3、
p、 qと同様である。 [0074] R 3 in the general formula (1), L 2, p , for q, or of the general formula (4) R 3, Same as p and q.
[0075] 一般式(1)に示した各繰り返し単位を含む環状ォレフィン系重合体は、下記一般 式(1B)で表される繰返し単位を含む環状ォレフィン系重合体を加水分解または加 溶媒分角早することによつても得ることカできる。 [0075] The cyclic olefin-based polymer including each repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is obtained by hydrolyzing or solvating the cyclic olefin-based polymer including the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1B). You can also get it by being early.
一般式(1B) General formula (1B)
[0076] [化 13]
[0076] [Chemical 13]
[0077] 一般式(IB)で表される繰返し単位は下記一般式(5)で表される環状ォレフィンの 付加重合により形成することができる。 [0077] The repeating unit represented by the general formula (IB) can be formed by addition polymerization of a cyclic olefin represented by the following general formula (5).
[0078] [化 14] [0078] [Chemical 14]
一般式(5 ) General formula (5)
[0079] 一般式(5)
m及び nはそれぞれ前記一般式(1)に示すものと同じ[0079] General formula (5) m and n are the same as those shown in the general formula (1).
,き、昧でめる。 .
[0080] R1は水素原子または置換基を表し、置換基の好ましい例としては一般式 (4)で述
ベた置換基 R3の例で挙げたものを適用できる。 [0080] R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent are described in the general formula (4). Those mentioned in the example of the substituent R 3 can be applied.
R2は置換基を表し、置換基の好まし!/、例としては一般式 (4)で述べた置換基 の 例で挙げたものを適用できる力 S、好ましくは置換基を有してもよい、炭素数;!〜 10の アルキノレ基、炭素数 6〜10のァリーノレ基、炭素数 1〜10のアルコキシ基、炭素数 6〜 10のァリールォキシ基、または炭素数 0〜; 10のァミノ基である。 R 2 represents a substituent, preferably a substituent! /, For example, the force S described in the example of the substituent described in the general formula (4) can be applied S, preferably even if it has a substituent. Good, carbon number;! To 10 alkynole group, 6 to 10 carbon atom group, 1 to 10 alkoxy group, 6 to 10 carbon atom group, or 0 to 10 carbon atom group is there.
m及び nの好ましい範囲は、それぞれ、前記一般式 (4)の L2、 p及び qの好まし い範囲と同様である。 Preferred ranges of m and n are the same as the preferred ranges of L 2 , p and q in the general formula (4), respectively.
[0081] 本発明の環状ォレフィン系重合体は、前記一般式(1)に示した各繰り返し単位の みからなってもよいが、前記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を含有することもでき る。前記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位を含む場合は、重合体中、;!〜 50モル% の割合が望ましい。 [0081] The cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention may comprise only each repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), but contains the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2). You can also. In the case where the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is contained, a ratio of !! to 50 mol% in the polymer is desirable.
[0082] 前記一般式(2)に示す繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(6)に示す特定の環状ォレフ インにより導入すること力 Sできる。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) can be introduced by a specific cyclic polyolefin represented by the following general formula (6).
[0083] [化 15] 一般式 ( 6 ) [0083] [Chemical 15] General formula (6)
[0084] 一般式(6)中、 R4、 R R°、 R7および rは、それぞれ前記一般式(2)に示すものと同 し i味でめる。 [0084] In the general formula (6), R 4 , RR °, R 7 and r can be added to the same taste as in the general formula (2).
[0085] R4、 R5、 R6、 R7は水素原子または置換基を表し、置換基の好まし!/、例としては一般 式 (4)で述べた置換基 R3の例と同様である。 R4、 R5、 R6及び R7は、さらに好ましくは 水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数 1〜; 10のアルキル基、炭素数 6〜; 10のァリール基 、炭素数 1〜; 10のアルコキシ基、シァノ基、炭素数 2〜; 10のァシルォキシ基、炭素数
2〜10のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素数 1〜10のァシル基またはカルボキシル基 である。また、可能な場合には互いに連結して 5〜7員環を形成してもよいが、 5また は 6員の環であることがより好ましい。また、炭素環であっても複素環であってもよい。 [0085] R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent is preferred! /, For example, the same as the example of the substituent R 3 described in the general formula (4) It is. R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carbon number of 1 to; an alkyl group of 10 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group of 10 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkoxy of 10 to 10 carbon atoms. Group, cyano group, carbon number 2 to; 10 acyloxy group, carbon number An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, an acyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a carboxyl group; Further, if possible, they may be linked to each other to form a 5- to 7-membered ring, but a 5- or 6-membered ring is more preferable. Further, it may be a carbocyclic ring or a heterocyclic ring.
[0086] rは 0または 1の整数を表すがより好ましくは 0である。 [0086] r represents an integer of 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
[0087] このような一般式(6)で表される環状ォレフィンの具体例を以下に示すが本発明は これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the cyclic olefin represented by the general formula (6) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[0088] [化 16] [0088] [Chemical 16]
ハ^ 、一 Ha ^
(5-1) (5-2) (5-3) (5-4 (5-1) (5-2) (5-3) (5-4
[0089] [化 17] [0089] [Chemical 17]
(5-9) (5-10) (5-1 1) (5-9) (5-10) (5-1 1)
(5-12) (5-13) (5-14) (5-15)
[0090] [化 18] (5-12) (5-13) (5-14) (5-15) [0090] [Chemical 18]
H3 H 3
(5-20) (5-21) (5-22) (5-23) (5-20) (5-21) (5-22) (5-23)
[0091] [化 19] [0091] [Chemical 19]
前記一般式 ½)で表される環状ォレフィンは、 1種単独でまたは 2種以上を組み合 わせて用いることができる。 The cyclic olefins represented by the general formula (1) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
本発明で使用する環状ォレフィンは文献既知の方法を参考に合成することができ
る。例えば、 Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 48, 3641-3644(1975)に記載の方法、および J. Ch em. Soc. Perkin Trans., 2, 17-22(1974)に記載の方法などが挙げられるが本発明の 環状ォレフィンはこれらの方法に限定されなレ、。 The cyclic olefins used in the present invention can be synthesized with reference to methods known in the literature. The Examples include the method described in Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn., 48, 3641-3644 (1975), and the method described in J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans., 2, 17-22 (1974). The cyclic olefins of the present invention are not limited to these methods.
[0093] 前記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂は、一 般式(5)で表されるモノマーを重合させたのちに重合体を加水分解または加溶媒分 解することにより得ることもできる。環状ォレフィン系重合体中に一般式(2)に示す繰 り返し単位を導入する場合には、一般式(5)で表されるモノマーと一般式(6)で表さ れるモノマーを共重合させたのちに、共重合体を加水分解または加溶媒分解するこ とにより得ることあでさる。 [0093] The cyclic polyolefin resin having a repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is obtained by polymerizing the monomer represented by the general formula (5) and then hydrolyzing or desolvating the polymer. Can also be obtained. When the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is introduced into the cyclic olefin-based polymer, the monomer represented by the general formula (5) and the monomer represented by the general formula (6) are copolymerized. Later, the copolymer can be obtained by hydrolysis or solvolysis.
[0094] 上記の加水分解、加溶媒分解は、例えば T.W.GREENE, R.G.M.WUTS著" PR0TE CTIVE GROUPSIN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS SECOND EDITI0N"(J0HN WILEY & S ONS, Inc.刊、 1991年刊) 87頁から 113頁に記載の、酸触媒加水分解、塩基触媒加水 分解、アルコリシス、アミノリシスなど公知の方法を適用できる。 [0094] The hydrolysis and solvolysis described above are described, for example, in TWGREENE, RGMWUTS "PR0TE CTIVE GROUPSIN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS SECOND EDITI0N" (J0HN WILEY & S ONS, Inc., published in 1991), pages 87-113. Known methods such as acid-catalyzed hydrolysis, base-catalyzed hydrolysis, alcoholysis and aminolysis can be applied.
塩基触媒加水分解の手法では、例えば重合体を親水的な溶媒 (例えばテトラヒドロフ ランなど)に溶解し、塩基性水溶液 (水酸化ナトリウム水溶液など)を添加し、加熱攪 拌する。これによりァシル基を部分的に水酸基に変換することができる。なお、水酸 基の変換率は、反応時間、塩基量、水量などで適宜調整できる。一方、重合体を可 溶な溶媒とアルコールに溶解し、触媒を添加することで、加溶媒分解する手法が簡 便である。例えば、メチレンクロライドとメタノールの混合溶媒に環状ォレフィン重合体 を溶解し、ナトリウムメトキシドのような金属アルコキシドを触媒に用いて、反応させる。 適当な時間を経て、酢酸等のタエンチ剤を添加することで、反応を停止させることが できる。これによりァシル基を部分的に水酸基に変換することができる。なお、水酸基 の変換率は、反応時間、アルコール量、触媒量などで適宜調整できる。 In the base-catalyzed hydrolysis method, for example, a polymer is dissolved in a hydrophilic solvent (eg, tetrahydrofuran), a basic aqueous solution (eg, sodium hydroxide aqueous solution) is added, and the mixture is heated and stirred. As a result, the acyl group can be partially converted into a hydroxyl group. The conversion rate of hydroxyl groups can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the reaction time, the amount of base, the amount of water, and the like. On the other hand, it is easy to perform solvolysis by dissolving the polymer in a soluble solvent and alcohol and adding a catalyst. For example, a cyclic olefin polymer is dissolved in a mixed solvent of methylene chloride and methanol and reacted using a metal alkoxide such as sodium methoxide as a catalyst. The reaction can be stopped by adding a taenity agent such as acetic acid after an appropriate time. As a result, the acyl group can be partially converted into a hydroxyl group. The conversion rate of the hydroxyl group can be appropriately adjusted depending on the reaction time, the amount of alcohol, the amount of catalyst, and the like.
[0095] 本発明の重合は、以下の方法で得ることもできる。 [0095] The polymerization of the present invention can also be obtained by the following method.
[Pd (CH CN) ] [BF ] 、ジー μ クロロービス一(6 メトキシビシクロ [2· 2. 1] [Pd (CH CN)] [BF], g mu chlorobis (6 methoxybicyclo [2.2.1]
3 4 4 2 3 4 4 2
ヘプトー 2 ェン一エンド一 5 σ , 2 π )— Pd (以下、「I」と略す)とメチルアルモキサン (MAO)、 Iと AgBF、1と AgSbF、 [ ( 3 ァリノレ) PdCl] と AgSbF、 [ ( 3 ァリノレ Heptoe 2 end 1 5 σ, 2 π) — Pd (hereinafter abbreviated as “I”) and methylalumoxane (MAO), I and AgBF, 1 and AgSbF, [( 3 arninore) PdCl] and AgSbF, [( 3
4 6 2 6 4 6 2 6
) PdCl] と AgBF、 [ クロチル) Pd (シクロォクタジェン)] [PF ]、 [ ( 3 クロ
チノレ) Ni (シクロォクタジェン)] [B ( (CF ) C H ) ]、 [NiBr (NPMe ) ] と MAO、 N ) PdCl] and AgBF, [crotyl) Pd (cyclooctagen)] [PF], [( 3 Chinore) Ni (cyclooctagen)] [B ((CF) CH)], [NiBr (NPMe)] and MAO, N
3 2 6 4 4 3 4 3 2 6 4 4 3 4
i (ォタトエー卜) と MAO、 Ni (ォタトエー卜) と B (C F ) と AlEt 、 Ni (ォタトエート) と i (photo) and MAO, Ni (photo) and B (C F) and AlEt, Ni (photo)
2 2 6 5 3 3 2 2 2 6 5 3 3 2
[ph C] [B (C F ) ]と Ali— Bu 、 Co (ネオデカノエート)と MAO等の周期律表 8族[ph C] [B (C F)], Ali—Bu, Co (neodecanoate), MAO, etc.
3 6 5 4 3 3 6 5 4 3
の Ni、 Pd. Co等のカチオン錯体またはカチオン錯体を形成する触媒を用いて、シク 口へキサン、シクロペンタン、メチルシクロペンタン等の脂環式炭化水素溶媒、ペンタ ン、へキサン、ヘプタン、オクタン等の脂肪族炭化水素溶媒、トルエン、ベンゼン、キ シレン等の芳香族炭化水素溶媒、ジクロロメタン、 1 , 2—ジクロ口エチレン、クロ口べ ンゼン等のハロゲン化炭化水素溶媒、酢酸ェチル、酢酸ブチル、 γ —ブチロラタトン 、プロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ニトロメタン等の極性溶媒から選ばれた溶 媒中で— 20〜100°Cの範囲で特定の環状ォレフィン化合物を(共)重合することによ り得ること力 Sでさる。 Ni, Pd. Co, and other cation complexes or catalysts that form cation complexes, cyclohexane solvents such as cyclohexane, cyclopentane, methylcyclopentane, pentane, hexane, heptane, octane Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, benzene, xylene, etc., halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethylene, and black benzene, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, γ — What can be obtained by (co) polymerizing a specific cyclic olefin compound in the range of 20-100 ° C in a solvent selected from polar solvents such as butyrolatatatone, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, nitromethane, etc. Monkey.
また、マクロモレキューノレス(Macromolecules)、 1996年、 29巻、 2755ページ、 マクロモレキュールス(Macromolecules)、 2002年、 35巻、 8969ページ、国際特 許公開 WO2004/7564号に記載の方法も好適に用いられる。 Macromolecules, 1996, 29, 2755, Macromolecules, 2002, 35, 8969, International Patent Publication No. WO2004 / 7564 Preferably used.
[0096] 本発明において、一般式(1)中の Xと yの比率は、 0. 03≤y/ (x + y)≤0. 50の関 係式を満たす。 y/ (x+y) < 0. 3である、すなわち OH量が少ないと冷却ゲル化能( 剥ぎ取り性)が低くなる。一方、 y/ (x+y) > 0. 5である、すなわち OH量が多いと溶 媒に溶解しない。両者の性質を好適にするには、 0. 03≤y/ (x + y)≤0. 50を満た すことカ必要となり、好ましくは 0. 05≤y/ (x + y)≤0. 50であり、さらに好ましくは 0 . 05≤y/ (x + y)≤0. 40であり、最も好ましくは 0. 10≤y/ (x + y)≤0. 40である 。この範囲に x、 yを設定するには、公知の加水分解または加溶媒分解の手法で、そ の程度を適宜調整することで可能である。 In the present invention, the ratio of X and y in the general formula (1) satisfies the relational expression of 0.03≤y / (x + y) ≤0.50. When y / (x + y) <0.3, that is, when the amount of OH is small, the cooling gelation ability (peelability) becomes low. On the other hand, y / (x + y)> 0.5, that is, if the amount of OH is large, it does not dissolve in the solvent. In order to make both properties suitable, it is necessary to satisfy 0.03≤y / (x + y) ≤0.50, preferably 0.05.5≤y / (x + y) ≤0.50 More preferably, 0.05 ≦ y / (x + y) ≦ 0.40, and most preferably 0.110 ≦ y / (x + y) ≦ 0.40. In order to set x and y in this range, it is possible to appropriately adjust the degree thereof by a known hydrolysis or solvolysis method.
[0097] 一般式(1)中の y/ (x + y)、すなわち OH基の比率は、 IRなどの分光学的な手法 で測定できる。また、重合体の OHを過剰の塩基とベンゾイルク口ライドでベンゾィル 化し、その1 HNMRを測定して、ベンゾィル部位と他の部位との積分比より算出する こともできる。これはもとの OHの割合に相当することから、もとのポリマーの OH含有 率すなわち yを算出できる。 [0097] In the general formula (1), y / (x + y), that is, the ratio of OH groups can be measured by a spectroscopic technique such as IR. Alternatively, the OH of the polymer can be benzoylated with an excess of base and benzoyl chloride, and its 1 HNMR can be measured and calculated from the integral ratio of the benzoyl moiety to other moieties. Since this corresponds to the ratio of the original OH, the OH content of the original polymer, ie, y can be calculated.
[0098] 本発明の環状ォレフィン系重合体は、テトラヒドロフランを溶媒とするゲル'パーミエ
シヨンクロマトグラムで測定されるポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量が 10, 000-1 , 000, 000で、好まし <は 50, 000—500, 000である。また、ポジスチレン換算の重 量平均分子量は 15, 000—1 , 500, 000で好まし <は 70, 000—700, 000である 。ポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量が 10, 000未満、重量平均分子量が 15, 000未 満であると、破壊強度が不十分となることがあり、ポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量が 1 , 000, 000を超え、重量平均分子量力 , 500, 000を超えると、シートとしての成 形加工性が低下し、またキャストフィルム等とするときに溶液粘度が高くなり、扱い難く なることがある。 [0098] The cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention is a gel permeant containing tetrahydrofuran as a solvent. The polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight measured by the Chillon chromatogram is 10,000-1, 000,000, preferably <50,000-500,000. The weight average molecular weight in terms of positive styrene is 15,000-1, 500,000, and preferably <70,000-700,000. If the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight is less than 10,000 and the weight-average molecular weight is less than 15,000, the fracture strength may be insufficient, and the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight exceeds 1,000,000. If the weight average molecular weight force exceeds 500,000, the molding processability as a sheet decreases, and the solution viscosity becomes high when used as a cast film and the like, which may be difficult to handle.
[0099] 本発明の環状ォレフィン系重合体の好ましいガラス転移温度は、走査型示差熱量 計(DSC)の測定において 100〜400。C、好ましくは、 150〜380。C、さらに好ましく は 200〜350°Cであり、 100°C未満であると、光学材料として使用するときに熱変形 を生じ易くなる。また、 400°Cを超えると、熱による成形加工を行う場合、重合体が熱 分角早することがある。 [0099] The glass transition temperature of the cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention is preferably 100 to 400 in the measurement with a scanning differential calorimeter (DSC). C, preferably 150-380. C, more preferably 200 to 350 ° C, and if it is less than 100 ° C, thermal deformation tends to occur when used as an optical material. In addition, when the temperature exceeds 400 ° C, the polymer may have a rapid heat splitting when heat forming.
[0100] 本発明の環状ォレフィン系重合体の好ましい引張弾性率は、好ましくは 1200MPa 以上、さらに好ましくは 1500MPa以上である。引張弾性率が低い場合はフィルムの 自己支持性が不足し、偏光板などの光学材料としての取り扱いが難しくなることがあ [0100] The preferred tensile modulus of the cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention is preferably 1200 MPa or more, more preferably 1500 MPa or more. If the tensile modulus is low, the film may be insufficiently self-supporting and difficult to handle as an optical material such as a polarizing plate.
[0101] 本発明の環状ォレフィン系重合体は、過酸化物、ィォゥ、ジスルフイド、ポリスルフィ ド化合物、ジォキシム化合物、テトラスルフイド等を含むシランカップリング剤等の架 橋剤を、本発明の重合体 100重量部に対して 0. 05〜5重量部を添加し、熱等により 架橋体に変換することもできるし、直接、光、電子線により架橋体に変換することもで きる。 [0101] The cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention includes a crosslinking agent such as a silane coupling agent containing a peroxide, disulfide, disulfide, polysulfide compound, dioxime compound, tetrasulfide and the like. 0.05 to 5 parts by weight with respect to parts by weight can be added and converted into a crosslinked product by heat or the like, or can be directly converted into a crosslinked product by light or electron beam.
[0102] [重合体の物性] [0102] [Physical properties of polymer]
(冷却ゲル化能の判別) (Determination of cooling gelation ability)
本発明の環状ォレフィン系重合体は冷却ゲル化能を有する。冷却ゲル化能を有す る重合体を判別するには、レオメーター等で粘弾性を測定することでできる。これは 重合体のドープを冷却し、ある温度で急激な粘度の上昇がみられる温度を有すること である。しかし、本発明の目的は、高速製膜可能な重合体を判別することであるから
、実際に冷却流延製膜を検討して判定することが好ましい。小スケールで簡易的に テストすることもできる。実際に冷却された金属板で重合体のドープを少量スケール で流延製膜し、剥ぎ取り性を確認することができる。例えば、重合体をメチレンクロラ イド/メタノール/ブタノール/水などの混合溶媒に溶解させ、得られたドープを o°c〜The cyclic olefin-based polymer of the present invention has a cooling gelling ability. In order to discriminate a polymer having cooling gelation ability, viscoelasticity can be measured with a rheometer or the like. This is because the polymer dope is cooled and has a temperature at which a sudden increase in viscosity is observed. However, the object of the present invention is to discriminate polymers that can be formed at high speed. Actually, it is preferable to make a judgment by examining cooling casting film formation. You can easily test on a small scale. The polymer dope can be cast on a small scale with a cooled metal plate, and the peelability can be confirmed. For example, the polymer is dissolved in a mixed solvent such as methylene chloride / methanol / butanol / water, and the resulting dope is converted to o ° c to
— 40°Cで設定された SUS板上でアプリケーターを用いて、流延製膜を行う。このフィ ルムの剥ぎ取りを行い、 SUS板上に剥ぎ残りがなければ、高速製膜可能と判断でき — Cast the film on an SUS plate set at 40 ° C using an applicator. If this film is peeled off and there is no residue on the SUS plate, it can be judged that high-speed film formation is possible.
[0103] [重合体フィルム] [0103] [Polymer film]
本発明の光学材料は、環状ォレフィン系重合体を用いてなることを特徴とし、該光 学材料は、薄膜、フィルムまたはシート形状であることが好ましい。以下、フィルムを例 にとり説明する。 The optical material of the present invention is characterized by using a cyclic olefin-based polymer, and the optical material is preferably in the form of a thin film, film or sheet. In the following, the film will be described as an example.
本発明のフィルムは、環状ォレフィン系重合体をフィルムに含有するものをいう。該 重合体を用いて作製されたフィルムは、液晶表示素子の基板、導光板、偏光フィノレ ム、位相差フィルム、液晶バックライト、液晶パネル、 OHP用フィルム、透明導電性フ イルム等をはじめとする光学用途のフィルムに適する。 The film of the present invention refers to a film containing a cyclic olefin-based polymer. Films produced using the polymer include liquid crystal display element substrates, light guide plates, polarizing films, retardation films, liquid crystal backlights, liquid crystal panels, OHP films, transparent conductive films, and the like. Suitable for optical use film.
[0104] (微粒子) [0104] (Fine particles)
本発明では、上記樹脂組成物に微粒子を添加することができる。微粒子の添加に より、フィルム表面の動摩擦係数が低下することによりフィルムハンドリング時にフィノレ ムに加わる応力を低減させることができる。本発明で使用できる微粒子としては、有 機あるいは無機化合物の微粒子を使用することができる。 In the present invention, fine particles can be added to the resin composition. By adding fine particles, the dynamic friction coefficient on the film surface is lowered, so that the stress applied to the finem during film handling can be reduced. As fine particles that can be used in the present invention, organic or inorganic compound fine particles can be used.
[0105] 無機化合物としては、ケィ素を含む化合物、二酸化ケイ素、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛 、酸化アルミユウム、酸化バリウム、酸化ジルコユウム、酸化ストロングチウム、酸化ァ ンチモン、酸化スズ、酸化スズ 'アンチモン、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成力 ォリン、焼成ケィ酸カルシウム、水和ケィ酸カルシウム、ケィ酸アルミニウム、ケィ酸マ グネシゥム及びリン酸カルシウム等が好ましぐ更に好ましくはケィ素を含む無機化合 物や金属酸化物であるが、フィルムの濁度を低減できるので、二酸化ケイ素が特に 好ましく用いられる。二酸化ケイ素の微粒子としては、例えば、ァエロジル R972、 R9 74、R812、 200、 300、 R202、 0X50、 TT600 (以上曰本ァエロジル(株)製)等の
商品名を有する市販品が使用できる。酸化ジルコニウムの微粒子としては、例えば、 ァエロジル R976及び R811 (以上日本ァエロジル (株)製)等の商品名で市販されて いるものが使用できる。 [0105] As inorganic compounds, compounds containing silicon, silicon dioxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, aluminum oxide, barium oxide, zirconium oxide, strongtium oxide, antimony oxide, tin oxide, tin oxide 'antimony, calcium carbonate , Talc, clay, calcining power oline, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate are preferred, and more preferably inorganic compounds and metal oxides containing potassium. However, since the turbidity of the film can be reduced, silicon dioxide is particularly preferably used. As fine particles of silicon dioxide, for example, Aerosil R972, R974, R812, 200, 300, R202, 0X50, TT600 (above Enomoto Aerosil Co., Ltd.) A commercial product having a trade name can be used. As the zirconium oxide fine particles, for example, those commercially available under trade names such as Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) can be used.
[0106] 有機化合物としては、ポリテトラフルォロエチレン、セルロースアセテート、ポリスチレ ン、ポリメチルメタタリレート、ポリプロピルメタタリレート、ポリメチルアタリレート、ポリエ チレンカーボネート、澱粉等があり、またそれらの粉砕分級物もあげられる。あるいは 又懸濁重合法で合成した高分子化合物、スプレードライ法あるいは分散法等により 球型にした高分子化合物を用いることができる。 [0106] Examples of the organic compound include polytetrafluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polyethylene carbonate, starch, and the like. A pulverized classification product is also mentioned. Alternatively, a polymer compound synthesized by a suspension polymerization method, or a polymer compound made spherical by a spray drying method or a dispersion method can be used.
[0107] これらの微粒子の 1次平均粒子径としては、ヘイズを低く抑えるという観点から、好 ましくは、;!〜 20000腹であり、より好ましくは;!〜 lOOOOnmであり更に好ましくは、 2〜; !OOOnmであり、特に好ましくは、 5〜500nmである。微粒子の 1次平均粒子径 の測定は、透過型電子顕微鏡で粒子を平均粒径で求められる。購入した微粒子は 凝集していることが多ぐ使用の前に公知の方法で分散することが好ましい。分散に より二次粒子径を 200〜; 1500nmにすることカ好ましく、 300〜; lOOOnmカ更に好ま しい。微粒子の添加量は環状ポリオレフイン 100質量部に対して 0. 01-0. 3質量部 が好ましぐ 0. 05-0. 2質量部がさらに好ましぐ 0. 08-0. 12質量部が最も好ま しい。 [0107] The primary average particle diameter of these fine particles is preferably from !! to 20000, more preferably from! To lOOOOnm, and more preferably from the viewpoint of keeping haze low. OOOnm, particularly preferably 5 to 500 nm. The measurement of the primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is obtained by the average particle diameter of the particles with a transmission electron microscope. The purchased fine particles are often agglomerated and are preferably dispersed by a known method before use. The secondary particle size is preferably 200 to 1500 nm by dispersion, more preferably 300 to lOOOnm. The amount of fine particles added is preferably 0.01 to 0.3 parts by weight for 100 parts by weight of cyclic polyolefin. 0.05 to 0. 2 parts by weight is even more preferred. 0.08 to 12 parts by weight. Most preferred.
微粒子を添加した環状ポリオレフインフィルムの好まし!/、ヘイズの範囲は 2. 0%以 下であり、 1. 2%以下が更に好ましぐ 0. 5%以下が特に好ましい。微粒子を添加し た環状ポリオレフインフィルムの好ましい動摩擦係数は 0. 8以下であり、 0. 5以下が 特に好ましい。動摩擦係数は、 JISや ASTMが規定する方法に従い、鋼球を用いて 測定できる。ヘイズは日本電色工業 (株)製 1001DP型ヘイズ計を用いて測定できる The preferred range of the cyclic polyolefin film to which fine particles are added! /, The haze range is 2.0% or less, 1.2% or less is more preferred, and 0.5% or less is particularly preferred. A preferable dynamic friction coefficient of the cyclic polyolefin film to which fine particles are added is 0.8 or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 or less. The dynamic friction coefficient can be measured using a steel ball according to the method specified by JIS or ASTM. Haze can be measured using a 1001DP haze meter manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd.
〇 Yes
[0108] (溶媒) [0108] (Solvent)
次に、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液に含まれ、環状ポリオレフインが溶解される溶 媒について記述する。本発明においては、環状ポリオレフインが溶解し流延,製膜で きる範囲において、その目的が達成できる限りは、使用できる溶媒は特に限定されな い。本発明で用いられる溶媒は、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルムの如き塩素系溶
剤、炭素原子数が 3〜; 12の鎖状炭化水素、環状炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、エス テル、ケトン、エーテルから選ばれる溶剤が好ましい。エステル、ケトンおよび、エーテ ノレは、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素原子数が 3〜; 12の鎖状炭化水素類の例と しては、へキサン、オクタン、イソオクタン、デカンなどが挙げられる。炭素原子数が 3 〜; 12の環状炭化水素類としてはシクロペンタン、シクロへキサン及びその誘導体が 挙げられる。炭素原子数が 3〜; 12の芳香族炭化水素としては、ベンゼン、トルエン、 キシレンなどが挙げられる。炭素原子数が 3〜; 12のエステル類の例には、ェチルホ ノレメート、プロピノレホノレメート、ペンチノレホノレメート、メチノレアセテート、ェチノレアセテ ートおよびペンチルアセテートが挙げられる。炭素原子数が 3〜; 12のケトン類の例に は、アセトン、メチルェチルケトン、ジェチルケトン、ジイソプチルケトン、シクロペンタノ ン、シクロへキサノンおよびメチルシクロへキサノンが挙げられる。炭素原子数が 3〜1 2のエーテル類の例には、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジメトキシメタン、ジメトキシェタン 、 1, 4ージォキサン、 1, 3—ジォキソラン、テトラヒドロフラン、ァニソールおよびフエネ トールが挙げられる。 2種類以上の官能基を有する溶媒の例には、 2—ェトキシェチ ルアセテート、 2—メトキシエタノールおよび 2—ブトキシエタノールが挙げられる。溶 媒の好ましい沸点は 35°C以上且つ 150°C以下である。本発明に使用される溶媒は 、乾燥性、粘度等の溶液物性調節のために 2種以上の溶剤を混合して用いることが でき、更に、混合溶媒で環状ポリオレフインが溶解する限りは、貧溶媒を添加すること も可能である。 Next, the solvent that is contained in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution and in which the cyclic polyolefin is dissolved will be described. In the present invention, the solvent that can be used is not particularly limited as long as the object can be achieved as long as the cyclic polyolefin can be dissolved, cast, and formed into a film. Solvents used in the present invention are, for example, chlorinated solvents such as dichloromethane and black mouth form. The solvent is preferably a solvent selected from chain hydrocarbons, cyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, ketones and ethers having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Esters, ketones, and ethers may have a cyclic structure. Examples of chain hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include hexane, octane, isooctane and decane. Examples of cyclic hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include cyclopentane, cyclohexane and derivatives thereof. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include benzene, toluene and xylene. Examples of esters having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms include ethyl phenolate, propino phenolate, pentino ketone, methino acetate, etheno rare acetate and pentyl acetate. Examples of ketones having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, jetyl ketone, diisoptyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and methylcyclohexanone. Examples of ethers having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxolane, tetrahydrofuran, anisole and phenetole. Examples of the solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups include 2-ethoxycetyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol and 2-butoxyethanol. The preferred boiling point of the solvent is 35 ° C or higher and 150 ° C or lower. The solvent used in the present invention can be used by mixing two or more kinds of solvents for adjusting the solution physical properties such as drying property and viscosity. Further, as long as the cyclic polyolefin is dissolved in the mixed solvent, it is a poor solvent. It is also possible to add.
好ましい貧溶媒は使用するポリマー種により適宜選択することができる。良溶媒とし て塩素系有機溶剤を使用する場合は、アルコール類や水を好適に使用することがで きる。アルコール類としては、好ましくは直鎖であっても分枝を有していても環状であ つてもよく、その中でも飽和脂肪族炭化水素であることが好ましい。アルコールの水 酸基は、第一級〜第三級のいずれであってもよい。アルコールの例には、メタノーノレ 、エタノーノレ、 1ープロノ ノーノレ、 2—プロノ ノーノレ、 1ーブタノ一ノレ、 2—ブタノ一ノレ、 t ーブタノール、 1 ペンタノール、 2—メチルー 2—ブタノールおよびシクロへキサノー ルが含まれる。なおアルコールとしては、フッ素系アルコールも用いられる。例えば、 2 フルォロエタノール、 2, 2, 2 トリフルォロエタノール、 2, 2, 3, 3 テトラフルォ
ロー 1 プロパノールなども挙げられる。貧溶媒のなかでも特に 1価のアルコール類 は、剥離抵抗低減効果があり、好ましく使用することができる。選択する良溶剤によつ て特に好ましいアルコール類は変化するが、乾燥負荷を考慮すると、沸点が 120°C 以下のアルコールが好ましぐ炭素数が 1〜6の 1価アルコールが更に好ましぐ炭素 数 1〜4のアルコール類が特に好ましく使用することができる。環状ポリオレフイン溶 液を作成する上で特に好ましい混合溶剤は、ジクロロメタンを主溶剤とし、メタノール 、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノールあるいはブタノールから選ばれる 1種以 上のアルコール類を貧溶媒にする組み合わせである。 A preferred poor solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the type of polymer used. When a chlorinated organic solvent is used as the good solvent, alcohols and water can be preferably used. The alcohols may be linear, branched or cyclic, and among them, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons are preferable. The hydroxyl group of the alcohol may be any of primary to tertiary. Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, 1-prono, 2-prono, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, t-butanol, 1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol and cyclohexanol. It is. As the alcohol, fluorine-based alcohol is also used. For example, 2 fluoroethanol, 2, 2, 2 trifluoroethanol, 2, 2, 3, 3 tetrafluoro Examples include raw 1 propanol. Among the poor solvents, monohydric alcohols are particularly effective because they have an effect of reducing peeling resistance. The alcohols that are particularly preferred vary depending on the good solvent selected, but considering the drying load, alcohols with a boiling point of 120 ° C or lower are preferred, and monohydric alcohols with 1 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferred. Alcohols having 1 to 4 carbon atoms can be particularly preferably used. A particularly preferable mixed solvent for preparing the cyclic polyolefin solution is a combination in which dichloromethane is the main solvent and one or more alcohols selected from methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, or butanol are used as poor solvents.
[0110] (添加剤) [0110] (Additive)
本発明における樹脂組成物には、各調製工程において用途に応じた種々の添カロ 剤 (例えば、劣化防止剤、紫外線防止剤、レターデーシヨン (光学異方性)調節剤、 剥離促進剤、可塑剤、赤外吸収剤、など)を加えることができ、それらは固体でもよく 油状物でもよい。すなわち、その融点や沸点において特に限定されるものではない。 例えば融点が 20°C以下と 20°C以上の紫外線吸収材料の混合や、同様に劣化防止 剤の混合などである。さらにまた、赤外吸収染料としては例えば特開平 2001— 194 522号公報に記載されている。またその添加する時期は環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶 液(ドープ)作製工程にお!/、て何れで添加しても良!/、が、ドープ調製工程の最後の調 製工程に添加剤を添加し調製する工程を加えて行ってもよい。更にまた、各素材の 添加量は機能が発現する限りにおいて特に限定されない。また、環状ポリオレフイン フィルムが多層から形成される場合、各層の添加物の種類や添加量が異なってもよ い。 In the resin composition of the present invention, various additive additives (for example, deterioration inhibitors, UV inhibitors, letter-dose (optical anisotropy) modifiers, release accelerators, plasticizers) according to the application in each preparation step. Agents, infrared absorbers, etc.), which may be solid or oily. That is, the melting point and boiling point are not particularly limited. For example, mixing of UV-absorbing materials with melting points of 20 ° C or lower and 20 ° C or higher, and mixing of deterioration inhibitors as well. Furthermore, infrared absorbing dyes are described, for example, in JP-A-2001-194522. In addition, the timing of the addition may be added to the cyclic polyolefin resin solution (dope) production process! /, And any addition may be used. However, the additive is added to the final preparation process of the dope preparation process. You may add and add the process to prepare. Furthermore, the amount of each material added is not particularly limited as long as the function is manifested. When the cyclic polyolefin film is formed from multiple layers, the type and amount of additives in each layer may be different.
[0111] (劣化防止剤) [0111] (Deterioration inhibitor)
本発明における樹脂組成物には公知の劣化(酸化)防止剤、例えば、 2, 6 ジー t ーブチル, 4 メチルフエノール、 4, 4'ーチォビス一(6— t ブチルー 3—メチルフ ェノール)、 1, 1 '—ビス(4 ヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)シクロへキサン、 2, 2'—メチレンビ ス(4ーェチルー 6— t ブチルフエノーノレ)、 2, 5 ジ tーブチルヒドロキノン、ペン タエリスリチルーテトラキス [3—(3, 5—ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニル)プロ ピオネートなどのフエノール系あるいはヒドロキノン系酸化防止剤を添加することがで
きる。さらに、トリス(4ーメトキシ 3, 5—ジフエニル)ホスファイト、トリス(ノユルフェ二 ノレ)ホスファイト、トリス(2, 4 ジー t ブチルフエ二ノレ)ホスファイト、ビス(2, 6 ジー tーブチルー 4 メチルフエ二ノレ)ペンタエリストールジホスフアイト、ビス(2, 4 ジ t ブチルフエニル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスフアイトなどのリン系酸化防止剤をする ことが好ましい。酸化防止剤の添加量は、環状ポリオレフイン 100質量部に対して、 0 . 05-5. 0質量部を添加することが好ましい。 In the resin composition of the present invention, known deterioration (oxidation) inhibitors such as 2,6-di-tert-butyl, 4-methylphenol, 4,4'-thiobis (6-tert-butyl-3-methylphenol), 1, 1 '-Bis (4 hydroxyphenenole) cyclohexane, 2, 2'-methylenebis (4-ethyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,5-di-tert-butylhydroquinone, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3 — Phenolic or hydroquinone antioxidants such as (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate can be added. wear. In addition, tris (4-methoxy 3,5-diphenyl) phosphite, tris (noyulphenol) phosphite, tris (2,4 di-t-butylphenol) phosphite, bis (2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol) It is preferable to use a phosphorus-based antioxidant such as pentaerythritol diphosphite and bis (2,4 dibutylbutyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite. The addition amount of the antioxidant is preferably 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cyclic polyolefin.
(紫外線吸収剤) (UV absorber)
本発明における樹脂組成物には、偏光板または液晶等の劣化防止の観点から、紫 外線吸収剤が好ましく用いられる。紫外線吸収剤としては、波長 370nm以下の紫外 線の吸収能に優れ、かつ良好な液晶表示性の観点から、波長 400nm以上の可視 光の吸収が少なレ、ものが好ましく用いられる。本発明に好ましく用いられる紫外線吸 収剤の具体例としては、例えばヒンダードフエノール系化合物、ォキシベンゾフヱノン 系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフエノ ン系化合物、シァノアクリレート系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物などが挙げられる。 ヒンダードフエノール系化合物の例としては、 2, 6 ジ tert ブチルー p クレゾ一 ノレ、ペンタエリスリチルーテトラキス〔3—(3, 5—ジ tert ブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフ ェニノレ)プロピオネート〕、 N, N,一へキサメチレンビス(3, 5—ジ tert ブチルー 4 ーヒドロキシーヒドロシンナミド)、 1 , 3, 5—トリメチノレー 2, 4, 6—トリス(3, 5—ジー te rtーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシベンジノレ)ベンゼン、トリスー(3, 5—ジ tert ブチルー 4—ヒドロキシベンジル)一イソシァヌレイトなどが挙げられる。ベンゾトリアゾール系化 合物の例としては、 2—(2' —ヒドロキシ 5' メチルフエニル)ベンゾトリアゾール 、 2, 2 メチレンビス(4— (1 , 1 , 3, 3 テトラメチルブチル)ー6—(2H べンゾトリ ァゾールー 2 ィノレ)フエノール)、 (2, 4 ビス一(n ォクチルチオ)ー6—(4ーヒド 口キシ— 3, 5—ジ— tert ブチルァニリノ)— 1 , 3, 5—トリァジン、トリエチレングリコ 一ルービス〔 3—( 3— tert ブチル 5—メチル 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロビオネ 一ト〕、 N, N' へキサメチレンビス(3, 5—ジ一 tert ブチル 4—ヒドロキシ一ヒド 口シンナミド)、 1 , 3, 5 トリメチノレ一 2, 4, 6 トリス(3, 5 ジ一 tert ブチノレ一 4— ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、 2 (2,一ヒドロキシ一 3 ' , 5 '—ジ一 tert ブチルフエ二
ノレ)一 5 クロルべンゾトリァゾール、 (2 (2, 一ヒドロキシ一 3, , 5 '—ジ一 tert アミノレ フエニル) 5 クロルべンゾトリァゾーノレ、 2, 6 ジ tert ブチルー p タレゾール 、ペンタエリスリチルーテトラキス〔3—(3, 5—ジ tert ブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエ ニル)プロピオネート〕などが挙げられる。これらの紫外線防止剤の添加量は、環状ポ リオレフインに対して質量割合で lppm〜; ! · 0%が好ましぐ 10〜1000ppmが更に 好ましい。 For the resin composition in the present invention, an ultraviolet absorber is preferably used from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of a polarizing plate or liquid crystal. As the ultraviolet absorber, those having excellent absorption ability of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less and having little absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more are preferably used from the viewpoint of good liquid crystal display properties. Specific examples of ultraviolet absorbers preferably used in the present invention include, for example, hindered phenol compounds, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylates. Compounds, nickel complex compounds, and the like. Examples of hindered phenolic compounds include 2, 6 di tert butyl-p crezo monole, pentaerythrityl tetrakis [3- (3,5-di tert butyl 4-hydroxyphenenole) propionate], N, N, mono Xamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamide), 1,3,5-trimethylenole 2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzenole) benzene And tris (3,5-ditertbutyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) monoisocyanurate. Examples of benzotriazole compounds include 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2,2methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3 tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H Nzotriazole-2-phenol) phenol), (2,4 bis (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy) -3,5-di-tert-butylanilino) -1,3,5-triazine, triethyleneglycol monorubis [3- (3-tert-butyl 5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenol) probione], N, N 'hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxymonohydr) , 5 Trimethylolene 2, 4, 6 Tris (3,5 di-tert-butyltinol 4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, 2 (2,1-hydroxyl-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylbutyl No. 1) 5 Chlorbenzotriazole, (2 (2, 1 Hydroxy 3, 5, 5'-Di-tert-Aminophenyl) 5 Chlorbenzotriazole, 2, 6 Di-tert Butyl-p-Talesol, Pentaerythrityl Tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], etc. The amount of addition of these UV inhibitors is from 1 ppm by weight to the cyclic polyolefin; The preferred range is 10 to 1000 ppm.
[0113] (レターデーシヨン発現剤) [0113] (Letter generation expression agent)
本発明ではレターデーシヨン値を発現するため、少なくとも二つの芳香族環を有す る化合物をレターデーシヨン発現剤として用いることができる。レターデーシヨン発現 剤を使用する場合は、環状ポリオレフイン 100質量部に対して、 0. 05乃至 20質量部 の範囲で使用することが好ましぐ 0. 1乃至 10質量部の範囲で使用することがより好 ましく、 0. 2乃至 5質量部の範囲で使用することがさらに好ましぐ 0. 5乃至 2質量部 の範囲で使用することが最も好ましレ、。二種類以上のレターデーシヨン発現剤を併用 してもよい。 In the present invention, in order to express a letter value, a compound having at least two aromatic rings can be used as a letter expression enhancer. When using a letter expression developer, it is preferable to use it in the range of 0.05 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the cyclic polyolefin. More preferably, it is more preferable to use in the range of 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, and most preferable to use in the range of 0.5 to 2 parts by mass. Two or more letter expression enhancers may be used in combination.
レターデーシヨン発現剤は、 250乃至 400nmの波長領域に最大吸収を有すること が好ましく、可視領域に実質的に吸収を有してレ、なレ、ことが好ましレ、。 The letter expression enhancer preferably has a maximum absorption in the wavelength region of 250 to 400 nm, and preferably has a substantial absorption in the visible region.
[0114] 本明細書において、「芳香族環」は、芳香族炭化水素環に加えて、芳香族性へテロ 環を含む。芳香族炭化水素環は、 6員環 (すなわち、ベンゼン環)であることが特に好 ましい。芳香族性へテロ環は一般に、不飽和へテロ環である。芳香族性へテロ環は、 5員環、 6員環または 7員環であることが好ましぐ 5員環または 6員環であることがさら に好ましい。芳香族性へテロ環は一般に、最多の二重結合を有する。ヘテロ原子とし ては、窒素原子、酸素原子および硫黄原子が好ましぐ窒素原子が特に好ましい。芳 香族性へテロ環の例には、フラン環、チォフェン環、ピロール環、ォキサゾール環、ィ ソォキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環 、フラザン環、トリァゾール環、ピラン環、ピリジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、ビラ ジン環および 1 , 3, 5—トリァジン環が含まれる。芳香族環としては、ベンゼン環、フラ ン環、チォフェン環、ピロール環、ォキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イミダゾール環、ト リアゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環および 1 , 3, 5—トリァジン環が好
ましぐ特に 1 , 3, 5 トリァジン環が好ましく用いられる。具体的には例えば特開 200 1 - 166144号公報に開示の化合物が好ましく用いられる。 In the present specification, the “aromatic ring” includes an aromatic hetero ring in addition to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is particularly preferably a 6-membered ring (that is, a benzene ring). Aromatic heterocycles are generally unsaturated heterocycles. The aromatic heterocycle is preferably a 5-membered ring, 6-membered ring or 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring. Aromatic heterocycles generally have the most double bonds. The heteroatom is particularly preferably a nitrogen atom, preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Examples of aromatic heterocycles include furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, furazane, triazole, pyran, Pyridine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, virazine ring and 1,3,5-triazine ring are included. Aromatic rings include benzene, furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, and 1,3,5-triazine rings. Good In particular, 1,3,5 triazine ring is preferably used. Specifically, for example, compounds disclosed in JP-A No. 2001-166144 are preferably used.
[0115] レターデーシヨン発現剤が有する芳香族環の数は、 2乃至 20であることが好ましぐ [0115] The number of aromatic rings possessed by the letter expression enhancer is preferably 2 to 20.
2乃至 12であることがより好ましぐ 2乃至 8であることがさらに好ましぐ 2乃至 6である ことが最も好ましい。二つの芳香族環の結合関係は、(a)縮合環を形成する場合、 (b )単結合で直結する場合および (c)連結基を介して結合する場合に分類できる(芳香 族環のため、スピロ結合は形成できない)。結合関係は、(a)〜(c)のいずれでもよい 2 to 12 is more preferable, and 2 to 8 is more preferable, and 2 to 6 is more preferable. The bond relationship between two aromatic rings can be classified as (a) when a condensed ring is formed, (b) when directly linked by a single bond, and (c) when linked via a linking group (for aromatic rings). , Spiro bonds cannot be formed). The binding relationship may be any of (a) to (c)
[0116] (a)の縮合環(二つ以上の芳香族環の縮合環)の例には、インデン環、ナフタレン 環、ァズレン環、フノレ才レン環、フエナントレン環、アントラセン環、ァセナフチレン環、 ビフエ二レン環、ナフタセン環、ピレン環、インドール環、イソインドール環、ベンゾフラ ン環、ベンゾチ才フェン環、インドリジン環、ベンゾ才キサゾーノレ環、ベンゾチアゾー ル環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾトリアゾール環、プリン環、インダゾール環、クロメ ン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キノリジン環、キナゾリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリ ン環、フタラジン環、プテリジン環、力ルバゾール環、アタリジン環、フエナントリジン環 、キサンテン環、フエナジン環、フエノチアジン環、フエノキサチイン環、フエノキサジン 環およびチアントレン環が含まれる。ナフタレン環、ァズレン環、インドール環、ベンゾ ォキサゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾトリアゾール環 およびキノリン環が好ましレ、。 [0116] Examples of the condensed ring of (a) (condensed ring of two or more aromatic rings) include an indene ring, a naphthalene ring, an azulene ring, a funolenic ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, an acenaphthylene ring, a biphenol. Diene ring, naphthacene ring, pyrene ring, indole ring, isoindole ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiene phen ring, indolizine ring, benzoxa xazonole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzotriazole ring, purine ring, Indazole ring, chromene ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinolidine ring, quinazoline ring, cinnoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phthalazine ring, pteridine ring, force rubazole ring, atalidine ring, phenanthridine ring, xanthene ring, phenazine ring, Phenothiazine ring, phenoxathiin ring, phenoxazine ring and Include thianthrene ring. Naphthalene ring, azulene ring, indole ring, benzoxazole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzotriazole ring and quinoline ring are preferred.
(b)の単結合は、二つの芳香族環の炭素原子間の結合であることが好ましい。ニ以 上の単結合で二つの芳香族環を結合して、二つの芳香族環の間に脂肪族環または 非芳香族性複素環を形成してもよレ、。 The single bond (b) is preferably a bond between carbon atoms of two aromatic rings. Two aromatic rings may be joined by two or more single bonds to form an aliphatic ring or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring between the two aromatic rings.
[0117] (c)の連結基も、二つの芳香族環の炭素原子と結合することが好ましい。連結基は 、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、 CO O NH― S またはそれらの組み合わせであることが好ましい。組み合わせからなる連結基の例 を以下に示す。なお、以下の連結基の例の左右の関係は、逆になつてもよい。 [0117] The linking group in (c) is also preferably bonded to carbon atoms of two aromatic rings. The linking group is preferably an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, CO 2 NH—S or a combination thereof. Examples of linking groups consisting of combinations are shown below. In addition, the relationship between the left and right in the following examples of the linking group may be reversed.
cl : CO— O— cl: CO— O—
c2 : -CO-NH-
c3 :ーァノレキレン O— c2: -CO-NH- c3:-Ano-Recylene O—
c4 : NH— CO— NH— c4: NH—CO—NH—
c5 : NH— CO— O— c5: NH—CO—O—
c6: O— CO— O— c6: O— CO— O—
c7 : o—ァノレキレン o— c7: o—anoleylene o—
c8 : CO ァノレケニレン c8: CO Anolekenylene
c9 : — CO ァノレケニレン NH— c9: — CO Anolekenylene NH—
clO :—CO ァノレケニレン O— clO : —CO Anolekenylene O—
cl l :ーァノレキレン CO— O ァノレキレン O— CO アルキ !· zンー cl l : ----------------------
cl2 : 一 O ァノレキレン CO— O ァノレキレン O— CO ァノレキレン o cl3 : 一 O— CO ァノレキレン CO o— cl2 : One O Anoleylene CO— O Anoleylene O— CO Ananolene o cl3 : One O— CO Anoleylene CO o—
cl4 :—NH— CO ァノレケニレン cl4 : —NH—CO Anolekenylene
cl5 : 一 O— CO ァノレケニレン一 cl5 : One O—CO Anolekenylene
[0118] 芳香族環および連結基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基の例には、ハロゲン 原子(F、 Cl、 Br、 I)、ヒドロキシノレ、カルボキシル、シァノ、ァミノ、ニトロ、スルホ、カル バモイル、スルファモイル、ウレイド、ァノレキノレ基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、脂肪 族ァシル基、脂肪族ァシルォキシ基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アル コキシカルボニルァミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルスルホニル基、脂肪族アミド基 [0118] The aromatic ring and the linking group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I), hydroxynore, carboxyl, cyano, amino, nitro, sulfo, carbamoyl, sulfamoyl, ureido, ananolenoyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aliphatic Acyl group, aliphatic acyloxy group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, alkylthio group, alkylsulfonyl group, aliphatic amide group
、脂肪族スルホンアミド基、脂肪族置換アミノ基、脂肪族置換力ルバモイル基、脂肪 族置換スルファモイル基、脂肪族置換ウレイド基および非芳香族性複素環基が含ま れる。 , An aliphatic sulfonamido group, an aliphatic substituted amino group, an aliphatic substituted rubamoyl group, an aliphatic substituted sulfamoyl group, an aliphatic substituted ureido group, and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
アルキル基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 8であることが好ましい。環状アルキル基よりも 鎖状アルキル基の方が好ましぐ直鎖状アルキル基が特に好ましい。アルキル基は、 さらに置換基(例、ヒドロキシ、カルボキシ、アルコキシ基、アルキル置換アミノ基)を有 していてもよい。アルキル基の(置換アルキル基を含む)例には、メチル、ェチル、 n ーブチノレ、 n へキシノレ、 2 ヒドロキシェチノレ、 4一力ノレボキシブチノレ、 2 メトキシ ェチルおよび 2—ジェチルアミノエチルが含まれる。 The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. A straight chain alkyl group is particularly preferred, with a chain alkyl group being preferred over a cyclic alkyl group. The alkyl group may further have a substituent (eg, hydroxy, carboxy, alkoxy group, alkyl-substituted amino group). Examples of alkyl groups (including substituted alkyl groups) include methyl, ethyl, n-butynole, n-hexenole, 2-hydroxyethynole, 4-strength noroxybutynole, 2-methoxyethyl and 2-jetylaminoethyl. Is included.
[0119] アルケニル基の炭素原子数は、 2乃至 8であることが好まし!/、。環状アルケニル基よ
りも鎖状アルケニル基の方が好ましぐ直鎖状アルケニル基が特に好ましい。ァルケ ニル基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。アルケニル基の例には、ビュル、ァリノレ および 1一へキセニルが含まれる。アルキニル基の炭素原子数は、 2乃至 8であること が好ましい。環状アルキケニル基よりも鎖状アルキニル基の方が好ましぐ直鎖状ァ ルキニル基が特に好ましい。アルキニル基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。ァ ルキニル基の例には、ェチュル、 1ーブチュルおよび 1一へキシュルが含まれる。 [0119] The alkenyl group preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms! / ,. Cyclic alkenyl group A straight chain alkenyl group is particularly preferred, with a chain alkenyl group being more preferred. The alkenyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of alkenyl groups include bur, arinole and 1-hexenyl. The alkynyl group preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms. A linear alkynyl group is particularly preferred over a cyclic alkynyl group, with a chain alkynyl group being preferred. The alkynyl group may further have a substituent. Examples of alkynyl groups include echtur, 1-butur and 1-hexyl.
[0120] 脂肪族ァシル基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 10であることが好ましい。脂肪族ァシル基 の例には、ァセチル、プロパノィルおよびブタノィルが含まれる。脂肪族ァシルォキシ 基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 10であることが好ましい。脂肪族ァシルォキシ基の例に は、ァセトキシが含まれる。アルコキシ基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 8であることが好まし い。アルコキシ基は、さらに置換基(例、アルコキシ基)を有していてもよい。アルコキ シ基の(置換アルコキシ基を含む)例には、メトキシ、エトキシ、ブトキシおよびメトキシ エトキシが含まれる。アルコキシカルボニル基の炭素原子数は、 2乃至 10であること が好ましい。アルコキシカルボニル基の例には、メトキシカルボニルおよびエトキシカ ルポニルが含まれる。アルコキシカルボニルァミノ基の炭素原子数は、 2乃至 10であ ること力好ましい。アルコキシカルボニルァミノ基の例には、メトキシカルボニルァミノ およびエトキシカルボニルァミノが含まれる。 [0120] The aliphatic acyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the aliphatic isyl group include acetyl, propanol and butanol. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic acyloxy group is preferably 1 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic acyloxy group include acetoxy. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1-8. The alkoxy group may further have a substituent (eg, alkoxy group). Examples of alkoxy groups (including substituted alkoxy groups) include methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy and methoxy ethoxy. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 to 10. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably 2 to 10. Examples of the alkoxycarbonylamino group include methoxycarbonylamino and ethoxycarbonylamino.
[0121] アルキルチオ基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 12であることが好ましい。アルキルチオ基 の例には、メチルチオ、ェチルチオおよびォクチルチオが含まれる。アルキルスルホ ニル基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 8であることが好ましい。アルキルスルホニル基の例 には、メタンスルホニルおよびエタンスルホニルが含まれる。脂肪族アミド基の炭素原 子数は、 1乃至 10であることが好ましい。脂肪族アミド基の例には、ァセトアミドが含ま れる。脂肪族スルホンアミド基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 8であることが好ましい。脂肪 族スルホンアミド基の例には、メタンスルホンアミド、ブタンスルホンアミドおよび n—ォ クタンスルホンアミドが含まれる。脂肪族置換アミノ基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 10であ ることが好ましい。脂肪族置換アミノ基の例には、ジメチルアミ入ジェチルァミノおよ び 2—カルボキシェチルァミノが含まれる。 [0121] The alkylthio group preferably has 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkylthio group include methylthio, ethylthio and octylthio. The alkylsulfonyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkylsulfonyl group include methanesulfonyl and ethanesulfonyl. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic amide group is preferably 1 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic amide group include acetamide. The aliphatic sulfonamide group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of aliphatic sulfonamido groups include methanesulfonamido, butanesulfonamido and n-octanesulfonamido. The number of carbon atoms of the aliphatic substituted amino group is preferably 1 to 10. Examples of aliphatic substituted amino groups include dimethylamido jettilamino and 2-carboxyethylamino.
[0122] 脂肪族置換力ルバモイル基の炭素原子数は、 2乃至 10であることが好ましい。脂肪
族置換力ルバモイル基の例には、メチルカルバモイルおよびジェチルカルバモイル が含まれる。脂肪族置換スルファモイル基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 8であることが好 ましい。脂肪族置換スルファモイル基の例には、メチルスルファモイルおよびジェチ ノレスルファモイルが含まれる。脂肪族置換ウレイド基の炭素原子数は、 2乃至 10であ ることが好ましい。脂肪族置換ウレイド基の例には、メチルウレイドが含まれる。 [0122] The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic substituent ruberamoyl group is preferably 2 to 10. fat Examples of group substituent rubermoyl groups include methylcarbamoyl and jetylcarbamoyl. The aliphatic substituted sulfamoyl group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the aliphatic substituted sulfamoyl group include methylsulfamoyl and jetinolesulfamoyl. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic substituted ureido group is preferably 2 to 10. Examples of the aliphatic substituted ureido group include methylureido.
非芳香族性複素環基の例には、ピペリジノおよびモルホリノが含まれる。レターデ ーシヨン発現剤の分子量は、 300乃至 800であることが好まし!/、。 Examples of non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include piperidino and morpholino. The molecular weight of the letter expression enhancer is preferably 300 to 800! /.
[0123] 本発明では 1 , 3, 5—トリアジン環を用いた化合物の他に直線的な分子構造を有 する棒状化合物も好ましく用いることができる。直線的な分子構造とは、熱力学的に 最も安定な構造にぉレ、て棒状化合物の分子構造が直線的であることを意味する。熱 力学的に最も安定な構造は、結晶構造解析または分子軌道計算によって求めること ができる。例えば、分子軌道計算ソフト(例、 WinMOPAC2000、富士通 (株)製)を用 いて分子軌道計算を行い、化合物の生成熱が最も小さくなるような分子の構造を求 めること力 Sできる。分子構造が直線的であるとは、上記のように計算して求められる熱 力学的に最も安定な構造において、分子構造で主鎖の構成する角度が 140度以上 であることを意味する。 [0123] In the present invention, a rod-shaped compound having a linear molecular structure can be preferably used in addition to a compound using a 1,3,5-triazine ring. The linear molecular structure means that the rod-shaped compound has a linear molecular structure, which is the most thermodynamically stable structure. The most thermodynamically stable structure can be obtained by crystal structure analysis or molecular orbital calculation. For example, molecular orbital calculations can be performed using molecular orbital calculation software (eg, WinMOPAC2000, manufactured by Fujitsu Limited) to determine the molecular structure that minimizes the heat of formation of compounds. The linear molecular structure means that in the thermodynamically most stable structure obtained by calculation as described above, the angle of the main chain constituting the molecular structure is 140 degrees or more.
[0124] 少なくとも二つの芳香族環を有する棒状化合物としては、下記一般式 (IV)で表さ れる化合物が好ましい。 [0124] The rod-shaped compound having at least two aromatic rings is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (IV).
一般式(IV) : Ar'-L'-Ar2 Formula (IV): Ar'-L'-Ar 2
[0125] 上記一般式 (IV)において、 Ar1および Ar2は、それぞれ独立に、芳香族基である。 In the general formula (IV), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently an aromatic group.
本明細書において、芳香族基は、ァリール基 (芳香族性炭化水素基)、置換ァリール 基、芳香族性へテロ環基および置換芳香族性へテロ環基を含む。ァリール基および 置換ァリール基の方が、芳香族性へテロ環基および置換芳香族性へテロ環基よりも 好ましい。芳香族性へテロ環基のへテロ環は、一般には不飽和である。芳香族性へ テロ環は、 5員環、 6員環または 7員環であることが好ましぐ 5員環または 6員環であ ることがさらに好ましい。芳香族性へテロ環は一般に最多の二重結合を有する。へテ 口原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子が好ましぐ窒素原子または硫 黄原子がさらに好ましい。芳香族基の芳香族環としては、ベンゼン環、フラン環、チ
ォフェン環、ピロール環、ォキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イミダゾール環、トリァゾー ル環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環およびピラジン環が好ましぐベンゼン環が特に好まし い。 In the present specification, the aromatic group includes an aryl group (aromatic hydrocarbon group), a substituted aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, and a substituted aromatic heterocyclic group. An aryl group and a substituted aryl group are more preferable than an aromatic heterocyclic group and a substituted aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocycle of an aromatic heterocycle group is generally unsaturated. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring, 6-membered ring or 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or 6-membered ring. Aromatic heterocycles generally have the most double bonds. The heteroatom is more preferably a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The aromatic ring of the aromatic group includes benzene ring, furan ring, Particularly preferred are benzene rings, preferably ophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrimidine and pyrazine rings.
[0126] 一般式(IV)において、 L1は、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、 O [0126] In the general formula (IV), L 1 represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, O
CO およびそれらの組み合わせからなる基から選ばれる二価の連結基であ る。アルキレン基は、環状構造を有していてもよい。環状アルキレン基としては、シク 口へキシレンが好ましぐ 1 , 4ーシクロへキシレンが特に好ましい。鎖状アルキレン基 としては、直鎖状アルキレン基の方が分岐を有するアルキレン基よりも好ましい。アル キレン基の炭素原子数は、 1乃至 20であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 1乃至 15で あり、さらに好ましくは 1乃至 10であり、さらに好ましくは 1乃至 8であり、最も好ましくは 1乃至 6である。 A divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of CO and combinations thereof. The alkylene group may have a cyclic structure. As the cyclic alkylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene is particularly preferred, where xylene is preferred. As the chain alkylene group, a linear alkylene group is more preferable than a branched alkylene group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 15, further preferably 1 to 10, further preferably 1 to 8, and most preferably 1. Thru 6.
[0127] アルケニレン基およびアルキニレン基は、環状構造よりも鎖状構造を有することが 好ましぐ分岐を有する鎖状構造よりも直鎖状構造を有することがさらに好ましい。ァ ルケ二レン基およびアルキニレン基の炭素原子数は、好ましくは 2乃至 10であり、より 好ましくは 2乃至 8であり、さらに好ましくは 2乃至 6であり、さらに好ましくは 2乃至 4で あり、最も好ましくは 2 (ビニレンまたはェチニレン)である。ァリーレン基は、炭素原子 数は 6乃至 20であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 6乃至 16であり、さらに好ましくは 6 乃至 12である。一般式 (IV)の分子構造において、 L1を挟んで、 Ar1と Ar2とが形成す る角度は、 140度以上であることが好ましい。 [0127] The alkenylene group and the alkynylene group preferably have a linear structure rather than a branched chain structure, which preferably has a chain structure rather than a cyclic structure. The number of carbon atoms of the alkkenylene group and the alkynylene group is preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, further preferably 2 to 6, and further preferably 2 to 4, most preferably Preferably 2 (vinylene or ethynylene). The arylene group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16, and still more preferably 6 to 12. In the molecular structure of the general formula (IV), the angle formed by Ar 1 and Ar 2 across L 1 is preferably 140 degrees or more.
棒状化合物としては、下記式一般式 (V)で表される化合物がさらに好ましい。 一般式(V): Ar'-L'-X-L'-Ar2 As the rod-like compound, a compound represented by the following formula (V) is more preferable. Formula (V): Ar'-L'-X-L'-Ar 2
上記一般式 (V)において、 Ar1および Ar2は、それぞれ独立に、芳香族基である。 芳香族基の定義および例は、一般式 (IV)の Ar1および Ar2と同様である。 In the general formula (V), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently an aromatic group. The definition and examples of the aromatic group are the same as those of Ar 1 and Ar 2 in the general formula (IV).
[0128] 一般式 (V)において、 L2および L3は、それぞれ独立に、アルキレン基、—O In general formula (V), L 2 and L 3 are each independently an alkylene group, —O
CO およびそれらの組み合わせからなる基より選ばれる二価の連結基である。アル キレン基は、環状構造よりも鎖状構造を有することが好ましぐ分岐を有する鎖状構 造よりも直鎖状構造を有することがさらに好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素原子数は、 1 乃至 10であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 1乃至 8であり、さらに好ましくは 1乃至 6
であり、さらに好ましくは 1乃至 4であり、 1または 2 (メチレンまたはエチレン)であること が最も好ましい。 L2および L3は、 O— CO または一 CO— O であることが特に好 ましい。一般式 (V)において、 Xは、 1, 4ーシクロへキシレン、ビニレンまたはェチニ レンである。溶液の紫外線吸収スぺクトノレにお!/、て最大吸収波長( λ max)力 ¾50nm より短波長である棒状化合物を、二種類以上併用してもよい。レターデーシヨン発現 剤の添加量は、環状ポリオレフイン量の 0.1乃至 30質量%であることが好ましぐ 0. 5乃至 20質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 It is a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of CO and combinations thereof. More preferably, the alkylene group has a linear structure rather than a chain structure having a branch, which preferably has a chain structure rather than a cyclic structure. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 8, and still more preferably 1 to 6 More preferably 1 to 4 and most preferably 1 or 2 (methylene or ethylene). L 2 and L 3 are particularly preferably O—CO or mono-CO—O. In the general formula (V), X is 1,4-cyclohexylene, vinylene or ethynylene. Two or more rod-shaped compounds having a wavelength shorter than the maximum absorption wavelength (λ max) force of ¾50 nm may be used in combination with the ultraviolet absorption spectrum of the solution. The addition amount of the letter expression enhancer is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 20% by mass, based on the amount of cyclic polyolefin.
[0129] (剥離促進剤) [0129] (Peeling accelerator)
環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの剥離抵抗を小さくする添加剤としては界面活 性剤に効果の顕著なものが多く発見されている。好ましい剥離剤としては燐酸エステ ル系の界面活性剤、カルボン酸あるいはカルボン酸塩系の界面活性剤、スルホン酸 あるいはスルホン酸塩系の界面活性剤、硫酸エステル系の界面活性剤が効果的で ある。また上記界面活性剤の炭化水素鎖に結合して!/、る水素原子の一部をフッ素原 子に置換したフッ素系界面活性剤も有効である。以下に剥離剤を例示する。 As additives for reducing the peeling resistance of a cyclic polyolefin resin film, many additives having a remarkable effect on surfactants have been discovered. As preferred release agents, phosphate ester surfactants, carboxylic acid or carboxylate surfactants, sulfonic acid or sulfonate surfactants, and sulfate ester surfactants are effective. . In addition, a fluorine-based surfactant in which a part of hydrogen atoms bonded to the hydrocarbon chain of the above-mentioned surfactant is substituted with a fluorine atom is also effective. Examples of the release agent are given below.
[0130] RZ-1 C H 0-P( = 0)-(OH) [0130] RZ-1 C H 0-P (= 0)-(OH)
8 17 2 8 17 2
RZ-2 C H 0-P( = 0) - (OK) RZ-2 C H 0-P (= 0)-(OK)
12 25 2 12 25 2
RZ-3 C H OCH CH 0-P( = 0) - (OK) RZ-3 C H OCH CH 0-P (= 0)-(OK)
12 25 2 2 2 12 25 2 2 2
RZ-4 C H (OCH CH ) O— P( = 0)—(OK) RZ-4 C H (OCH CH) O— P (= 0) — (OK)
15 31 2 2 5 2 15 31 2 2 5 2
RZ-5 {C H 0(CH CH O) } P( = 0)— OH RZ-5 {C H 0 (CH CH O)} P (= 0) — OH
12 25 2 2 5 2 12 25 2 2 5 2
RZ-6 {C H (OCH CH ) O} P( = 0)— ONH RZ-6 {C H (OCH CH) O} P (= 0) — ONH
18 35 2 2 8 2 4 18 35 2 2 8 2 4
RZ-7 (t-C H ) — C H — OCH CH O— P( = 0)—(OK) RZ-7 (t-C H) — C H — OCH CH O— P (= 0) — (OK)
4 9 3 6 2 2 2 2 4 9 3 6 2 2 2 2
RZ-8 (iso-C H — C H — O—(CH CH O) P ( = 0)—(OK) (OH) RZ-8 (iso-C H — C H — O— (CH CH O) P (= 0) — (OK) (OH)
9 19 6 4 2 2 5 9 19 6 4 2 2 5
RZ-9 C H SO Na RZ-9 C H SO Na
12 25 3 12 25 3
RZ-10 C H OSO Na RZ-10 C H OSO Na
12 25 3 12 25 3
RZ-11 C H COOH RZ-11 C H COOH
17 33 17 33
RZ-12 C H COOH-N(CH CH OH) RZ-12 C H COOH-N (CH CH OH)
17 33 2 2 3 17 33 2 2 3
RZ-13iso-C H — C H — O—(CH CH O) 一 (CH ) SO Na RZ-13iso-C H — C H — O— (CH CH O) One (CH) SO Na
8 17 6 4 2 2 3 2 2 3 8 17 6 4 2 2 3 2 2 3
RZ- 14 (iso C H O—(CH CH O) (CH ) SO Na
RZ- 15トリイソプロピルナフタレンスルフォン酸ナトリウム RZ-14 (iso CHO— (CH CH O) (CH) SO Na RZ-15 Sodium triisopropyl naphthalene sulfonate
RZ— 16トリ t ブチルナフタレンスルフォン酸ナトリウム RZ—16-tri-t-butyl naphthalene sulfonate
RZ- 17 C H CON (CH ) CH CH SO Na RZ- 17 C H CON (CH) CH CH SO Na
17 33 3 2 2 3 17 33 3 2 2 3
RZ— 18 C H — C H SO -NH RZ— 18 C H — C H SO -NH
12 25 6 4 3 4 12 25 6 4 3 4
[0131] 剥離促進剤の添加量は環状ポリオレフインに対して 0. 05〜5質量%が好ましぐ 0 . ;!〜 2質量%が更に好ましぐ 0. ;!〜 0. 5質量%が最も好ましい。 [0131] The addition amount of the release accelerator is preferably 0.05 to 5% by mass with respect to the cyclic polyolefin 0.5; more preferably 2 to 2% by mass 0.;! To 0.5% by mass Most preferred.
[0132] (可塑剤)環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂は、一般的に、セルロースアセテートに比較して 柔軟性に乏しぐフィルムに曲げ応力やせん断応力力 Sかかると、フィルムに割れ等が 生じ易い。また、光学フィルムとして加工する際に、切断部にひびが入りやすぐ切り 屑が発生しやすい。発生した切り屑は、光学フィルムを汚染し、光学的欠陥の原因と なっていた。これらの問題点を改良するため、可塑剤を添加することができる。具体 的には、フタル酸エステル系、トリメリット酸エステル系、脂肪族二塩基酸エステル系、 正リン酸エステル系、酢酸エステル系、ポリエステル 'エポキシ化エステル系、リシノー ル酸エステル系、ポリオレフイン系、ポリエチレングリコール系化合物を挙げることが できる。 [0132] (Plasticizer) In general, cyclic polyolefin resin is susceptible to cracking and the like when it is subjected to bending stress or shear stress S on a film that is less flexible than cellulose acetate. In addition, when processing as an optical film, cracks are easily generated in the cut portion and chips are easily generated. The generated chips contaminated the optical film and caused optical defects. In order to improve these problems, a plasticizer can be added. Specifically, phthalic acid ester, trimellitic acid ester, aliphatic dibasic acid ester, orthophosphoric acid ester, acetic acid ester, polyester 'epoxidized ester, ricinoleic acid ester, polyolefin, Mention may be made of polyethylene glycol compounds.
[0133] 使用できる可塑剤としては、常温、常圧、液状で、かつ沸点が 200°C以上の化合物 力、ら選択することが好ましい。具体的な化合物名としては、以下を例示することができ る。脂肪族二塩基酸エステル系としては、例えばジォクチルアジペート(230°C/76 OmmHg)、ジブチノレアジペート(145°C/4mmHg)、ジ 2 ェチノレへキシノレアジ ペート(335oG/760mm:Hg)、ジフ、、チノレジグリ 一ノレ ジぺー卜(230〜240oG/2 mmHg)、ジー 2 ェチルへキシルァゼレート(220〜245°C/4mmHg)、ジー 2— ェチルへキシルセバケート(377°C/760mmHg)等;フタル酸エステル系としては、 例えばジェチルフタレート(298°C/760mmHg)、ジヘプチルフタレート(235〜24 5°C/10mmHg)、ジ n ォクチノレフタレート(210°C/760mmHg)、ジイソデシ ルフタレート(420°C/760mmHg)等;ポリオレフイン系としては、ノルマルパラフィン 、イソパラフィン、シクロパラフィン等のパラフィンワックス類(平均分子量 330〜600、 融点 45〜80°C)、流動パラフィン類 (JIS規格 K2231ISOVG8、同 VG15、同 VG3 2、同 VG68、同 VG100等) ラフィンペレツ卜類(融点 56〜58。C、 58〜60。C、 60
〜62°C等)、塩化パラフィン、低分子量ポリエチレン、低分子量ポリプロピレン、低分 子量ポリイソブテン、水添ポリブタジエン、水添ポリイソプレン、スクァラン等を挙げるこ と力出きる。 [0133] It is preferable to select a plasticizer that can be used at room temperature, normal pressure, in a liquid state and has a boiling point of 200 ° C or higher. Specific examples of compound names include the following. Examples of the aliphatic dibasic acid ester system include dioctyl adipate (230 ° C / 76 OmmHg), dibutinorea dipate (145 ° C / 4mmHg), di-2-ethinorehexinorea dipeto (335 o G / 760mm: Hg) , Dif, Chinoresiguri Monoreji page (230 ~ 240 o G / 2 mmHg), G2 hexylhexylaselate (220 ~ 245 ° C / 4mmHg), G2-Ethylhexyl sebacate (377 ° C / 760mmHg), etc. Phthalic acid esters include, for example, jetyl phthalate (298 ° C / 760mmHg), diheptyl phthalate (235 to 245 ° C / 10mmHg), di noctino phthalate (210 ° C / 760mmHg), diisodecyl phthalate (420 ° C / 760mmHg) etc .; Polyolefins include paraffin waxes such as normal paraffin, isoparaffin, cycloparaffin (average molecular weight 330-600, melting point 45-80 ° C), liquid paraffin (JIS standard K2231ISOVG8, the same) VG15, V G3 2, VG68, VG100, etc.) Raffin pellets (melting point 56-58.C, 58-60.C, 60 ~ 62 ° C), chlorinated paraffin, low molecular weight polyethylene, low molecular weight polypropylene, low molecular weight polyisobutene, hydrogenated polybutadiene, hydrogenated polyisoprene, squalane, etc.
[0134] 可塑剤の添加量としては、可塑効果、加工適正、光学的ムラ、他の部品への汚染 などの観点から、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂に対して、 0. 5〜40. 0質量%、好ましく は 1.0質量0/。〜 30.0質量0 /0、より好ましくは 3·0%〜20·0質量0 /0である。 [0134] The plasticizer is added in an amount of 0.5 to 40.0 mass% with respect to the cyclic polyolefin-based resin from the viewpoint of plasticizing effect, processing suitability, optical unevenness, contamination of other parts, and the like. Preferably 1.0 mass 0 /. To 30.0 mass 0/0, more preferably 3 · 0% to 20 · 0 Weight 0/0.
[0135] (ドープ調製) [0135] (Dope preparation)
次に本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液(ドープ)の調製については、室温攪 拌溶解による方法、室温で攪拌してポリマーを膨潤させた後— 20°Cから— 100°Cま で冷却し再度 20°Cから 100°Cに加熱して溶解する冷却溶解法、密閉容器中で主溶 剤の沸点以上の温度にして溶解する高温溶解方法、さらには溶剤の臨界点まで高 温高圧にして溶解する方法などがある。溶解性のよ!/、ポリマーは室温溶解が好まし いが、溶解性の悪いポリマーは密閉容器中で加熱溶解することが好ましい。ジクロロ メタンを主溶剤に選んだときは、多くの環状ポリオレフインは 20°C〜; 100°Cの加熱に より溶解することが出来る。 Next, with respect to the preparation of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution (dope) of the present invention, after stirring the polymer at room temperature and swelling the polymer by cooling at room temperature, it was cooled from −20 ° C. to −100 ° C. and again. A cooling dissolution method that melts by heating from 20 ° C to 100 ° C, a high temperature dissolution method that melts at a temperature above the boiling point of the main solvent in a closed container, and a high temperature and high pressure to the critical point of the solvent. There are ways to do it. The solubility is good! / The polymer is preferably dissolved at room temperature, but the poorly soluble polymer is preferably dissolved by heating in a closed container. When dichloromethane is chosen as the main solvent, many cyclic polyolefins can be dissolved by heating from 20 ° C to 100 ° C.
[0136] 本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液の粘度は 25°Cで lPa ' s〜500Pa ' sの範 囲であることが好ましい。さらに好ましくは 5Pa ' s〜200Pa ' sの範囲である。粘度の測 定は次のようにして行った。試料溶液 lmLをレオメーター (CLS 500)に直径 4cm /2。 の Steel Cone (共に TA Instrumennts社製)を用いて測定した。試料溶液 は予め測定開始温度にて液温一定となるまで保温した後に測定を開始した。 [0136] The viscosity of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution of the present invention is preferably in the range of lPa's to 500Pa's at 25 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 Pa ′s to 200 Pa ′s. The viscosity was measured as follows. Sample solution lmL is 4cm / 2 in diameter on a rheometer (CLS 500). Steel Cone (both manufactured by TA Instrumennts). Measurement was started after the sample solution was kept warm at the measurement start temperature until the liquid temperature became constant.
[0137] 更に溶解し易くするために低い濃度で溶解してから、濃縮手段を用いて濃縮しても よい。濃縮の方法としては、特に限定するものはないが、例えば、低濃度溶液を筒体 とその内部の周方向に回転する回転羽根外周の回転軌跡との間に導くとともに、溶 液との間に温度差を与えて溶剤を蒸発させながら高濃度溶液を得る方法 (例えば、 特開平 4— 259511号公報等)、加熱した低濃度溶液をノズルから容器内に吹き込 み、溶液をノズルから容器内壁に当たるまでの間で溶剤をフラッシュ蒸発させるととも に、溶剤蒸気を容器から抜き出し、高濃度溶液を容器底から抜き出す方法 (例えば、 米国特許第 2, 541 , 012号、米国特許第 2, 858, 229号、米国特許第 4, 414, 34
1号、米国特許第 4, 504, 355号各明細書等などに記載の方法)等で実施できる。 [0137] In order to facilitate dissolution, it may be dissolved at a low concentration and then concentrated using a concentration means. The concentration method is not particularly limited. For example, a low-concentration solution is introduced between the cylinder and the rotation trajectory of the outer periphery of the rotating blade rotating in the circumferential direction, and between the solution and the solution. A method of obtaining a high-concentration solution while evaporating the solvent by giving a temperature difference (for example, JP-A-4-259511), a heated low-concentration solution is blown into the container from the nozzle, and the solution is injected from the nozzle into the container inner wall In addition, the solvent is flash-evaporated and the solvent vapor is extracted from the container and the high-concentration solution is extracted from the container bottom (for example, U.S. Pat.No. 2,541,012, U.S. Pat. 229, U.S. Pat.No. 4,414,34 1 and the methods described in US Pat. No. 4,504,355, etc.
[0138] 溶液は流延に先だって金網やネルなどの適当な濾材を用いて、未溶解物やゴミ、 不純物などの異物を濾過除去しておくのが好ましい。環状ポリオレフイン溶液の濾過 には好ましくは絶対濾過精度が 0· ; 1 m〜; 100 mのフィルターが用いられ、さらに 好ましくは絶対濾過精度が 0· 5 m〜2511 mであるフィルターが好ましく用いられる 。フィルターの厚さは、 0. lmm〜10mmが好ましく、更には 0. 2mm〜2mmが好ま しい。その場合、濾過圧力は 1. 6MPa以下、より好ましくは 1. 3MPa以下、更には 1 . OMPa以下、特に好ましくは 0. 6MPa以下で濾過することが好ましい。濾材として は、ガラス繊維、セルロース繊維、濾紙、四フッ化工チレン樹脂などのフッ素樹脂等 の従来公知である材料を好ましく用いることができ、またセラミックス、金属等も好まし く用いられる。 [0138] Prior to casting, it is preferable to filter off foreign matters such as undissolved matter, dust, and impurities using a suitable filter medium such as a wire mesh or flannel. For the filtration of the cyclic polyolefin solution, a filter with an absolute filtration accuracy of 0 ·; 1 m to 100 m is preferably used, and a filter with an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.5 to 2511 m is more preferably used. The thickness of the filter is preferably 0.1 mm to 10 mm, and more preferably 0.2 mm to 2 mm. In that case, the filtration pressure is preferably 1.6 MPa or less, more preferably 1.3 MPa or less, further 1. OMPa or less, particularly preferably 0.6 MPa or less. As the filter medium, conventionally known materials such as glass fibers, cellulose fibers, filter paper, fluororesin such as tetrafluoroethylene resin can be preferably used, and ceramics, metals and the like are also preferably used.
環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液の製膜直前の粘度は、製膜の際に流延可能な範囲 であればよぐ通常 5Pa ' s〜; lOOOPa' sの範囲に調製されることが好ましぐ 15Pa- s 〜500Pa' s力 Sより好ましく、 30Pa' s〜200Pa' s力 S更に好ましい。なお、この時の温 度はその流延時の温度であれば特に限定されないが、好ましくは 5°C〜70°Cであ り、より好ましくは 5°C〜35°Cである。 The viscosity of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution immediately before film formation should be within the range that can be cast at the time of film formation, and usually it should be adjusted within the range of 5 Pa's to lOOOPa 's. s to 500 Pa's force S is more preferable, and 30 Pa's to 200 Pa's force S is more preferable. The temperature at this time is not particularly limited as long as it is the temperature at the time of casting, but is preferably 5 ° C to 70 ° C, more preferably 5 ° C to 35 ° C.
[0139] 本発明では、粘弾性体の自己支持性を表す指標として複素弾性率を構成する貯 蔵弾性率と損失弾性率に着目した。 In the present invention, attention is paid to the storage elastic modulus and loss elastic modulus constituting the complex elastic modulus as an index representing the self-supporting property of the viscoelastic body.
貯蔵弾性率を E'、損失弾性率を E' 'とするとき、これらの対数と温度の関係が図 2 に示す関係にあることが明らかにされている。 (非特許文献:「レオロジ一光学とその 応用技術」、出版社:フジテクノシステム) When the storage modulus is E 'and the loss modulus is E' ', the relationship between these logarithms and temperature is shown in Fig. 2. (Non-patent literature: "Rheology and optics and its applied technology", Publisher: Fuji Techno System)
粘弾性体、すなわち本発明におけるフィルムが自己支持性を有するためには、流 延支持体上で溶液がゲル化することが必要条件である力 ゲル化する温度、すなわ ちゲル化点は貯蔵弾性率 E'、損失弾性率 E',の夫々の対数をとつたグラフの交点に 相当する。従って、本発明のように溶液を流延支持体に流延して製造する場合には 、流延支持体の温度を適当な温度に調節し、ドープが流延支持体上にある間にゲル 化点を迎えるよう、ドープの貯蔵弾性率 E'、損失弾性率 E' 'を予め調節しておけばよ いことになる。この関係を表したのが図 3である。
[0140] 本発明では、上記の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液は、無端支持体に流延されて 力、ら剥離されるまでの間にゲル化点 TOに到達する。このゲル化点とは、当該溶液の 貯蔵弾性率を E'、損失弾性率を E' 'としたとき、 E'と E' 'の値の大小関係が逆転する ときの温度をいう。 (第 3図参照)この粘弾性特性を満たさない場合、例えば流延され てから剥離されるまで常に E'が E' 'より小さな値を示すような場合は、得られる環状ポ リオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの面状、透明性、光学的均一性、機械的強度にムラが生 じたりし、本発明の効果を奏することができない。 In order for the viscoelastic body, i.e., the film in the present invention, to have self-supporting properties, the force that is necessary for the solution to gel on the casting support is a necessary gelling temperature, that is, the gel point is stored. This is equivalent to the intersection of the logarithm of the elastic modulus E 'and loss elastic modulus E'. Therefore, when the solution is cast on the casting support as in the present invention, the temperature of the casting support is adjusted to an appropriate temperature, and the gel is formed while the dope is on the casting support. The storage elastic modulus E ′ and loss elastic modulus E ′ ′ of the dope should be adjusted in advance to reach the turning point. Figure 3 shows this relationship. [0140] In the present invention, the cyclic polyolefin resin solution described above reaches the gel point TO before being peeled off after being cast on the endless support. This gel point is the temperature at which the magnitude relationship between the values of E 'and E''is reversed, where E' is the storage modulus of the solution and E '' is the loss modulus. (See Fig. 3) When this viscoelastic property is not satisfied, for example, when E 'is always smaller than E''from casting to peeling, the resulting cyclic polyolefin resin film is obtained. The surface shape, transparency, optical uniformity, and mechanical strength of the film are uneven, and the effects of the present invention cannot be achieved.
この粘弾性特性を付与するためには、(1)全溶媒量に対して 0. 01質量%〜2質量 %の水を混入する、(2)アルコール添加比率を最適化する、(3)高分子濃厚溶液調 整時の攪拌時間を 30分以上 5時間以内とする、等の手段が挙げられる。これらの手 段を組み合わせてよいし、単独でもよい。 In order to give this viscoelastic property, (1) 0.01% to 2% by weight of water is mixed with the total amount of solvent, (2) the alcohol addition ratio is optimized, (3) high For example, the stirring time for adjusting the concentrated molecular solution may be 30 minutes or more and 5 hours or less. These means may be combined or may be used alone.
上記(1)や(2)に記載される貧溶媒を加える際は、ゲル化が充分に起こる点や溶解 不良が発生せず、フィルム内に異物が発生して表面状態が悪化しない点から、全溶 媒質量に対し、 4%以上 20%以下であることが好ましい。また 6%以上 15%以下であ ると更に好ましい。ゲル化点については、流延開始から剥離までの間に達成すれば よいが、 40°C以上 0°C以下に設定することが望ましい。 When adding the poor solvent described in (1) or (2) above, the gelation does not occur sufficiently or the dissolution failure does not occur, the foreign matter is generated in the film and the surface condition does not deteriorate, It is preferably 4% or more and 20% or less with respect to the total amount of the dissolved medium. Further, it is more preferably 6% or more and 15% or less. The gel point may be achieved between the start of casting and peeling, but is preferably set to 40 ° C or higher and 0 ° C or lower.
[0141] 本発明で!/、う貯蔵弾性率 E'および損失弾性率 E' 'は、溶液用粘弾性測定装置 (T hysica社製、「レオメータ」)により溶液の状態で測定された値を意味する。測定はひ ずみ 0. 01、周波数 1Hzで測定温度一定で少なくとも 5分以上 40点以上測定し、各 測定点のバラツキが ± 5%以内に入るような測定条件下で測定したときの平均値を 各温度での E'、 E',として採用している。また、温度変更時には、高温側から低温側 へと変更し、各測定温度で測定系内を一定温度(平衡温度)に到達するまでに少なく とも 10分以上保持している。 [0141] In the present invention, the storage elastic modulus E ′ and the loss elastic modulus E ′ ′ are values measured in a solution state by a viscoelasticity measuring device for solution (“Rheometer”, manufactured by Thysica). means. Measurement is at a strain of 0.01, at a frequency of 1 Hz and at a constant measurement temperature for at least 5 minutes and over 40 points, and the average value when measured under measurement conditions such that the variation of each measurement point is within ± 5% It is adopted as E ', E', at each temperature. When the temperature is changed, the temperature is changed from the high temperature side to the low temperature side, and at each measurement temperature, the measurement system is held for at least 10 minutes before reaching a certain temperature (equilibrium temperature).
[0142] また本発明では、前記 E'、 E' 'の 50°C〜; 10°Cの温度依存性を E' =A * exp (— B * T)、 E' ' =C * exp (— D * T) [式中、 A〜Dは定数であり、 Tは温度(°C)である ]としたときに、 0≤D< Bの関係を満たすことが好ましい。 In the present invention, the temperature dependence of E ′ and E ′ ′ from 50 ° C. to 10 ° C. is expressed as E ′ = A * exp (—B * T), E ′ ′ = C * exp ( — D * T) [where A to D are constants and T is temperature (° C)], it is preferable to satisfy the relationship 0≤D <B.
これは、図 4に示すように、横軸を温度、縦軸を貯蔵弾性率 E'の対数および損失弹 性率 E' 'の対数としたとき、これらがリニアな関係を満たすことを計測データから読み
取ることで貯蔵弾性率 E'および損失弾性率 E' 'を夫々 E' = A * exp (— B * T)、 E' , =C * exp (— D * Τ)と表せることができたので、それらが所定の温度範囲内で交 点を持つよう、 A〜Dの値を調整するようにしたものである。 As shown in Fig. 4, the measured data indicates that the horizontal axis represents temperature and the vertical axis represents the logarithm of storage elastic modulus E 'and the logarithm of loss modulus E''satisfy a linear relationship. Read from As a result, the storage elastic modulus E 'and loss elastic modulus E''can be expressed as E' = A * exp (— B * T), E ', = C * exp (— D * Τ), respectively. The values A to D are adjusted so that they have intersections within a predetermined temperature range.
[0143] (溶液流延製膜方法) [0143] (Solution casting film forming method)
溶液流延製膜方法につ!/、ては多くの文献に記載がある。最近の溶液流延製膜法 では、ドープを支持体上へ流延してから、支持体上の成形フィルムを剥離するまでに 要する時間を短縮して、制膜工手の生産性を向上させることが課題になっている。例 えば、特公平 5— 17844号公報には、高濃度ドープを冷却ドラム上に流延することに より、流延後、剥ぎ取りまでの時間を短縮することが提案されている。本発明における 製膜では、このドラム製膜法を用いることが好ましい。以下にドラム製膜法を説明する Solution casting film forming methods are described in many literatures. In the recent solution casting film forming method, the time required from the casting of the dope onto the support to the peeling of the molded film on the support is shortened, and the productivity of the film-controlling worker is improved. Is a problem. For example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-17844 proposes shortening the time until casting after casting by casting a high-concentration dope onto a cooling drum. In film formation in the present invention, it is preferable to use this drum film formation method. The drum film forming method is explained below.
〇 Yes
[0144] 図 5は本発明に係る溶液流延製膜方法を実施するために用いられるフィルム製膜 ライン 10の概略図を示している。また、図 6及び図 7にフィルム製膜ライン 10の要部 概略図を示した。ミキンシングタンク 11内には、前述した方法で調製されたドープ 12 が仕込まれて、撹拌翼 13で撹拌されて均一になっている。ドープ 12は、ポンプ 14に より濾過装置 15に送られて不純物が除去される。その後に、一定の流量で流延室 2 0内に設置されている流延ダイ 21に送られる。流延ダイ 21は、回転ドラム 22上に配 置している。回転ドラム 22は、図示しない駆動装置により回転駆動する。回転ドラム 2 2上に流延ダイ 21からドープ 12を流延して流延ビード 23を形成する。なお、本発明 において流延ビード 23が回転ドラム 22上に着地した位置を着地線(図 6参照、なお 図は、フィルムの走行方向に対して直交方向から示しているので点で記されている) 22aと称する。流延ビード 23は、支持体である回転ドラム 22上でゲル化が進行して ゲル膜 24となる。ゲル膜 24が回転ドラム 22の走行に伴って移動すると、冷却される ことによりさらにゲル化が進行する。ゲル膜 24が剥取線(図 6参照) 22bに達すると、 剥取ローラ 25により回転ドラム 22から剥ぎ取られ、フィルム 26となる。なお、回転ドラ ム 22の回転方向と逆向きに乾燥風 19を送風機(図示しな!/、)力、ら送風すること力 Sより 好ましい。 [0144] Fig. 5 shows a schematic view of a film-forming line 10 used for carrying out the solution casting film-forming method according to the present invention. FIGS. 6 and 7 are schematic views of the main part of the film production line 10. In the mixing tank 11, the dope 12 prepared by the above-described method is charged and stirred by the stirring blade 13 to be uniform. The dope 12 is sent to the filtration device 15 by the pump 14 to remove impurities. After that, it is sent to a casting die 21 installed in the casting chamber 20 at a constant flow rate. The casting die 21 is disposed on the rotating drum 22. The rotating drum 22 is rotationally driven by a driving device (not shown). A casting bead 23 is formed by casting the dope 12 from the casting die 21 on the rotating drum 22. In the present invention, the position where the casting bead 23 has landed on the rotating drum 22 is indicated by a landing line (see FIG. 6, since the figure is shown from a direction orthogonal to the running direction of the film). Called 22a. The casting bead 23 is gelled on the rotating drum 22 as a support to become a gel film 24. When the gel film 24 moves as the rotary drum 22 travels, gelation further proceeds due to cooling. When the gel film 24 reaches the peeling line (see FIG. 6) 22b, it is peeled off from the rotating drum 22 by the peeling roller 25 to become a film 26. In addition, it is more preferable to blow the dry air 19 in the direction opposite to the rotation direction of the rotary drum 22 from the blower (not shown! /) Force and the force S.
[0145] 回転ドラム 22には、図 7に示すように支持体回転軸(以下、回転軸と称する) 40, 4
1が取り付けられ、それら回転軸 40, 41には軸受け 42, 43が取り付けられており、図 示しな!/、流延装置本体に設置されて回転駆動する。回転軸 40と回転ドラム 22と回転 軸 41とは、それら内部に媒体の流路(図示しない)が設けられている。その流路に不 凍性熱媒体である冷却用媒体 (以下、冷媒と称する) 44が冷媒供給装置 45から供給 されることにより、回転ドラム 22が冷却される。なお、本発明において回転ドラム 22の 表面温度が 10°C以下とすることが好ましぐより好ましくは 5°C以下、最も好ましくは — 20°C以下まで冷却することである。し力もながら、本発明はそれらの温度範囲に限 定されるものではない。 As shown in FIG. 7, the rotating drum 22 has a support rotating shaft (hereinafter referred to as a rotating shaft) 40, 4 1 is attached, and bearings 42 and 43 are attached to the rotary shafts 40 and 41, not shown in FIG. The rotating shaft 40, the rotating drum 22, and the rotating shaft 41 are provided with a medium flow path (not shown) therein. A cooling medium (hereinafter referred to as a refrigerant) 44 that is an antifreeze heat medium is supplied from the refrigerant supply device 45 to the flow path, whereby the rotary drum 22 is cooled. In the present invention, the surface temperature of the rotating drum 22 is preferably 10 ° C. or less, more preferably 5 ° C. or less, and most preferably −20 ° C. or less. However, the present invention is not limited to these temperature ranges.
[0146] 冷媒 44には、グリコール系冷媒,フッ素系冷媒,アルコール系冷媒などが用いられ 、最も好ましくはフロリナート (登録商標) FC— 77, HFE7100,コールドブライン (登 録商標) FP60を用いることである力 それら冷媒に限定されるものではない。また、 本発明に用いられる回転ドラムの冷却方法は、必ずしも図 7に示したように冷媒を通 液させる方法に限定されるものではなレ、。 [0146] As the refrigerant 44, a glycol refrigerant, a fluorine refrigerant, an alcohol refrigerant, or the like is used. Most preferably, Fluorinert (registered trademark) FC-77, HFE7100, cold brine (registered trademark) FP60 is used. Certain forces are not limited to those refrigerants. Further, the cooling method of the rotating drum used in the present invention is not necessarily limited to the method of passing the refrigerant as shown in FIG.
[0147] さらに、本発明に用いられる回転ドラム 22は、低温脆性材料を用いて作製されたも のを用いると低温冷却した際に、設備の衝撃、繰り返し荷重に対する体力が低下す ることを防止できるためより好ましい。具体的には、 SUS材, SLA材, STPL材などを 用いて作製されたものが好まし!/、がこれらに限定されるものではな!/、。 [0147] Furthermore, when the rotating drum 22 used in the present invention is made of a low-temperature brittle material, the physical strength against the impact of the equipment and the repeated load is prevented when cooled at a low temperature. It is more preferable because it is possible. Specifically, those made of SUS, SLA, STPL, etc. are preferred! /, But are not limited to these! /.
[0148] 図 6に示すように流延ダイ 21には、ビード背面 23b側にガス供給装置 27に接続さ れたガス管路 27aが取り付けられていることが好ましい。ビード背面 23bにガス管路 2 7aを通してガス(以下、第 1ガスとも称する) 28を送風することで、ビード背面 23bのガ ス濃度を低下させ、露点を下げることができる。これにより、回転ドラム 22の表面の結 露を防止することができ、フィルム 26の面状品質を損なうことが抑制される。さらに、 結露した回転ドラム 22表面に結露が生じている場合、ゲル膜 24を形成すると着地線 22aから剥取線 22bの間でゲル膜 24が回転ドラム 22から脱落し、連続運転に支障を きたす。本発明によれば、回転ドラム 22表面の結露を防止できるので、ゲル膜 24の 脱落も防止できる。なお、ガス 28は、窒素ガス,ヘリウムガスなど(通常、不活性ガスと 呼ばれるもの)フィルムの特性に影響を及ぼさな!/、ものを用いることが好まし!/、。 [0148] As shown in Fig. 6, the casting die 21 is preferably provided with a gas conduit 27a connected to the gas supply device 27 on the bead back surface 23b side. By blowing gas (hereinafter also referred to as the first gas) 28 through the gas pipe line 27a to the bead back surface 23b, the gas concentration on the bead back surface 23b can be lowered and the dew point can be lowered. Thereby, dew condensation on the surface of the rotating drum 22 can be prevented, and deterioration of the surface quality of the film 26 is suppressed. Furthermore, when condensation occurs on the surface of the rotating drum 22 where condensation has occurred, if the gel film 24 is formed, the gel film 24 falls from the rotating drum 22 between the landing line 22a and the stripping line 22b, which hinders continuous operation. . According to the present invention, the condensation on the surface of the rotating drum 22 can be prevented, so that the gel film 24 can be prevented from falling off. Gas 28, such as nitrogen gas or helium gas (usually called an inert gas) does not affect the characteristics of the film! /, And it is preferable to use a gas 28 /.
[0149] また、露点が回転ドラム 22の表面温度より 1°C以上低くなるようにガス 28をガス供給
装置 27で温度調整した後に送風することが好ましい。なお、回転ドラム 22表面の温 度の測定は公知の!/、ずれの装置を用いても良!/、(温度計の図示は省略してレ、る)。こ の温度差力 未満であると工程条件のわずかな変動によって、結露が発生してし まう。さらに、ガス 28の風速を 0. 5m/s以上 2m/s以下の範囲とすることが好ましい 。風速が 0. 5m/s未満では流延ビード 23近傍のガス濃度を低下させる効果が少な い。また、風速が 2m/sより大きいと流延ビード 23に風ムラが発生する場合があり、フ イルムの面状品質が低下することがある。また、第 1ガス 28の温度は、 30°C〜50°Cの 範囲であることが好ましい。し力もながら、本発明においてガス(第 1ガス)の風速,温 度は、他の実験条件を変更することにより、前述した範囲に限定されるものではない[0149] Gas 28 is supplied so that the dew point is 1 ° C or more lower than the surface temperature of the rotating drum 22. It is preferable to blow air after the temperature is adjusted by the device 27. Note that the temperature of the surface of the rotating drum 22 can be measured using a well-known! /, Or a misalignment device! / (The thermometer is not shown). Below this temperature differential force, condensation may occur due to slight variations in process conditions. Furthermore, it is preferable that the wind speed of the gas 28 is in the range of 0.5 m / s to 2 m / s. When the wind speed is less than 0.5 m / s, the effect of reducing the gas concentration near the casting bead 23 is small. If the wind speed is higher than 2 m / s, uneven wind may occur in the casting bead 23, and the surface quality of the film may deteriorate. The temperature of the first gas 28 is preferably in the range of 30 ° C to 50 ° C. However, in the present invention, the wind speed and temperature of the gas (first gas) are not limited to the above ranges by changing other experimental conditions.
〇 Yes
[0150] 回転ドラム 22表面に流延されたドープ 12は冷却ゲル化によりゲル膜 24の強度(フ イルム強度)が増加して、さらに剥ぎ取りまでの間で乾燥が促進されることによつても ゲル膜 24の強度(フィルム強度)が増加する。剥取時におけるゲル膜 24の延伸によ る応力(フィルム応力)が 45万 Pa未満では、フィルムとしての強度が不足し、剥ぎ取り に必要な自己支持性が得られない場合がある。本発明において、延伸による応力値 としては 45万 Pa以上が好ましぐより好ましくは 60万 Pa以上であり、最も好ましくは 7 5万 Pa以上である。なお本発明において、フィルムの延伸による応力値は、ロードセ ルを用いた延伸により測定した値を用いる。 [0150] The dope 12 cast on the surface of the rotating drum 22 increases the strength (film strength) of the gel film 24 by cooling gelation, and further promotes drying until stripping. However, the strength (film strength) of the gel film 24 increases. If the stress (film stress) due to stretching of the gel film 24 at the time of stripping is less than 450,000 Pa, the strength as a film is insufficient, and the self-supporting property necessary for stripping may not be obtained. In the present invention, the stress value due to stretching is preferably 450,000 Pa or more, more preferably 600,000 Pa or more, and most preferably 750,000 Pa or more. In the present invention, the value measured by stretching using a load cell is used as the stress value by stretching the film.
[0151] また、ゲル膜 24をフィルム 26として剥ぎ取る際、回転ドラム 22の周速度 (V0)と剥 取ローラ 25の周速度(VI)との速度比 V1/V0を 1 · 001≤ (V1/V0)≤1. 5の範 囲とすること力 S好ましく、より好ましくは、 1. 002≤ (V1/V0)≤1. 3であり、最も好ま しくは、 1. 005≤(V1/V0)≤1. 2の範囲にすることである。 (V1/V0)の比を前述 した範囲にすることで、フィルム 26に加わる延伸力が増加し、剥ぎ取りが安定になる。 速度比が 1. 001未満ではフィルムの延伸力が不足して、剥取線 22bが上昇し、フィ ルムを均一に剥ぎ取ることが困難になる。また、速度比が 1. 5より大きいと揮発分の 高い剥取直後のフィルム(軟膜フィルム)は急激な延伸により耳端部からの「ちぎれ」 や「ッレシヮ」といった問題が発生する場合がある。なお、本発明において速度比 (V 1/V0)は前述した範囲に限定されるものではない。
[0152] 回転ドラム 22と剥取ローラ 25とのクリアランス CIを狭くすると、延伸速度が大きくな るため、延伸力が増加して、剥ぎ取りが安定する。し力もながら、クリアランス C1が lm m未満であると、フィルムカスとレ、つた異物が挟まることでフィルムが切断してしまう場 合がある。また、クリアランス C1が 100mmより大きいとフィルムの延伸力を増加する 効果が低減し、剥ぎ取り位置が上昇し、剥取が不安定になる場合がある。そこで、本 発明において、クリアランス C 1は、 lmm≤Cl≤100mmの範囲であることが好まし いが、この範囲に限定されるものではない。なお、本発明においてクリアランス C1と は、回転ドラム 22と剥取ローラ 25とを同一面に配置したとき、それぞれの中心を結ぶ 線 aが、それぞれ外周と交わる交点の間隔を意味している。また、剥取ローラ 25は、 回転ドラム 22の基準線 (基準線とは、図示したように回転ドラムの中心から鉛直上方 の線を意味している) bと中心線 aとの角度 Dが 45° 〜; 180° が好ましく、より好ましく は 60° 〜; 120° の位置に配置されていることである。 [0151] When the gel film 24 is peeled off as the film 26, the speed ratio V1 / V0 between the peripheral speed (V0) of the rotary drum 22 and the peripheral speed (VI) of the peeling roller 25 is 1 · 001≤ (V1 /V0)≤1.5 Force to be in range S S, more preferably 1.002≤ (V1 / V0) ≤1.3, most preferably 1.005≤ (V1 / V0 ) ≤1.2. By setting the ratio of (V1 / V0) within the range described above, the stretching force applied to the film 26 is increased, and the stripping becomes stable. If the speed ratio is less than 1.001, the stretching force of the film is insufficient, the peel line 22b rises, and it becomes difficult to remove the film uniformly. On the other hand, if the speed ratio is greater than 1.5, the film (soft film) immediately after stripping with a high volatile content may cause problems such as “tear” and “stressing” from the edge of the ear due to rapid stretching. In the present invention, the speed ratio (V1 / V0) is not limited to the above-described range. [0152] If the clearance CI between the rotating drum 22 and the stripping roller 25 is narrowed, the stretching speed increases, so the stretching force increases and the stripping becomes stable. However, if the clearance C1 is less than lm m, the film may be cut due to the film debris and other foreign matter being caught. In addition, if the clearance C1 is larger than 100 mm, the effect of increasing the stretching force of the film is reduced, the stripping position is raised, and stripping may become unstable. Therefore, in the present invention, the clearance C 1 is preferably in the range of lmm ≦ Cl ≦ 100 mm, but is not limited to this range. In the present invention, the clearance C1 means the interval between the intersection points where the lines a connecting the centers of the rotary drum 22 and the peeling roller 25 intersect with the outer periphery when the rotary drum 22 and the peeling roller 25 are arranged on the same plane. Further, the peeling roller 25 has a reference line of the rotating drum 22 (the reference line means a line vertically upward from the center of the rotating drum as shown in the figure). 180 ° is preferred, more preferably 60 ° to 120 °.
[0153] 回転ドラム 22からゲル膜 24の剥ぎ取りを容易にするために、回転ドラム 22の表面 張力とドープ 12の表面張力との差力 S、 3 X 10_2 (N/m)以上であると回転ドラム 22 が溶媒で濡れに《なり、ゲル膜 24と回転ドラム 22との接触面積が少なくなる。これに より、剥ぎ取り時の剥離抵抗を低下できるため、剥ぎ取りが安定する。本発明におい て表面張力の測定方法は、公知のいずれの方法も用いることが可能である。また、本 発明にお!/、て、表面張力の差は前述したものに限定されるものではな!/、。 [0153] In order to facilitate the peeling of the gel film 24 from the rotating drum 22, the difference force between the surface tension of the rotating drum 22 and the surface tension of the dope 12 is S, 3 X 10_ 2 (N / m) or more. The rotating drum 22 becomes wet with the solvent and the contact area between the gel film 24 and the rotating drum 22 is reduced. As a result, the peeling resistance at the time of peeling can be lowered, so that the peeling is stable. In the present invention, any known method can be used for measuring the surface tension. In the present invention, the difference in surface tension is not limited to that described above! /.
[0154] 図 6に示した剥取線 22bとビード着地線 22aとの間の回転ドラム 22上にはゲル膜 2 4が存在していない。本発明では、この面を無ゲル膜面 22cと称する。前述したように 回転ドラム 22は、その内に冷媒を供給して冷却している。そのため、この無ゲル膜面 22cの表面温度が露点に達していると、この面に結露が生じる場合がある。また、回 転ドラム 22は無端で走行して!/、るため水滴や凝縮溶媒が付着して!/、る面にドープ 1 2が流延されると、製膜されるフィルムの面状の悪化を招くおそれが生じる。そこで、 前記無ゲル膜面 22cに送風機 29を用いてガス(以下、第 2ガスとも称する) 30を吹き 付け、無ゲル膜面 22cの温度を流延ビード 23近傍の露点より 1°C以上高くすることで 水滴、液化溶媒の付着を防止することができる。なお、前記ガス(第 2ガス) 30の温度 は 50°C〜; 100°C、風速は 2m/s〜; 10m/sの範囲であることが好ましいが、本発明
はそれらの範囲に限定されるものではない。 [0154] The gel film 24 does not exist on the rotating drum 22 between the stripping line 22b and the bead landing line 22a shown in FIG. In the present invention, this surface is referred to as a gel-free film surface 22c. As described above, the rotary drum 22 is cooled by supplying the refrigerant therein. Therefore, if the surface temperature of the gel-free film surface 22c reaches the dew point, condensation may occur on this surface. Also, the rotating drum 22 travels endlessly, so water drops or condensed solvent adheres to it, and when the dope 12 is cast on the surface, the surface shape of the film to be formed is reduced. May cause deterioration. Therefore, a gas (hereinafter also referred to as second gas) 30 is blown onto the gel-free film surface 22c using a blower 29, and the temperature of the gel-free film surface 22c is higher by 1 ° C or more than the dew point near the casting bead 23. By doing so, adhesion of water droplets and liquefied solvent can be prevented. The temperature of the gas (second gas) 30 is preferably in the range of 50 ° C. to 100 ° C. and the wind speed is 2 m / s to 10 m / s. Is not limited to those ranges.
[0155] 図 7に示したように回転軸 40, 41の内部にも冷媒 44が通液されている。そのため、 回転軸 40, 41及び軸受け 42, 43近傍の大気が冷却されて露点に達すると、その大 気中に含まれている水蒸気が凝縮して水滴が生じる。また、流延室 20内には、ドー プ 12から揮発した気化溶媒も含まれており、それら気化溶媒も液化して回転軸 40, 41及び軸受け 42, 43に付着する場合もある。付着が激しくなると、回転不良が生じ 、連続フィルム製膜に支障をきたすおそれもある。そこで、本発明では、回転軸 40, 4 1及び軸受け 42, 43近傍に送風機 46, 47を設けてガス(以下、第 3ガスとも称する) 48 , 49をそれぞれ回転軸 40, 41及び軸受け 42, 43に送風することで、回転軸 40, 41及び軸受け 42, 43に結露が生じることを防止することが可能となる。なお、送風す るガス 48, 49は、回転軸 40, 41近傍の温度が露点以下とならない温度であれば特 に限定されないが、具体的には 20°C〜30°Cの範囲が好ましい。また、風速は 2m/ s〜; 10m/sの範囲であることが好ましいがこの範囲に限定されるものではない。また 、本発明において送風機の実施形態は図 7に示したものに限定されない。例えば図 7では、回転軸 40, 41それぞれに送風機 46 , 47を設置している力 1台の送風機を 用いて回転軸 40, 41の両軸にガスを送風しても良い。 As shown in FIG. 7, the refrigerant 44 is also passed through the rotary shafts 40 and 41. Therefore, when the atmosphere in the vicinity of the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 43 is cooled and reaches the dew point, water vapor contained in the atmosphere is condensed and water droplets are generated. Further, the casting chamber 20 contains vaporized solvent volatilized from the dope 12, and the vaporized solvent may be liquefied and adhere to the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 43. If the adhesion becomes violent, rotation failure may occur, which may hinder continuous film formation. Therefore, in the present invention, the fans 46 and 47 are provided in the vicinity of the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 43 so that the gases (hereinafter also referred to as third gases) 48 and 49 are respectively connected to the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 42. By blowing air to 43, it is possible to prevent condensation on the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 43. The gas 48, 49 to be blown is not particularly limited as long as the temperature in the vicinity of the rotary shafts 40, 41 is not below the dew point, but specifically, a range of 20 ° C to 30 ° C is preferable. The wind speed is preferably in the range of 2 m / s to 10 m / s, but is not limited to this range. In the present invention, the embodiment of the blower is not limited to that shown in FIG. For example, in FIG. 7, gas may be blown to both shafts of the rotary shafts 40 and 41 using a single blower having the fans 46 and 47 installed on the rotary shafts 40 and 41, respectively.
[0156] 本発明に係る溶液流延製膜方法を行う際に、流延室 20内に流延ダイ 21及び回転 ドラム 22等が備えられていると、流延ビード 23にランダムな風があたる事が抑制され 、面状が均一なフィルム 26が得られるために好ましい。しかし、流延室内で結露が生 じると、ゲル膜 24表面に水滴などが付着してフィルムの表面にスジなどの欠陥が生じ るおそれもある。液体が回転軸 40, 41、軸受け 42, 43 (図 7参照)などに付着して 凝結すると、回転ドラム 24の回転数の制御が困難になる場合もある。また、全く動か なくなる場合さえある。そこで、流延室 20内に気化溶媒を凝縮して回収する回収装 置 31を備えて!/、ること力 S好ましレ、。 [0156] When the solution casting film-forming method according to the present invention is performed, if the casting die 21 and the rotating drum 22 are provided in the casting chamber 20, a random wind is applied to the casting bead 23. This is preferable because a film 26 having a uniform surface shape can be obtained. However, if condensation occurs in the casting chamber, water droplets or the like may adhere to the surface of the gel film 24, causing defects such as streaks on the surface of the film. If liquid adheres to the rotating shafts 40 and 41 and the bearings 42 and 43 (see FIG. 7) and condenses, it may be difficult to control the rotational speed of the rotating drum 24. It may even get stuck at all. Therefore, there is a recovery device 31 for condensing and recovering the vaporized solvent in the casting chamber 20!
[0157] 回収装置 31は、流延室 20内の大気に含まれている水蒸気やゲル膜 24中の溶媒 が気化した気化溶媒を凝縮させる凝縮面 31aを備えている。凝縮面 31aの温度は、ド ープ 12を構成している溶媒の種類などにより規定され特に限定されるものではない。 し力、しながら、本発明においては、フィルム 26の表面温度より 1°C以上低くすることが
好ましぐより好ましくはフィルム 26の表面温度より 1°C〜20°C低くすることが好ましい 。温度差力 °C未満であると流延している工程の条件がわずかに変動した際に、フィ ルム 26表面に水滴などの液体が付着するおそれがある。また、 20°Cより低くするとコ ストの点で不利である。なお、本発明において、フィルム表面温度とは、図 6に示した 測定点 26aの近傍に非接触式の温度計 32を用いて測定することが好ましいが、温度 測定方法はそれに限定されるものではない。また、温度計 32で測定された温度に基 づいて回収装置 31がその凝縮面 31aの温度を調整することがより好ましい。 [0157] The recovery device 31 includes a condensing surface 31a that condenses water vapor contained in the atmosphere in the casting chamber 20 and the vaporized solvent vaporized by the solvent in the gel film 24. The temperature of the condensing surface 31a is defined by the type of solvent constituting the dope 12 and is not particularly limited. However, in the present invention, the surface temperature of the film 26 may be lower by 1 ° C or more. More preferably, it is preferably 1 ° C. to 20 ° C. lower than the surface temperature of the film 26. If the temperature differential force is less than ° C, liquids such as water droplets may adhere to the surface of film 26 when the conditions of the casting process slightly change. Moreover, if it is lower than 20 ° C, it is disadvantageous in terms of cost. In the present invention, the film surface temperature is preferably measured using a non-contact thermometer 32 in the vicinity of the measurement point 26a shown in FIG. 6, but the temperature measurement method is not limited thereto. Absent. More preferably, the recovery device 31 adjusts the temperature of the condensing surface 31a based on the temperature measured by the thermometer 32.
[0158] フィルム 26を更に乾燥させるため、流延室 20の下流側にテンタ室 60と乾燥室 61と が設置されている(図 5参照)。テンタ室 60のテンタ乾燥機 62によりフィルムの幅方向 を延伸しながら乾燥すると、フィルム 26の面状を均一にするために好ましい。さらに、 多数のローラ 63が配置されている乾燥室 61にフィルム 26が送り込まれる。フィルム 2 6は、それらローラ 63に巻き力、かりながら搬送されながら乾燥される。さらに、冷却室 6 4でフィルム 26は室温程度まで冷却することが好ましい。その後に巻取機 65で巻き 取ること力 S好ましい。なお、本発明において巻き取られる前に、耳切りが行われたり、 ナーリングが付与されたりしても良い。また、本発明にかかる溶液流延製膜方法に用 いられるフィルム製膜ライン 10は、図 5ないし図 7に示したものに限定されるものでは ない。 In order to further dry the film 26, a tenter chamber 60 and a drying chamber 61 are installed on the downstream side of the casting chamber 20 (see FIG. 5). Drying while stretching the width direction of the film by the tenter dryer 62 in the tenter chamber 60 is preferable in order to make the surface shape of the film 26 uniform. Further, the film 26 is fed into the drying chamber 61 where a large number of rollers 63 are arranged. The film 26 is dried while being conveyed while being wound around the rollers 63. Further, the film 26 is preferably cooled to about room temperature in the cooling chamber 64. Then, it is preferable to wind with a winder 65 S. In addition, before winding in the present invention, the ear may be cut off or knurled. Further, the film forming line 10 used in the solution casting film forming method according to the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS.
[0159] 本発明の溶液流延製膜方法は、剥ぎ取る際のフィルム応力が大きいため 20 m〜 120 mの範囲の厚さに製膜されたフィルム(薄手のフィルム)の製膜方法に最も適 している。なお、フィルムの厚さは 20 m〜65 mがより好ましぐ最も好ましくは 20 a m〜45 a mのフィルムの製膜に、本発明の溶液流延製膜方法を適用することであ [0159] The solution casting film-forming method of the present invention is most suitable for the film-forming method of a film (thin film) formed to a thickness in the range of 20 m to 120 m because the film stress at the time of peeling is large. Is suitable. The film thickness of the film is more preferably 20 m to 65 m, and most preferably, the solution casting film forming method of the present invention is applied to film formation of a film of 20 am to 45 am.
[0160] 図 5では、 1種類のドープを単層で流延した形態を示した力 本発明は図示した形 態に限定されるものではな!/、。例えば、流延ダイの上流側にフィードブロックを取り付 け、多数のドープをそのフィードブロックに送り込み、フィードブロック内で、それらのド ープを合流させて流延する共流延法などにも適用することが可能である。また、図で は回転ドラム 22を支持体とした図示した。し力もながら、本発明は図示した形態に限 定されずに、例えば回転ローラによって無端走行する流延ベルト上にドープを流延
する溶液流延製膜方法にも適用することが可能である。 [0160] In FIG. 5, force showing a form in which one kind of dope is cast in a single layer. The present invention is not limited to the illustrated form! /. For example, a co-casting method in which a feed block is attached upstream of the casting die, a large number of dopes are fed into the feed block, and the dopes are cast together in the feed block. It is possible to apply. In the figure, the rotary drum 22 is used as a support. However, the present invention is not limited to the illustrated form. For example, the dope is cast on a casting belt that runs endlessly by a rotating roller. It can also be applied to the solution casting film forming method.
[0161] (環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの厚さ) [0161] (Thickness of cyclic polyolefin resin film)
本発明の出来上がり(乾燥後)の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの厚さは、使用 目的によって異なる力 通常 5 a m〜500 a mの範囲であり、 15 m~ 150 μ mの範 囲が好ましぐ特に液晶表示装置用には 30 m〜; 1 10 mであることが好ましレヽ。 フィルム厚さの調製は、所望の厚さおよび厚さ分布になるように、ドープ中に含まれ る固形分濃度、ダイの口金のスリット間隙、ダイからの押し出し圧力、金属支持体速 度等を調節すればよい。以上のようにして得られた環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルム の幅は 0. 5〃m〜 3m力 S好ましく、より好ましくは 0. 6〃m〜2. 5m、さらに好ましくは 0. 8〃m〜2. 2mである。長さは 1ローノレあたり 100m〜; 10000mで巻き取るのカ好 ましぐより好まし <は 500m〜7000mであり、さらに好まし <は 1000m〜6000mで ある。全幅の Re値のばらつきが ± 5nmであることが好ましぐ ± 3nmであることが更 に好ましい。また、 Rth値のバラツキは ± 10nmが好ましぐ ± 5nmであることが更に 好ましい。また、長さ方向の Re値、及び Rth値のバラツキも幅方向のバラツキの範囲 内であることが好ましい。 The thickness of the final (after drying) cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention varies depending on the intended use. Usually, it is in the range of 5 am to 500 am, and the range of 15 m to 150 μm is particularly preferred. For display devices it is preferably 30 m to 1 10 m. The film thickness is adjusted by adjusting the solid content concentration in the dope, the slit gap of the die base, the extrusion pressure from the die, the metal support speed, etc. so that the desired thickness and thickness distribution are obtained. Adjust it. The width of the cyclic polyolefin-based resin film obtained as described above is preferably 0.5 to 3 m force S, more preferably 0.6 to 2.5 m, and still more preferably 0.8 to 2 m. 2m. The length is 100 m to 1 ronole; it is more preferable to wind up at 10000 m <is 500 m to 7000 m, and more preferably <1000 m to 6000 m. The variation in the Re value of the full width is preferably ± 5 nm, and more preferably ± 3 nm. Further, the dispersion of the Rth value is preferably ± 5 nm, more preferably ± 5 nm. In addition, the variation in the Re value and the Rth value in the length direction is preferably within the range of the variation in the width direction.
[0162] (環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの光学特性) [0162] (Optical properties of cyclic polyolefin resin film)
本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの好ましい光学特性は、フィルムの用 途により異なる。偏光板保護膜用途の場合は、面内レターデーシヨン (Re)は 5nm以 下が好ましぐ 3nm以下が更に好ましい。厚さ方向レターデーシヨン(Rth)も 50nm 以下が好ましぐ 35nm以下が更に好ましぐ lOnm以下が特に好ましい。 The preferable optical properties of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention vary depending on the application of the film. In the case of a polarizing plate protective film, the in-plane letter retardation (Re) is preferably 5 nm or less, more preferably 3 nm or less. The thickness direction letter decision (Rth) is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 35 nm or less, and particularly preferably lOnm or less.
環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムを光学補償フィルム (位相差フィルム)として使用 する場合は、位相差フィルムの種類によって Reや Rthの範囲は異なり、多様なニー ズがあるが、 Onm≤Re≤100nm, 40nm≤Rth≤400nmであることが好ましい。 T Nモードなら 0nm≤Re≤20nm、 40nm≤Rth≤ 80nm, VAモードなら 20nm≤Re ≤80nm, 80nm≤Rth≤400nmがより好ましぐ特に VAモードで好ましい範囲は、 30nm≤Re≤75nm, 120nm≤Rth≤ 250nmであり、一枚の位相差膜で補償する 場合は、 50nm≤Re≤75nm, 180nm≤Rth≤ 250nm, 2枚の位相差膜で補償す る場合は、 30nm≤Re≤50nm、 80nm≤Rth≤ 140nmであることが VAモードの補
償膜の場合、黒表示時のカラーシフト、コントラストの視野角依存性の点でよりし好ま しい態様である。 When a cyclic polyolefin resin film is used as an optical compensation film (retardation film), the range of Re and Rth differs depending on the type of retardation film, and there are various needs. Onm≤Re≤100nm, 40nm≤ Rth≤400 nm is preferable. TN mode 0nm≤Re≤20nm, 40nm≤Rth≤80nm, VA mode 20nm≤Re ≤80nm, 80nm≤Rth≤400nm is more preferred Especially in VA mode, the preferred range is 30nm≤Re≤75nm, 120nm≤ Rth ≤ 250nm, 50nm≤Re≤75nm, 180nm≤Rth≤250nm when compensating with one retardation film, 30nm≤Re≤50nm, 80nm when compensating with two retardation films ≤ Rth ≤ 140 nm In the case of a compensation film, this is a more preferable aspect in terms of color shift during black display and the viewing angle dependence of contrast.
本発明の環状ポリオレフインフィルムは使用するポリマー構造、添加剤の種類及び 添加量、延伸倍率、剥離時の残留揮発分などの工程条件を適宜調節することで所 望の光学特性を実現することができる。例えば剥離時の残留揮発分を 40〜85質量 %内で調節することにより厚さ方向のレターデーシヨン Rthを 180〜300nmに幅広く 制御することも可能である。一般に剥離時の残留揮発分が多いほど、 Rthは小さくな り、剥離時の残留揮発分が少ないほど Rthは大きくなる。例えば金属支持体上での 乾燥 (片面乾燥)時間を短くし、剥離時残留揮発分を多くすることで、面配向を緩和さ せて Rthを低くすることが自在にでき、工程条件を調節することにより様々な用途に 応じた様々なレターデーシヨンを発現することが可能である。 The cyclic polyolefin film of the present invention can achieve desired optical characteristics by appropriately adjusting the process conditions such as the polymer structure to be used, the kind and amount of additives, the draw ratio, the residual volatile content at the time of peeling. . For example, by adjusting the residual volatile content at the time of peeling within 40 to 85 mass%, it is possible to widely control the thickness-direction letter Rth from 180 to 300 nm. In general, the greater the residual volatile content at the time of stripping, the smaller the Rth, and the smaller the residual volatile content at the time of stripping, the greater Rth. For example, by shortening the drying (single-sided drying) time on the metal support and increasing the residual volatile content at the time of peeling, the surface orientation can be relaxed and Rth can be freely lowered, and the process conditions are adjusted. Therefore, it is possible to express various letterings according to various applications.
本明細書において、 Re (え)、 Rth ( )は、各々、波長えにおける面内のレターデ ーシヨン、及び厚さ方向のレターデーシヨンを表す。 Re ( λ )は、 KOBRA 21ADH 又は WR (王子計測機器 (株)製)において、波長え nmの光をフィルム法線方向に入 射させて測定される。 In the present specification, Re (E) and Rth () respectively represent in-plane letter deposition at the wavelength and letter direction in the thickness direction. Re (λ) is measured with KOBRA 21ADH or WR (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments) by irradiating light with a wavelength of nm in the film normal direction.
測定されるフィルムが 1軸又は 2軸の屈折率楕円体で表されるものである場合には 、以下の方法により Rth ( )は算出される。 When the film to be measured is represented by a uniaxial or biaxial refractive index ellipsoid, Rth () is calculated by the following method.
1¾1 (ぇ)は前記1¾3 (ぇ)を、面内の遅相軸(KOBRA 21ADH又は WRにより判断 される)を傾斜軸(回転軸)として (遅相軸がない場合にはフィルム面内の任意の方向 を回転軸とする)のフィルム法線方向に対して法線方向から片側 50度まで 10度ステ ップで各々その傾斜した方向から波長え nmの光を入射させて全部で 6点測定し、そ の測定されたレターデーシヨン値と、平均屈折率の仮定値及び入力された膜厚値と を基に KOBRA 21ADH又は WRが算出する。 1¾1 (e) is the above-mentioned 1¾3 (e) with the in-plane slow axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH or WR) as the tilt axis (rotation axis) Measured at a total of 6 points by injecting light of wavelength nm from each inclined direction in steps of 10 degrees from the normal direction to 50 degrees on one side with respect to the film normal direction Then, KOBRA 21ADH or WR calculates based on the measured letter value, the assumed average refractive index, and the input film thickness.
上記において、法線方向から面内の遅相軸を回転軸として、ある傾斜角度にレター デーシヨンの値がゼロとなる方向をもつフィルムの場合には、その傾斜角度より大きい 傾斜角度でのレターデーシヨン値は、その符号を負に変更した後、 KOBRA 21 AD H又は WRが算出する。 In the above case, in the case of a film having a direction where the in-plane slow axis is the rotation axis from the normal direction and the letter value is zero at a certain tilt angle, letter data at a tilt angle larger than the tilt angle is used. The Chillon value is calculated by KOBRA 21 AD H or WR after changing the sign to negative.
なお、遅相軸を傾斜軸(回転軸)として (遅相軸がない場合には、フィルム面内の任
意の方向を回転軸とする)、任意の傾斜した 2方向からレターデーシヨン値を測定し、 その値と平均屈折率の仮定値及び入力された膜厚値を基に、以下の式 (A)及び式 ( B)より Rthを算出することもできる。 Note that the slow axis is the tilt axis (rotation axis). Measure the letter value from any two tilted directions, based on the calculated value, the assumed average refractive index, and the input film thickness. ) And equation (B) can also be used to calculate Rth.
[0164] [数 1] 式 (A) [0164] [Equation 1] Formula (A)
[0165] ただし、上記の Re ( Θ )は法線方向から角度 Θ傾斜した方向におけるレタデーショ ンィ直をあらわす。 [0165] However, the above Re (Θ) represents the direct retardation in the direction inclined by the angle Θ from the normal direction.
また、式 (A)における nxは、面内における遅相軸方向の屈折率を表し、 nyは面内 において nxに直交する方向の屈折率を表し、 nzは nx及び nyに直交する方向の屈 折率を表す。 dは厚みを表す。 In the formula (A), nx represents the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the plane, ny represents the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to nx in the plane, and nz represents the refractive index in the direction perpendicular to nx and ny. Represents the ratio. d represents thickness.
Rth = ( (nx + ny) /2 - nz) X d 式(B) Rth = ((nx + ny) / 2-nz) X d formula (B)
測定されるフィルムが 1軸や 2軸の屈折率楕円体で表現できないもの、いわゆる光 学軸(optic axis)がないフィルムの場合には、以下の方法により、 Rth ( )は算出 される。 If the film being measured cannot be represented by a uniaxial or biaxial refractive index ellipsoid, that is, a film without a so-called optic axis, Rth () is calculated by the following method.
Rth ( )は、前記 Re ( )を、面内の遅相軸(KOBRA 21ADH又は WRにより判 断される)を傾斜軸(回転軸)としてフィルム法線方向に対して一 50度から + 50度ま で 10度ステップで各々その傾斜した方向から波長え nmの光を入射させて 1 1点測 定し、その測定されたレターデーシヨン値と、平均屈折率の仮定値、及び入力された 膜厚値を基に KOBRA 21ADH又は WRが算出される。 Rth () is defined as Re (), and the in-plane slow axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH or WR) is the tilt axis (rotation axis). Until then, light of a wavelength of nm is incident from each tilted direction in 10 degree steps, and one point measurement is performed. The measured letter value, the assumed average refractive index, and the input film KOBRA 21ADH or WR is calculated based on the thickness value.
上記の測定において、平均屈折率の仮定直は、ポリマーハンドブック (JOHN WI LEY& SONS , INC)、各種光学フィルムのカタログの値を使用することができる。 また、平均屈折率の値が既知でないものについては、アッベ屈折計で測定すること できる。主な光学補償フィルムの平均屈折率の値を以下に例示する:セルロースァ
シレート(1 · 48)、シクロォレフインポリマー(1. 52)、ポリカーボネート(1 · 59)、ポリ メチルメタタリレート(1 · 49)、ポリスチレン(1. 59)である。これら平均屈折率の仮定 ィ直と膜厚を入力することで、 KOBRA 21ADH又は WRは、 nx、 ny、 nzを算出する 。この算出された nx, ny, nzより Nz = (nx— nz) / (nx— ny)カ更に算出される。 In the above measurement, the values of the polymer handbook (JOHN WI LEY & SONS, INC) and various optical film catalogs can be used as the assumption of the average refractive index. For those whose average refractive index is not known, it can be measured with an Abbe refractometer. Examples of average refractive index values of main optical compensation films are shown below: Cellulose Sylate (1 · 48), cycloolefin polymer (1.52), polycarbonate (1 · 59), polymethylmethacrylate (1 · 49), polystyrene (1.59). KOBRA 21ADH or WR calculates nx, ny, and nz by inputting these assumptions of average refractive index and film thickness. From this calculated nx, ny, nz, Nz = (nx—nz) / (nx—ny) is further calculated.
[0166] (偏光板) [0166] (Polarizing plate)
偏光板は、通常、偏光子およびその両側に配置された二枚の透明保護膜を有する 。両方または一方の透明保護膜として、本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルム を用いること力 Sできる。他方の透明保護膜は、通常のセルロースアセテートフィルム等 を用いてもよい。偏光子には、ヨウ素系偏光子、二色性染料を用いる染料系偏光子 やポリェン系偏光子がある。ヨウ素系偏光子および染料系偏光子は、一般にポリビニ ルアルコール系フィルムを用いて製造する。本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィ ルムを偏光板透明保護膜として用いる場合、フィルムは後述の如き表面処理を行い 、しかる後にフィルム処理面と偏光子を接着剤を用いて貼り合わせることが好ましい。 使用される接着剤としては、例えば、ポリビュルアルコール、ポリビュルブチラール等 のポリビュルアルコール系接着剤や、ブチルアタリレート等のビュル系ラテックス、ゼ ラチン等が挙げられる。偏光板は偏光子及びその両面を保護する透明保護膜で構 成されており、更に該偏光板の一方の面にプロテクトフィルムを、反対面にセパレート フィルムを貼合して構成される。プロテクトフィルム及びセパレートフィルムは偏光板 出荷時、製品検査時等において偏光板を保護する目的で用いられる。この場合、プ ロテクトフイルムは、偏光板の表面を保護する目的で貼合され、偏光板を液晶板へ貼 合する面の反対面側に用いられる。また、セパレートフィルムは液晶板へ貼合する接 着層をカバーする目的で用いられ、偏光板を液晶板へ貼合する面側に用いられる。 The polarizing plate usually has a polarizer and two transparent protective films disposed on both sides thereof. It is possible to use the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention as both or one transparent protective film. For the other transparent protective film, a normal cellulose acetate film or the like may be used. Polarizers include iodine-type polarizers, dye-type polarizers using dichroic dyes, and polyene-type polarizers. Iodine polarizers and dye polarizers are generally manufactured using polyvinyl alcohol films. When the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention is used as a polarizing plate transparent protective film, the film is preferably subjected to a surface treatment as described later, and then the film treated surface and a polarizer are preferably bonded using an adhesive. Examples of the adhesive to be used include polybulal alcohol-based adhesives such as polybulualcohol and polybutylbutyral, bural latex such as butyl acrylate, and gelatin. The polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and a transparent protective film that protects both sides of the polarizer, and further comprises a protective film on one surface of the polarizing plate and a separate film on the other surface. The protective film and the separate film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipment of the polarizing plate and product inspection. In this case, the protect film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used on the side opposite to the surface where the polarizing plate is bonded to the liquid crystal plate. The separate film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate, and is used on the surface side of the polarizing plate to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate.
[0167] 本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの偏光子への貼り合せ方は、偏光子の 透過軸と本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの遅相軸を一致させるように貝占 り合せること力 S好ましい。なお、偏光板クロスニコル下で作製した偏光板の評価を行つ たところ、本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの遅相軸と偏光子の吸収軸( 透過軸と直交する軸)との直交精度が 1° より大きいと、偏光板クロスニコル下での偏 光度性能が低下して光抜けが生じることがわ力、つた。この場合、液晶セルと組み合わ
せた場合に、十分な黒レベルやコントラストが得られないことになる。したがって、本 発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの主屈折率 nxの方向と偏光板の透過軸の 方向とは、そのずれが 1° 以内、好ましくは 0. 5° 以内であることが好ましい。 [0167] The method of laminating the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention to the polarizer is to force the shell to occupy the transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention. S is preferred. In addition, when the polarizing plate produced under polarizing plate crossed Nicols was evaluated, orthogonal accuracy between the slow axis of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention and the absorption axis of the polarizer (axis orthogonal to the transmission axis) If the angle is larger than 1 °, the polarization performance under the polarizing plate crossed Nicols will decrease and light leakage will occur. In this case, combined with the liquid crystal cell In such a case, a sufficient black level and contrast cannot be obtained. Therefore, it is preferable that the deviation between the direction of the main refractive index nx of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention and the direction of the transmission axis of the polarizing plate is within 1 °, preferably within 0.5 °.
偏光板の単板透過率 TT、平行透過率 ΡΤ、直交透過率 CTの測定には UV3100P C (島津製作所社製)を用いることができる。測定では、 380nm〜780nmの範囲で 測定し、単板、平行、直交透過率ともに、 10回測定の平均値を用いることができる。 偏光板耐久性試験は(1)偏光板のみと(2)偏光板をガラスに粘着剤を介して貼り 付けた、 2種類の形態で次のように行うことができる。偏光板のみの測定は、 2つの偏 光子の間に光学補償膜が挟まれるように組み合わせて直交、同じものを 2つ用意し 測定する。ガラス貼り付け状態のものはガラスの上に偏光板を光学補償膜がガラス側 にくるように貼り付けたサンプル (約 5cm X 5cm)を 2つ作成する。単板透過率測定で はこのサンプルのフィルムの側を光源に向けてセットして測定する。 2つのサンプルを それぞれ測定し、その平均値を単板の透過率とする。偏光性能の好ましい範囲とし ては単板透過率 TT、平行透過率 ΡΤ、直交透過率 CTの順でそれぞれ、 40. 5≤TT ≤45, 32≤ΡΤ≤39. 5、 CT≤1. 5であり、より好ましい範囲としては 41. 0≤TT≤ 44. 5、 34≤ΡΤ≤39. 0、 CT≤1. 3である。また偏光板耐久性試験ではその変化 量はより小さ!/、ほうが好まし!/、。 UV3100PC (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) can be used to measure the single plate transmittance TT, parallel transmittance ΡΤ, and orthogonal transmittance CT of the polarizing plate. In the measurement, measurement is performed in the range of 380 nm to 780 nm, and the average value of 10 measurements can be used for both single plate, parallel and orthogonal transmittance. The polarizing plate durability test can be carried out in the following two forms with (1) the polarizing plate alone and (2) the polarizing plate attached to the glass with an adhesive. To measure only the polarizing plate, prepare two orthogonal and the same ones in combination so that the optical compensation film is sandwiched between the two polarizers. For samples with glass attached, make two samples (approx. 5cm x 5cm) with a polarizing plate on the glass so that the optical compensation film is on the glass side. For single-plate transmittance measurement, set the film side of this sample facing the light source. Measure each of the two samples, and use the average value as the single plate transmittance. The preferred range of polarization performance is as follows: single-plate transmittance TT, parallel transmittance ΡΤ, orthogonal transmittance CT, 40.5 ≤ TT ≤ 45, 32 ≤ ΡΤ ≤ 39.5, CT ≤ 1.5 There are more preferable ranges: 41.0 ≤ TT ≤ 44.5, 34 ≤ ΡΤ ≤ 39.0, CT ≤ 1.3. In the polarizing plate durability test, the amount of change is smaller! /, More preferred! /.
(環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの表面処理) (Surface treatment of cyclic polyolefin resin film)
本発明では、偏光子と透明保護膜との接着性を改良するため、環状ポリオレフイン 系樹脂フィルムの表面を表面処理することが好ましい。表面処理については、接着 性を改善できる限りいかなる方法を利用してもよいが、好ましい表面処理としては、例 えばグロ一放電処理、紫外線照射処理、コロナ処理及び火炎処理が挙げられる。こ こでいうグロ一放電処理とは、低圧ガス下でおこる、いわゆる低温プラズマのことであ る。本発明では大気圧下でのプラズマ処理も好ましい。その他、グロ一放電処理の詳 細については、米国特許第 3462335号、米国特許第 3761299号、米国特許第 40 72769号及び英国特許第 891469号明細書に記載されている。放電雰囲気ガス組 成を放電開始後にポリエステル支持体自身が放電処理を受けることにより容器内に 発生する気体種のみにした特表昭 59— 556430号公報に記載された方法も用いら
れる。また真空グロ一放電処理する際に、フィルムの表面温度を 80°C以上 180°C以 下にして放電処理を行う特公昭 60— 16614号公報に記載された方法も適用できるIn the present invention, in order to improve the adhesion between the polarizer and the transparent protective film, the surface of the cyclic polyolefin resin film is preferably surface-treated. As the surface treatment, any method may be used as long as the adhesiveness can be improved. Preferred examples of the surface treatment include glow discharge treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, corona treatment and flame treatment. The glow discharge treatment referred to here is so-called low temperature plasma that occurs under low pressure gas. In the present invention, plasma treatment under atmospheric pressure is also preferable. The details of the glow discharge treatment are described in US Pat. No. 3,462,335, US Pat. No. 3761299, US Pat. No. 40 72769, and British Patent 891469. The method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-556430 is also used, in which the discharge atmosphere gas composition is changed to only the gas species generated in the container by the discharge treatment of the polyester support itself after the start of discharge. It is. In addition, the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-16614, in which the discharge treatment is performed with the surface temperature of the film at 80 ° C. or higher and 180 ° C. or lower during the vacuum glow discharge treatment, can also be applied.
〇 Yes
[0169] グロ一放電処理時の真空度は 0. 5Pa〜3000Paが好ましぐより好ましくは 2Pa〜 [0169] The degree of vacuum during the glow discharge treatment is preferably 0.5 Pa to 3000 Pa, more preferably 2 Pa to
300Paである。また、電圧は 500V〜5000Vの間力 ましく、より好ましくは 500V〜 3000Vである。使用する放電周波数は、直流から数千 MHz、より好ましくは 50Hz〜 20MHz、さらに好ましくは 1kHz〜; 1MHzである。放電処理強度は、 0. OlkV.A. 分/ m2〜5kV'A.分/ m2が好ましぐより好ましくは 0. 15kV'A.分/ m2〜; IkV'A '分 mである。 300Pa. The voltage is preferably between 500V and 5000V, more preferably between 500V and 3000V. The discharge frequency to be used is from DC to several thousand MHz, more preferably 50 Hz to 20 MHz, still more preferably 1 kHz to 1 MHz. Discharge treatment intensity, 0. OlkV.A. min / m 2 ~5KV'A min / m more preferably 2 preferably instrument 0. 15KV'A min / m 2 ~;. In IkV'A 'fraction m. is there.
[0170] 本発明では、表面処理として紫外線照射法を行うことも好まし!/、。例えば、特公昭 4 3— 2603号、特公昭 43— 2604号、特公昭 45— 3828号の各公報に記載の処理方 法によって行うことができる。水銀灯は石英管からなる高圧水銀灯で、紫外線の波長 力 Sl80〜380nmの間であるものが好ましい。紫外線照射の方法については、光源は 保護フィルムの表面温度が 150°C前後にまで上昇することが支持体の性能上問題な ければ、主波長が 365nmの高圧水銀灯ランプを使用することができる。低温処理が 必要とされる場合には主波長が 254nmの低圧水銀灯が好まし!/、。またオゾンレスタ イブの高圧水銀ランプ、及び低圧水銀ランプを使用する事も可能である。処理光量 に関しては処理光量が多いほど熱可塑性飽和脂環式構造含有重合体樹脂フィルム と偏光子との接着力は向上するが、光量の増加に伴い該フィルムが着色し、また脆く なるという問題が発生する。従って、 365nmを主波長とする高圧水銀ランプで、照射 光量 20mj/cm2〜; 10000mj/cm2力 Sよく、より好ましくは 50mj/cm2〜2000mj/ cm2である。 254nmを主波長とする低圧水銀ランプの場合には、照射光量 lOOmj/ cm2〜 1 OOOOmj/cm2力 Sよく、より好ましくは 300mj/cm2〜 1500mj/cm2である。 [0170] In the present invention, it is also preferable to perform an ultraviolet irradiation method as the surface treatment! For example, it can be carried out by the processing methods described in JP-B-4 3-2603, JP-B 43-2604, and JP-B 45-3828. The mercury lamp is a high-pressure mercury lamp made of a quartz tube and preferably has an ultraviolet wavelength power of Sl 80 to 380 nm. As for the method of ultraviolet irradiation, a high pressure mercury lamp with a main wavelength of 365 nm can be used if the surface temperature of the protective film rises to around 150 ° C if there is no problem in the performance of the support. If low temperature treatment is required, a low pressure mercury lamp with a dominant wavelength of 254 nm is preferred! /. It is also possible to use ozone-less high-pressure mercury lamps and low-pressure mercury lamps. Regarding the amount of processed light, the greater the amount of processed light, the better the adhesion between the thermoplastic saturated alicyclic structure-containing polymer resin film and the polarizer, but the problem is that the film becomes colored and becomes brittle as the amount of light increases. appear. Accordingly, a high pressure mercury lamp for a 365nm main wavelength, the irradiation light quantity 20mj / cm 2 ~; 10000mj / cm 2 force S may, more preferably 50mj / cm 2 ~2000mj / cm 2 . In the case of a low-pressure mercury lamp having a main wavelength of 254 nm, the irradiation light quantity lOOmj / cm 2 to 1 OOOOmj / cm 2 is good, more preferably 300 mj / cm 2 to 1500 mj / cm 2 .
[0171] さらに、本発明では表面処理としてコロナ放電処理を行うことも好ましい。例えば、 特公昭 39— 12838号、特開昭 47— 19824号、特開昭 48— 28067号、特開昭 52 — 42114号の各公報に記載等の処理方法によって行うことができる。コロナ放電処 理装置は、 Pillar社製ソリッドステートコロナ処理機、 LEPEL型表面処理機、 VETA PHON型処理機等を用いることができる。処理は空気中での常圧にて行うことができ
る。処理時の放電周波数は、 5kV〜40kV、より好ましくは 10kV〜30kVであり、波 形は交流正弦波が好ましい。電極と誘電体ロールのギャップ透明ランスは 0. lmm 〜; 10mm、より好ましくは 1. 0mm〜2. Ommである。放電は、放電帯域に設けられ た誘電サポートローラーの上方で処理し、処理量は、 0. 34kV'A'分/ m2〜0. 4k ν·Α·分/ m2、より好ましくは 0. 344kV'A'分/ m2〜0. 38kV'A'分/ m2である。 [0171] Furthermore, in the present invention, it is also preferable to perform a corona discharge treatment as the surface treatment. For example, it can be carried out by the processing methods described in JP-B-39-12838, JP-A-47-19824, JP-A-48-28067, and JP-A-52-42114. As the corona discharge treatment device, a solid state corona treatment machine manufactured by Pillar, a LEPEL type surface treatment machine, a VETA PHON type treatment machine or the like can be used. Processing can be done at normal pressure in air The The discharge frequency during the treatment is 5 kV to 40 kV, more preferably 10 kV to 30 kV, and the waveform is preferably an AC sine wave. The gap transparent lance between the electrode and the dielectric roll is 0.1 mm to 10 mm, more preferably 1.0 mm to 2. Omm. The discharge is processed above a dielectric support roller provided in the discharge zone, and the treatment amount is 0.34 kV'A 'min / m 2 to 0.4 k v · Α · min / m 2 , more preferably 0. From 344 kV'A 'min / m 2 to 0.38 kV'A' min / m 2 .
[0172] 本発明では、表面処理として火炎処理を行うことも好ましい。用いるガスは天然ガス 、液化プロパンガス、都市ガスのいずれでもかまわないが、空気との混合比が重要で ある。なぜなら、火炎処理による表面処理の効果は活性な酸素を含むプラズマによつ てもたらされると考えられるからであり、火炎の重要な性質であるプラズマの活性(温 度)と酸素がどれだけ多くあるかがポイントである。このポイントの支配因子はガス/ 酸素比であり、過不足なく反応する場合にエネルギー密度が最も高くなりプラズマの 活性が高くなる。具体的には、天然ガス/空気の好ましい混合比は容積比で 1/6〜 1/10、好ましくは 1/7〜1/9である。また、液化プロパンガス/空気の場合は 1/ 14〜; 1/22、好ましくは 1/16〜; 1/19、都市ガス/空気の場合は 1/2〜; 1/8、 好ましくは 1/3〜; 1/7である。また、火炎処理量は lkcal/m2〜50kcal/m2、より 好ましくは 3kcal/m2〜20kcal/m2の範囲で行うとよい。またバーナーの内炎の先 端とフィルムの距離は 3cm〜7cm、より好ましくは 4cm〜6cmにするとよい。パーナ 一のノズル形状は、フリンバーナー社(米国)のリボン式、ワイズ社(米国)の多穴式、 エアロジェン (英国)のリボン式、春日電機(日本)の千鳥型多穴式、小池酸素(日本) の千鳥型多穴式が好ましい。火炎処理にフィルムを支えるバックアップロールは中空 型ロールであり、冷却水を通して水冷し、常に 20°C〜50°Cの一定温度で処理するの がよい。 [0172] In the present invention, it is also preferable to perform a flame treatment as the surface treatment. The gas used may be natural gas, liquefied propane gas, or city gas, but the mixing ratio with air is important. This is because the effect of surface treatment by flame treatment is considered to be brought about by plasma containing active oxygen, and how much the activity (temperature) of plasma and oxygen are important properties of flame. The point is. The governing factor of this point is the gas / oxygen ratio. When reacting without excess or deficiency, the energy density is the highest and the plasma activity is increased. Specifically, the preferred mixing ratio of natural gas / air is 1/6 to 1/10, preferably 1/7 to 1/9 by volume. Also, for liquefied propane gas / air, 1/14 ~; 1/22, preferably 1/16 ~; 1/19, for city gas / air 1/2 ~; 1/8, preferably 1 / 3 to 1/7. Further, the flame treatment amount may be in the range of lkcal / m 2 to 50 kcal / m 2 , more preferably 3 kcal / m 2 to 20 kcal / m 2 . The distance between the tip of the burner's internal flame and the film should be 3 cm to 7 cm, more preferably 4 cm to 6 cm. PANANA Nozzle shape: Ribbon type by Flynn Burner (USA), Multi-hole type by Wise (US), Ribbon type by Aerogen (UK), Staggered multi-hole type by Kasuga Electric (Japan), Koike Oxygen (Japan) staggered multi-hole type is preferred. The backup roll that supports the film for flame treatment is a hollow roll, which should be cooled with water through cooling water and always treated at a constant temperature of 20 ° C to 50 ° C.
[0173] 表面処理の程度については、表面処理の種類、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂の種類 によって好ましい範囲も異なる力 表面処理の結果、表面処理を施された透明保護 膜の表面の純水との接触角が、 50° 未満となるのが好ましい。前記接触角は、 25° 以上 45° 未満であるのがより好ましい。透明保護膜表面の純水との接触角が上記範 囲にあると、透明保護膜と偏光子との接着強度が良好となる。 [0173] As for the degree of surface treatment, the preferred range depends on the type of surface treatment and the type of cyclic polyolefin resin. Contact angle with pure water on the surface of the transparent protective film that has been surface treated as a result of the surface treatment. Is preferably less than 50 °. The contact angle is more preferably 25 ° or more and less than 45 °. When the contact angle between the surface of the transparent protective film and pure water is within the above range, the adhesive strength between the transparent protective film and the polarizer is improved.
[0174] (接着剤)
ポリビュルアルコールからなる偏光子と、表面処理された環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂 フィルムからなる透明保護膜とを貼合する際には、水溶性ポリマーを含有する接着剤 を用いることが好ましい。前記接着剤に好ましく使用される水溶性ポリマーとしては、 N ビュルピロリドン、アタリノレ酸、メタクリノレ酸、マレイン酸、アタリノレ酸 /3—ヒドロキシ ェチル、メタクリノレ酸 /3—ヒドロキシェチル、ビュルアルコーノレ、メチルビュルエーテ ル、酢酸ビュル、アタリノレアミド、メタクリノレアミド,ジアセトンアクリルアミド、ビュルイミ ダゾールなどエチレン性不飽和モノマーを構成要素として有する単独重合体もしくは 共重合体、またポリオキシエチレン、ポリオキシプロピレン、ポリ 2—メチルォキサゾ リン、メチノレセノレロース、ヒドロキシェチノレセノレロース、ヒドロキシプロピノレセノレロースゼ ラチン、などが挙げられる。本発明では、この中でもポリビュルアルコール(PVA)及 びゼラチンが好ましい。 [0174] (Adhesive) When laminating a polarizer made of polybulal alcohol and a transparent protective film made of a surface-treated cyclic polyolefin resin film, it is preferable to use an adhesive containing a water-soluble polymer. Examples of the water-soluble polymer preferably used for the adhesive include N-Burpyrrolidone, Atalinoleic acid, Methacryloleic acid, Maleic acid, Atalinoleic acid / 3-Hydroxyethyl, Methacryloleic acid / 3-Hydroxyethyl, Bull Alconole, Methyl Bull Homopolymers or copolymers containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers such as ether, butyl acetate, attalinoleamide, methacrylolamide, diacetone acrylamide, buryumidazole, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, poly-2 —Methyloxazoline, methenoresenorelose, hydroxyethinoresenorelose, hydroxypropenoresenorelose gelatin, and the like. In the present invention, among these, polybulal alcohol (PVA) and gelatin are preferable.
[0175] 接着剤に PVAを用いる場合の好ましい PVA特性は、前述の偏光子に用いる PVA の好ましい特性と同様である。本発明では、さらに架橋剤を併用することが好ましい。 PVAを接着剤に使用する場合に好ましく併用される架橋剤は、ホウ酸、多価アルデ ヒド、多官能イソシナネート化合物、多官能エポキシ化合物等が挙げられるが、本発 明ではホウ酸が特に好ましい。接着剤にゼラチンを用いる場合、いわゆる石灰処理 ゼラチン、酸処理ゼラチン、酵素処理ゼラチン、ゼラチン誘導体及び変性ゼラチン等 を用いること力 Sできる。これらのゼラチンのうち、好ましく用いられるのは石灰処理ゼラ チン、酸処理ラチンである。接着剤にゼラチンを用いる場合に、好ましく併用される架 橋剤としては、活性ハロゲン化合物(2, 4 ジクロル 6 ヒドロキシー 1 , 3, 5 トリ アジン及びそのナトリウム塩など)及び活性ビュル化合物(1 , 3—ビスビニルスルホニ ノレ一 2—プロパノーノレ、 1 , 2—ビスビニノレスノレホニノレァセトアミド)ェタン、ビス(ビニノレ スルホニルメチル)エーテルある!/、はビニルスルホニル基を側鎖に有するビュル系ポ リマーなど)、 N 力ルバモイルピリジニゥム塩類(( 1—モルホリノカルボニル 3—ピ リジニォ)メタンスノレホナートなど)ゃハロアミジニゥム塩類(1— (1—クロ口一 1—ピリジ ノメチレン)ピロリジニゥム 2—ナフタレンスルホナートなど)等が挙げられる。本発明で は、活性ハロゲン化合物及び活性ビュル化合物が特に好ましく使用される。 [0175] The preferable PVA characteristics when PVA is used for the adhesive are the same as the preferable characteristics of the PVA used for the polarizer described above. In the present invention, it is preferable to use a crosslinking agent in combination. Examples of the cross-linking agent that is preferably used in combination with PVA as an adhesive include boric acid, polyhydric aldehyde, polyfunctional isocyanate compound, polyfunctional epoxy compound, and the like, but boric acid is particularly preferred in the present invention. When gelatin is used for the adhesive, so-called lime-processed gelatin, acid-processed gelatin, enzyme-processed gelatin, gelatin derivatives and modified gelatin can be used. Of these gelatins, lime-processed gelatin and acid-processed latin are preferably used. When gelatin is used as the adhesive, the preferred bridging agent is an active halogen compound (2, 4 dichloro 6 hydroxy-1, 3, 5 triazine and its sodium salt) and an active bur compound (1, 3). —Bisvinylsulfonanol 1-propanol, 1,2-bisvininolesnorephoninoacetamido) ethane, bis (vininole sulfonylmethyl) ether! / Is a bur system having a vinylsulfonyl group in the side chain Polymers), N-strength rubamoylpyridinium salts (such as (1—morpholinocarbonyl 3-pyridinio) methanesulphonate) and haloamidinium salts (1- (1-crodione 1-pyridinomethylene) pyrrolidinium 2 —Naphthalene sulfonate, etc.). In the present invention, active halogen compounds and active bur compounds are particularly preferably used.
[0176] 上述の架橋剤を併用する場合の架橋剤の好ましい添加量は、接着剤中の水溶性
ポリマーに対し、 0. 1質量%以上、 40質量%未満であり、さらに好ましくは、 0. 5質 量%以上、 30質量%未満である。透明保護膜もしくは偏光子の少なくとも一方の表 面に接着剤を塗布して、接着剤層を形成して、貼合するのが好ましぐ透明保護膜の 表面処理面に接着剤を塗布して、接着剤層を形成し、偏光子の表面に貼合するの が好ましい。接着剤層厚みは、乾燥後に 0· 01 111〜5 111カ 子ましく、 0· 05 ^ m- 3〃 mが特に好ましい。 [0176] When the above-mentioned crosslinking agent is used in combination, the preferred addition amount of the crosslinking agent is water solubility in the adhesive. It is 0.1% by mass or more and less than 40% by mass, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more and less than 30% by mass with respect to the polymer. Apply an adhesive to at least one surface of the transparent protective film or polarizer to form an adhesive layer, and then apply the adhesive to the surface treatment surface of the transparent protective film It is preferable to form an adhesive layer and bond it to the surface of the polarizer. The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably from 0 · 01 111 to 5 111 m after drying, and particularly preferably 0 · 05 ^ m−3〃m.
[0177] (反射防止層) [0177] (Antireflection layer)
偏光板の、液晶セルと反対側に配置される透明保護膜には反射防止層などの機 能性膜を設けることが好ましい。本発明では、本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィ ルムに、該機能性膜を形成し、光学フィルムとし、これを偏光板に用いることもできる。 特に、本発明では透明保護膜上に少なくとも光散乱層と低屈折率層がこの順で積 層した反射防止層または透明保護膜上に中屈折率層、高屈折率層、低屈折率層が この順で積層した反射防止層が好適に用いられる。以下にそれらの好ましい例を記 載する。反射防止層は、本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムに設けてもよい し、本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルム以外の透明保護膜に設けてもよい。 It is preferable to provide a functional film such as an antireflection layer on the transparent protective film disposed on the opposite side of the polarizing plate from the liquid crystal cell. In the present invention, the functional film is formed on the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention to form an optical film, which can be used as a polarizing plate. In particular, in the present invention, at least a light scattering layer and a low refractive index layer are stacked in this order on the transparent protective film, or a medium refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer are formed on the transparent protective film. An antireflection layer laminated in this order is preferably used. Preferred examples are described below. The antireflection layer may be provided on the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention, or may be provided on a transparent protective film other than the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention.
[0178] 透明保護膜上に光散乱層と低屈折率層を設けた反射防止層の好ましい例につい て述べる。光散乱層にはマット粒子が分散しているのが好ましぐ光散乱層のマット粒 子以外の部分の素材の屈折率は 1. 50-2. 00の範囲にあることが好ましぐ低屈折 率層の屈折率は 1. 35〜; 1. 49の範囲にあることが好ましい。光散乱層は、防眩性と ハードコート性を兼ね備えていてもよぐ 1層でもよいし、複数層、例えば 2層〜 4層で 構成されていてもよい。 [0178] A preferred example of an antireflection layer in which a light scattering layer and a low refractive index layer are provided on a transparent protective film will be described. It is preferable that the matte particles are dispersed in the light scattering layer. The refractive index of the material other than the mat particles in the light scattering layer is preferably in the range of 1.50 to 2.00. The refractive index of the refractive index layer is preferably in the range of 1.35 to; 1.49. The light scattering layer may have both antiglare properties and hard coat properties, or may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers, for example, 2 to 4 layers.
[0179] 反射防止層は、その表面凹凸形状として、中心線平均粗さ Raが 0. 08〜0. 40 μ m、 10点平均粗さ Rzが Raの 10倍以下、平均山谷距離 Smが 1〜; 100 m、凹凸最 深部からの凸部高さの標準偏差が 0. 5 111以下、中心線を基準とした平均山谷距 離 Smの標準偏差が 20 m以下、傾斜角 0〜5度の面が 10%以上となるように設計 することで、十分な防眩性と目視での均一なマット感が達成され、好ましい。 [0179] The antireflection layer has an uneven surface shape, centerline average roughness Ra is 0.08 to 0.40 μm, 10-point average roughness Rz is less than 10 times Ra, and average mountain valley distance Sm is 1 ~; 100 m, the standard deviation of the height of the convex part from the deepest part of the concavo-convex is 0.5 111 or less, the standard deviation of the average mountain valley distance Sm based on the center line is 20 m or less, and the inclination angle is 0-5 Designing the surface to be 10% or more is preferable because sufficient antiglare property and visual uniform mat feeling can be achieved.
また、 C光源下での反射光の色味が a*値 2〜2、 b*値 3〜3、 380nm〜780n mの範囲内での反射率の最小値と最大値の比 0. 5〜0. 99であることで、反射光の
色味がニュートラルとなり、好ましい。また C光源下での透過光の b*値が 0〜3とするこ とで、表示装置に適用した際の白表示の黄色味が低減され、好ましい。 Also, the ratio of the minimum and maximum reflectances within the range of a * value 2 to 2, b * value 3 to 3, and 380 nm to 780 nm, under the light source C. By being 0.9, the reflected light The color becomes neutral, which is preferable. In addition, it is preferable that the b * value of the transmitted light under the C light source is 0 to 3 because the yellow color of white display when applied to a display device is reduced.
また、面光源上と本発明の反射防止フィルムの間に 120〃111 X 40〃mの格子を揷 入してフィルム上で輝度分布を測定した際の輝度分布の標準偏差が 20以下であると 、高精細パネルに本発明のフィルムを適用したときのギラツキが低減され、好ましい。 The standard deviation of the luminance distribution when the luminance distribution is measured on the film by inserting a grid of 120 mm × 111 mm × 40 mm between the surface light source and the antireflection film of the present invention is 20 or less. The glare when the film of the present invention is applied to a high-definition panel is preferably reduced.
[0180] 反射防止層は、その光学特性として、鏡面反射率 2. 5%以下、透過率 90%以上、 60度光沢度 70%以下とすることで、外光の反射を抑制でき、視認性が向上するため 好ましい。特に鏡面反射率は 1 %以下がより好ましぐ 0. 5%以下であることが最も好 ましい。ヘイズ 20%〜50%、内部ヘイズ/全ヘイズ値(比)が 0. 3〜; 1、光散乱層ま でのヘイズ値から低屈折率層を形成後のヘイズ値の低下が 15%以内、くし幅 0. 5m mにおける透過像鮮明度 20%〜50%、垂直透過光/垂直から 2度傾斜方向の透過 率比が 1. 5〜5. 0とすることで、高精細 LCDパネル上でのギラツキ防止、文字等の ボケの低減が達成され、好ましい。 [0180] The optical properties of the antireflection layer are such that the specular reflectance is 2.5% or less, the transmittance is 90% or more, and the 60 ° glossiness is 70% or less. Is preferable. In particular, the specular reflectance is more preferably 1% or less, and most preferably 0.5% or less. Haze 20% ~ 50%, internal haze / total haze value (ratio) is 0.3 ~; 1, haze value after formation of low refractive index layer from haze value to light scattering layer within 15%, On a high-definition LCD panel, the transmission image clarity is 20% to 50% at a comb width of 0.5 mm, and the transmittance ratio of the vertical transmitted light / at 2 degrees from the vertical is 1.5 to 5.0. This is preferable because it prevents glare and reduces blurring of characters.
[0181] (低屈折率層) [0181] (Low refractive index layer)
反射防止フィルムの低屈折率層の屈折率は、 1. 20〜; 1. 49が好ましぐより好まし くは 1. 30〜; 1. 44の範囲にある。さらに、低屈折率層は下記数式を満たすことが低 反射率化の点で好ましい。 The refractive index of the low refractive index layer of the antireflective film is in the range of 1.20 to; 1.49 is more preferred than 1.30 to 1.44. Further, the low refractive index layer preferably satisfies the following mathematical formula from the viewpoint of low reflectance.
( /4) Χ 0. 7 < nldl < (m l /4) X I . 3 (/ 4) Χ 0.7 <nldl <(m l / 4) X I. 3
式中、 mは正の奇数であり、 nlは低屈折率層の屈折率であり、そして、 dlは低屈折 率層の膜厚(nm)である。また、 λは波長であり、 500nm〜550nmの範囲の値であ Where m is a positive odd number, nl is the refractive index of the low refractive index layer, and dl is the film thickness (nm) of the low refractive index layer. In addition, λ is a wavelength, which is a value in the range of 500 nm to 550 nm.
[0182] 低屈折率層を形成する素材につ!/、て以下に説明する。 [0182] The material for forming the low refractive index layer is described below.
低屈折率層には、低屈折率バインダーとして、含フッ素ポリマーを含むことが好まし い。フッ素ポリマーとしては動摩擦係数 0. 03-0. 20、水に対する接触角 90° 〜; 12 0° 、純水の滑落角が 70° 以下の熱または電離放射線により架橋する含フッ素ポリ マーが好ましい。本発明の光学フィルムを画像表示装置に装着した時、市販の接着 テープとの剥離力が低いほどシールやメモを貼り付けた後に剥がれ易くなり好ましく 、 500gf以下が好ましぐ 300gf以下がより好ましぐ lOOgf以下が最も好ましい。また
、微小硬度計で測定した表面硬度が高いほど、傷がつき難ぐ 0. 3GPa以上が好ま しぐ 0. 5GPa以上がより好ましい。 The low refractive index layer preferably contains a fluorine-containing polymer as a low refractive index binder. The fluorine polymer is preferably a fluorine-containing polymer which is crosslinked by heat or ionizing radiation having a coefficient of dynamic friction of 0.03-0.20, a contact angle with water of 90 ° to 120 °, and a sliding angle of pure water of 70 ° or less. When the optical film of the present invention is mounted on an image display device, the lower the peel strength from a commercially available adhesive tape, the easier it is to peel off after sticking a sticker or memo, preferably 500 gf or less, more preferably 300 gf or less. Most preferred is less than lOOgf. Also The higher the surface hardness measured with a microhardness meter, the harder it is to scratch, preferably 0.3 GPa or more, more preferably 0.5 GPa or more.
[0183] 低屈折率層に用いられる含フッ素ポリマーとしてはパーフルォロアルキル基含有シ ラン化合物(例えば (ヘプタデカフルオロー 1 , 1 , 2, 2—テトラヒドロデシル)トリェトキ シシラン)の加水分解、脱水縮合物の他、含フッ素モノマー単位と架橋反応性付与の ための構成単位を構成成分とする含フッ素共重合体が挙げられる。 [0183] Hydrofluoric polymers used in the low refractive index layer include hydrolysis of perfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compounds (for example, (heptadecafluoro-1,1,2,2-tetrahydrodecyl) triethoxysilane). In addition to the dehydration condensate, there may be mentioned a fluorine-containing copolymer having a fluorine-containing monomer unit and a structural unit for imparting crosslinking reactivity as constituent components.
[0184] 含フッ素モノマーの具体例としては、例えばフルォロォレフイン類(例えばフルォロ エチレン、ビニリデンフルオライド、テトラフルォロエチレン、パーフルォロォクチルェ チレン、へキサフルォロプロピレン、パーフルオロー 2, 2—ジメチルー 1 , 3—ジォキ ソール等)、 (メタ)アクリル酸の部分または完全フッ素化アルキルエステル誘導体類( 例えばビスコート 6FM (大阪有機化学製)や M— 2020 (ダイキン製)等)、完全また は部分フッ素化ビュルエーテル類等が挙げられる力 s、好ましくはパーフルォロォレフ イン類であり、屈折率、溶解性、透明性、入手性等の観点から特に好ましくはへキサ [0184] Specific examples of the fluorine-containing monomer include, for example, fluoroolefins (for example, fluoroethylene, vinylidene fluoride, tetrafluoroethylene, perfluorooctylethylene, hexafluoropropylene, perfluoroethylene). 2, 2-dimethyl-1,3-dioxole, etc.), (meth) acrylic acid partial or fully fluorinated alkyl ester derivatives (for example, Biscoat 6FM (Osaka Organic Chemical) and M-2020 (Daikin)), complete or force as the partially fluorinated Bulle ethers s, preferably per full O Roo reflex ynes, refractive index, solubility, transparency, hexa to particularly preferred in view of availability and the like
[0185] 架橋反応性付与のための構成単位としてはグリシジル (メタ)アタリレート、グリシジ ルビニルエーテルのように分子内にあらかじめ自己架橋性官能基を有するモノマー の重合によって得られる構成単位、カルボキシル基ゃヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、スルホ 基等を有するモノマー(例えば (メタ)アクリル酸、メチロール (メタ)アタリレート、ヒドロ
ァリノレアタリレート. ヒドロキシェチノレビニノレエーテノレ[0185] As structural units for imparting crosslinking reactivity, structural units obtained by polymerization of monomers having a self-crosslinkable functional group in the molecule in advance such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and glycidyl vinyl ether, carboxyl groups Monomers having a hydroxy group, amino group, sulfo group, etc. (eg (meth) acrylic acid, methylol (meth) acrylate, hydro Alinorea Talelate.
、ヒドロキシブチルビュルエーテル、マレイン酸、クロトン酸等)の重合によって得られ る構成単位、これらの構成単位に高分子反応によって (メタ)アクリルロイル基等の架 橋反応性基を導入した構成単位 (例えばヒドロキシ基に対してアクリル酸クロリドを作 用させる等の手法で導入できる)が挙げられる。 , Hydroxybutyl butyl ether, maleic acid, crotonic acid, etc.), and structural units obtained by introducing a bridge reactive group such as (meth) acryloyl group into these structural units by polymer reaction ( For example, it can be introduced by a technique such as making acrylic acid chloride on the hydroxy group).
[0186] また上記含フッ素モノマー単位、架橋反応性付与のための構成単位以外に溶剤へ の溶解性、皮膜の透明性等の観点から適宜フッ素原子を含有しな!/、モノマーを共重 合することもできる。併用可能なモノマー単位には特に限定はなぐ例えばォレフィン 類(エチレン、プロピレン、イソプレン、塩化ビュル、塩化ビニリデン等)、アクリル酸ェ ステル類(アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸ェチル、アクリル酸 2—ェチ
ルへキシル)、メタクリル酸エステル類(メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸ェチル、メタク リル酸ブチル、エチレングリコールジメタタリレート等)、スチレン誘導体(スチレン、ジ ビュルベンゼン、ビュルトルエン、 α—メチルスチレン等)、ビュルエーテル類(メチル ビニノレエーテノレ、ェチノレビニノレエーテノレ、シクロへキシノレビニノレエーテノレ等)、ビニ ルエステル類(酢酸ビュル、プロピオン酸ビュル、桂皮酸ビュル等)、アクリルアミド類 (N— tert—ブチルアクリルアミド、 N—シクロへキシルアクリルアミド等)、メタタリルァ ミド類、アクリロニトリル誘導体等を挙げることができる。上記のポリマーに対しては特 開平 10— 25388号および特開平 10— 147739号各公報に記載のごとく適宜硬化 剤を併用しても良い。 [0186] In addition to the above-mentioned fluorine-containing monomer units and structural units for imparting crosslinking reactivity, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent, transparency of the film, etc., fluorine atoms should not be appropriately contained! / You can also There are no particular limitations on the monomer units that can be used in combination, such as olefins (ethylene, propylene, isoprene, butyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, etc.), acrylate esters (methyl acrylate, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, acrylic acid 2) — Ruhexyl), methacrylic acid esters (methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate), styrene derivatives (styrene, dibutylbenzene, butyltoluene, α-methylstyrene, etc.), Butyl ethers (such as methyl vinylenoatenore, ethinolevinoleatenore, cyclohexenolevininoreatenore), vinyl esters (such as butylacetate, butyrate propionate and butyrate), acrylamides (N-tert) -Butylacrylamide, N-cyclohexylacrylamide, etc.), metharylamides, acrylonitrile derivatives and the like. As described in JP-A-10-25388 and JP-A-10-147739, a curing agent may be appropriately used in combination with the above polymer.
[0187] (光散乱層) [0187] (Light scattering layer)
光散乱層は、一般に表面散乱および/または内部散乱による光拡散性と、フィノレ ムの耐擦傷性を向上するためのハードコート性をフィルムに寄与する目的で形成され る。従って、一般にハードコート性を付与するためのバインダー、光拡散性を付与す るためのマット粒子、および必要に応じて高屈折率化、架橋収縮防止、高強度化の ための無機フィラーを含んで形成される。光散乱層の膜厚は、ハードコート性を付与 する観点並びにカールの発生及び脆性の悪化の抑制の観点から、 1 a m〜; 10 m が好ましぐ 1. 2 111〜6 111カょり好ましぃ。 The light scattering layer is generally formed for the purpose of contributing to the film a light diffusibility due to surface scattering and / or internal scattering and a hard coat property for improving the scratch resistance of the finer. Therefore, it generally contains a binder for imparting hard coat properties, mat particles for imparting light diffusibility, and inorganic fillers for increasing the refractive index, preventing crosslinking shrinkage, and increasing the strength as necessary. It is formed. The thickness of the light scattering layer is preferably from 1 am to 10 m from the viewpoint of imparting hard coat properties and suppressing the occurrence of curling and brittleness. Masi.
[0188] 光散乱層のバインダーとしては、飽和炭化水素鎖またはポリエーテル鎖を主鎖とし て有するポリマーであることが好ましぐ飽和炭化水素鎖を主鎖として有するポリマー であることがさらに好ましい。また、バインダーポリマーは架橋構造を有することが好ま しい。飽和炭化水素鎖を主鎖として有するバインダーポリマーとしては、エチレン性 不飽和モノマーの重合体が好ましい。飽和炭化水素鎖を主鎖として有し、かつ架橋 構造を有するバインダーポリマーとしては、二個以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有する モノマーの(共)重合体が好ましい。ノ^ンダ一ポリマーを高屈折率にするには、この モノマーの構造中に芳香族環や、フッ素以外のハロゲン原子、硫黄原子、リン原子、 及び窒素原子から選ばれた少なくとも 1種の原子を含むものを選択することもできる。 [0188] The binder of the light scattering layer is more preferably a polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon chain as the main chain, preferably a polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon chain or a polyether chain as the main chain. The binder polymer preferably has a crosslinked structure. As the binder polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon chain as a main chain, a polymer of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferable. As the binder polymer having a saturated hydrocarbon chain as a main chain and a crosslinked structure, a (co) polymer of monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups is preferable. In order to increase the refractive index of the non-polymer, at least one atom selected from an aromatic ring, a halogen atom other than fluorine, a sulfur atom, a phosphorus atom, and a nitrogen atom is included in the monomer structure. You can also choose to include.
[0189] 二個以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマーとしては、多価アルコールと(メタ )アクリル酸とのエステル(例、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アタリレート、ブタンジォー
ルジ(メタ)アタリレート、へキサンジオールジ(メタ)アタリレート、 1 , 4ーシクロへキサン ジアタリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アタリレート)、ペンタエリスリトールトリ ( メタ)アタリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アタリレート、トリメチロールェタントリ (メタ)アタリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アタリレート、ジペンタエリスリト 一ルペンタ(メタ)アタリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールへキサ(メタ)アタリレート、ペンタ エリスリトールへキサ(メタ)アタリレート、 1 , 2, 3—シクロへキサンテトラメタタリレート、 ポリウレタンポリアタリレート、ポリエステルポリアタリレート)、上記のエチレンォキサイ ド変性体、ビュルベンゼンおよびその誘導体(例、 1 , 4ージビュルベンゼン、 4ービニ ル安息香酸 2—アタリロイルェチルエステル、 1 , 4ージビュルシクロへキサノン)、 ビニルスルホン(例、ジビニルスルホン)、アクリルアミド(例、メチレンビスアクリルアミド )およびメタクリルアミドが挙げられる。上記モノマーは 2種以上併用してもよい。 [0189] Monomers having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups include esters of polyhydric alcohols and (meth) acrylic acid (eg, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, butanediol). Rudi (meth) acrylate, hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexane diathalate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, trimethylol propane tri (meta) ) Atarylate, trimethylol ethanetri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol monopenta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hex (meth) acrylate, penta erythritol Hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,2,3-cyclohexanetetramethacrylate, polyurethane polyacrylate, polyester polyacrylate, and modified ethylene oxide, butylbenzene and its derivatives (eg, 1,4-dibuluenebenzene, 4-vinylbenzoic acid 2-atarylloethyl ester, 1,4-dibulucyclohexanone, vinylsulfone (eg, divinylsulfone), acrylamide (eg, methylenebisacrylamide) and methacrylamide Can be mentioned. Two or more of these monomers may be used in combination.
[0190] 高屈折率モノマーの具体例としては、ビス(4ーメタクリロイルチオフエニル)スルフィ ド、ビュルナフタレン、ビュルフエニルスルフイド、 4ーメタクリロキシフエ二ルー 4'ーメト キシフエ二ルチオエーテル等が挙げられる。これらのモノマーも 2種以上併用してもよ い。 [0190] Specific examples of the high refractive index monomer include bis (4-methacryloylthiophenenyl) sulfide, urnaphthalene, burenylsulfide, 4-methacryloxyphenyl 4'-methoxyphenylthioether, and the like. Can be mentioned. Two or more of these monomers may be used in combination.
[0191] これらのエチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマーの重合は、光ラジカル開始剤あるい は熱ラジカル開始剤の存在下、電離放射線の照射または加熱により行うことができる [0191] Polymerization of the monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group can be carried out by irradiation with ionizing radiation or heating in the presence of a photo radical initiator or a thermal radical initiator.
〇 Yes
従って、エチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマー、光ラジカル開始剤あるいは熱ラジ カル開始剤、マット粒子および無機フィラーを含有する塗液を調製し、該塗液を透明 支持体上に塗布後電離放射線または熱による重合反応により硬化して反射防止膜 を形成すること力できる。これらの光ラジカル開始剤等は公知のものを使用することが できる。 Accordingly, a coating liquid containing a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group, a photo radical initiator or a thermal radical initiator, mat particles, and an inorganic filler is prepared, and the coating liquid is applied on a transparent support after ionizing radiation or It can be hardened by a polymerization reaction by heat to form an antireflection film. As these photo radical initiators, known ones can be used.
[0192] ポリエーテルを主鎖として有するポリマーは、多官能ェポシキシ化合物の開環重合 体が好ましい。多官能ェポシキ化合物の開環重合は、光酸発生剤あるいは熱酸発 生剤の存在下、電離放射線の照射または加熱により行うことができる。 [0192] The polymer having a polyether as the main chain is preferably a ring-opening polymer of a polyfunctional epoxy compound. The ring-opening polymerization of the polyfunctional epoxy compound can be performed by irradiation with ionizing radiation or heating in the presence of a photoacid generator or a thermal acid generator.
従って、多官能ェポシキシ化合物、光酸発生剤あるいは熱酸発生剤、マット粒子お よび無機フィラーを含有する塗液を調製し、該塗液を透明支持体上に塗布後電離放
射線または熱による重合反応により硬化して反射防止膜を形成することができる。 Therefore, a coating liquid containing a polyfunctional epoxy compound, a photoacid generator or a thermal acid generator, matte particles and an inorganic filler is prepared, and the coating liquid is applied on a transparent support and then ionized. The antireflection film can be formed by curing by a polymerization reaction by radiation or heat.
[0193] 二個以上のエチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマーの代わりにまたはそれに加えて、 架橋性官能基を有するモノマーを用いてポリマー中に架橋性官能基を導入し、この 架橋性官能基の反応により、架橋構造をバインダーポリマーに導入してもよい。 架橋性官能基の例には、イソシアナ一ト基、エポキシ基、アジリジン基、ォキサゾリ ン基、アルデヒド基、カルボニル基、ヒドラジン基、カルボキシル基、メチロール基およ び活性メチレン基が含まれる。ビニルスルホン酸、酸無水物、シァノアクリレート誘導 体、メラミン、エーテル化メチロール、エステルおよびウレタン、テトラメトキシシランの ような金属アルコキシドも、架橋構造を導入するためのモノマーとして利用できる。ブ ロックイソシアナート基のように、分解反応の結果として架橋性を示す官能基を用い てもよい。すなわち、本発明において架橋性官能基は、すぐには反応を示すもので はなくとも、分解した結果反応性を示すものであってもよい。 [0193] Instead of or in addition to the monomer having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups, a monomer having a crosslinkable functional group is used to introduce a crosslinkable functional group into the polymer, and A cross-linked structure may be introduced into the binder polymer by reaction. Examples of crosslinkable functional groups include isocyanato groups, epoxy groups, aziridine groups, oxazoline groups, aldehyde groups, carbonyl groups, hydrazine groups, carboxyl groups, methylol groups and active methylene groups. Vinylsulfonic acid, acid anhydride, cyanoacrylate derivative, melamine, etherified methylol, ester and urethane, and metal alkoxide such as tetramethoxysilane can also be used as a monomer for introducing a crosslinked structure. A functional group that exhibits crosslinkability as a result of the decomposition reaction, such as a block isocyanate group, may be used. That is, in the present invention, the crosslinkable functional group may not react immediately but may exhibit reactivity as a result of decomposition.
これら架橋性官能基を有するバインダーポリマーは塗布後、加熱することによって 架橋構造を形成することができる。 These binder polymers having a crosslinkable functional group can form a crosslinked structure by heating after coating.
[0194] 光散乱層には、防眩性付与の目的で、フィラー粒子より大きぐ平均粒径が 1 a m 〜; 10 m、好ましくは 1. 5 ^ 111—7. 0 mのマット粒子、例えば無機化合物の粒子 または樹脂粒子が含有されることが好まし!/、。 [0194] For the purpose of imparting antiglare properties, the light scattering layer has an average particle size larger than that of the filler particles from 1 am to 10 m, preferably 1.5 ^ 111-7.0 m, for example, It is preferable to contain inorganic compound particles or resin particles!
上記マット粒子の具体例としては、例えばシリカ粒子、 TiO粒子等の無機化合物の 粒子;アクリル粒子、架橋アクリル粒子、ポリスチレン粒子、架橋スチレン粒子、メラミ ン樹脂粒子、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂粒子等の樹脂粒子が好ましく挙げられる。なかで も架橋スチレン粒子、架橋アクリル粒子、架橋アクリルスチレン粒子、シリカ粒子が好 ましい。マット粒子の形状は、球状あるいは不定形のいずれも使用できる。 Specific examples of the mat particles include particles of inorganic compounds such as silica particles and TiO particles; resin particles such as acrylic particles, crosslinked acrylic particles, polystyrene particles, crosslinked styrene particles, melamine resin particles, and benzoguanamine resin particles are preferable. Can be mentioned. Of these, crosslinked styrene particles, crosslinked acrylic particles, crosslinked acrylic styrene particles, and silica particles are preferred. The shape of the mat particles can be either spherical or irregular.
[0195] また、粒子径の異なる 2種以上のマット粒子を併用して用いてもよい。より大きな粒 子径のマット粒子で防眩性を付与し、より小さな粒子径のマット粒子で別の光学特性 を付与することが可能である。 [0195] Two or more kinds of mat particles having different particle diameters may be used in combination. Anti-glare properties can be imparted with mat particles having a larger particle size, and different optical characteristics can be imparted with mat particles having a smaller particle size.
[0196] さらに、上記マット粒子の粒子径分布としては単分散であることが最も好ましぐ各 粒子の粒子径は、それぞれ同一に近ければ近いほど良い。例えば平均粒子径よりも 20%以上粒子径が大きな粒子を粗大粒子と規定した場合には、この粗大粒子の割
合は全粒子数の 1 %以下であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 0. 1%以下であり、さら に好ましくは 0. 01 %以下である。このような粒子径分布を持つマット粒子は通常の 合成反応後に、分級によって得られ、分級の回数を上げることやその程度を強くする ことにより、より好ましい分布の微粒子を得ることができる。 [0196] Further, as the particle size distribution of the mat particles, it is more preferable that the particle sizes of the particles most preferably monodisperse are closer to each other. For example, when a particle having a particle size 20% or more larger than the average particle size is defined as a coarse particle, the coarse particle The total content is preferably 1% or less of the total number of particles, more preferably 0.1% or less, and still more preferably 0.01% or less. Matt particles having such a particle size distribution are obtained by classification after a normal synthesis reaction, and fine particles having a more preferable distribution can be obtained by increasing the number of classifications or increasing the degree of classification.
[0197] 上記マット粒子は、形成された光散乱層のマット粒子量が好ましくは 10mg/m2〜 1000mg/m2、より好ましくは 10011¾/1112〜70011¾/1112となるょぅに光散舌し層に 含有される。マット粒子の粒度分布はコールターカウンタ一法により測定し、測定され た分布を粒子数分布に換算する。 [0197] The matte particles have a light scattering layer in which the amount of matte particles in the formed light scattering layer is preferably 10 mg / m 2 to 1000 mg / m 2 , more preferably 10011¾ / 111 2 to 70011¾ / 111 2. Contained in tongue layer. The particle size distribution of the matte particles is measured by the Coulter counter method, and the measured distribution is converted into a particle number distribution.
[0198] 光散乱層には、層の屈折率を高めるために、上記のマット粒子に加えて、チタン、 ジルコニウム、アルミニウム、インジウム、亜鉛、錫、アンチモンのうちょり選ばれる少な くとも 1種の金属の酸化物からなり、平均粒径が 0· 2 m以下、好ましくは 0· l ^ m以 下、より好ましくは 0. 06 m以下である無機フィラーが含有されることが好ましい。 また逆に、マット粒子との屈折率差を大きくするために、高屈折率マット粒子を用い た光散乱層では層の屈折率を低目に保っためにケィ素の酸化物を用いることも好ま しレ、。好ましレ、粒径は前述の無機フィラーと同じである。 [0198] In order to increase the refractive index of the light scattering layer, in addition to the above mat particles, at least one selected from titanium, zirconium, aluminum, indium, zinc, tin, and antimony is used. It is preferable to contain an inorganic filler having an average particle diameter of 0.2 m or less, preferably 0.1 l or less, more preferably 0.06 m or less. Conversely, in order to increase the difference in refractive index from the mat particles, it is also preferable to use a silicon oxide in order to keep the refractive index of the light scattering layer using the high refractive index mat particles low. Sile,. The preferred particle size is the same as that of the inorganic filler described above.
光散乱層に用いられる無機フィラーの具体例としては、 TiO、 ZrO、 Al O、 In O 、 ZnO、 SnO、 Sb O、 ITOと SiO等が挙げられる。 TiOおよび ZrOが高屈折率化 の点で特に好ましい。該無機フイラ一は表面をシランカップリング処理またはチタン力 ップリング処理されることも好ましく、フィラー表面にバインダー種と反応できる官能基 を有する表面処理剤が好ましく用いられる。これらの無機フィラーの添加量は、光散 乱層の全質量の 10%〜90%であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 20%〜80%であり 、特に好ましくは 30%〜75%である。なお、このようなフイラ一は、粒径が光の波長よ りも十分小さいために散乱が生じず、バインダーポリマーに該フイラ一が分散した分 散体は光学的に均一な物質として振舞う。 Specific examples of the inorganic filler used in the light scattering layer include TiO, ZrO, Al 2 O, In 2 O 3, ZnO, SnO, Sb 2 O, ITO, and SiO. TiO and ZrO are particularly preferable in terms of increasing the refractive index. The surface of the inorganic filler is preferably subjected to silane coupling treatment or titanium force coupling treatment, and a surface treatment agent having a functional group capable of reacting with a binder species on the filler surface is preferably used. The amount of these inorganic fillers added is preferably 10% to 90% of the total mass of the light scattering layer, more preferably 20% to 80%, and particularly preferably 30% to 75%. . Such a filler does not scatter because the particle diameter is sufficiently smaller than the wavelength of light, and the dispersion in which the filler is dispersed in the binder polymer behaves as an optically uniform substance.
[0199] 光散乱層のバインダーおよび無機フィラーの混合物のバルタの屈折率は、 1. 48〜 [0199] The refractive index of Balta of the mixture of binder and inorganic filler in the light scattering layer is 1.48 ~
2. 00であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 1. 50- 1. 80である。屈折率を上記範囲 とするには、バインダー及び無機フィラーの種類及び量割合を適宜選択すればよい 。どのように選択するかは、予め実験的に容易に知ることができる。
[0200] 光散乱層は、特に塗布ムラ、乾燥ムラ、点欠陥等の面状均一性を確保するために、 フッ素系、シリコーン系の何れかの界面活性剤、あるいはその両者を光散乱層形成 用の塗布組成物中に含有することが好ましい。特にフッ素系の界面活性剤は、より少 ない添加量において、本発明の反射防止フィルムの塗布ムラ、乾燥ムラ、点欠陥等 の面状故障を改良する効果が現れるため、好ましく用いられる。面状均一性を高め つつ、高速塗布適性を持たせることにより生産性を高めることが目的である。 More preferably, it is 1.00, more preferably 1.50-1.80. In order to make the refractive index within the above range, the type and amount ratio of the binder and the inorganic filler may be appropriately selected. How to select can be easily known experimentally in advance. [0200] In order to ensure surface uniformity such as coating unevenness, drying unevenness, point defects, etc., the light scattering layer is formed by forming either a fluorine-based surfactant or a silicone-based surfactant, or both. It is preferable to contain it in the coating composition. In particular, a fluorine-based surfactant is preferably used because an effect of improving surface defects such as coating unevenness, drying unevenness, and point defects of the antireflection film of the present invention appears at a smaller addition amount. The purpose is to increase productivity by giving high-speed coating suitability while improving surface uniformity.
[0201] 次に透明保護膜上に中屈折率層、高屈折率層、低屈折率層がこの順で積層した 反射防止層について述べる。 [0201] Next, an antireflection layer in which a middle refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer are laminated in this order on a transparent protective film will be described.
基体上に少なくとも中屈折率層、高屈折率層、低屈折率層 (最外層)の順序の層構 成から成る反射防止膜は、以下の関係を満足する屈折率を有する様に設計されるこ とが好ましい。高屈折率層の屈折率〉中屈折率層の屈折率〉透明支持体の屈折率 〉低屈折率層の屈折率。また、透明支持体と中屈折率層の間に、ハードコート層を 設けてもよい。更には、中屈折率ハードコート層、高屈折率層及び低屈折率層からな つてもよい(例えば、特開平 8— 122504号公報、同 8— 110401号公報、同 10— 30 0902号公報、特開 2002— 243906号公報、特開 2000— 111706号公報等参照) 。また、各層に他の機能を付与させてもよぐ例えば、防汚性の低屈折率層、帯電防 止性の高屈折率層としたもの(例、特開平 10— 206603号公報、特開 2002— 2439 06号公報等)等が挙げられる。 An antireflection film comprising a layer structure of at least a medium refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer (outermost layer) on the substrate is designed to have a refractive index satisfying the following relationship: This is preferred. The refractive index of the high refractive index layer> The refractive index of the medium refractive index layer> The refractive index of the transparent support> The refractive index of the low refractive index layer. Further, a hard coat layer may be provided between the transparent support and the medium refractive index layer. Further, it may comprise a medium refractive index hard coat layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer (for example, JP-A-8-122504, JP-A-8-110401, JP-A-10-300902, JP 2002-243906 A, JP 2000-111706 A, etc.). Further, other functions may be given to each layer, for example, an antifouling low refractive index layer or an antistatic high refractive index layer (eg, JP-A-10-206603, JP 2002-2439 06 publication).
反射防止層のヘイズは、 5%以下あることが好ましぐ 3%以下がさらに好ましい。ま た膜の強度は、 JIS K5400に従う鉛筆硬度試験で H以上であることが好ましぐ 2H 以上であることがさらに好ましぐ 3H以上であることが最も好ましい。 The haze of the antireflection layer is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less. The strength of the film is most preferably 2H or higher, more preferably 3H or higher, more preferably H or higher in the pencil hardness test according to JIS K5400.
[0202] (高屈折率層および中屈折率層) [0202] (High refractive index layer and medium refractive index layer)
反射防止膜の高い屈折率を有する層は、平均粒径 lOOnm以下の高屈折率の無 機化合物超微粒子及びマトリックスバインダーを少なくとも含有する硬化性膜から成 ることが好ましい。 The layer having a high refractive index of the antireflection film is preferably composed of a curable film containing at least an ultrafine organic compound particle having a high refractive index having an average particle size of lOOnm or less and a matrix binder.
高屈折率の無機化合物微粒子としては、屈折率 1. 65以上の無機化合物等が挙 げられ、好ましくは屈折率 1 · 9以上のものが挙げられる。例えば、 Ti、 Zn、 Sb、 Sn、 Zr、 Ce、 Ta、 La、 In等の酸化物、これらの金属原子を含む複合酸化物等が挙げら
れる。 Examples of the high refractive index inorganic compound fine particles include inorganic compounds having a refractive index of 1.65 or more, preferably those having a refractive index of 1 · 9 or more. Examples include oxides such as Ti, Zn, Sb, Sn, Zr, Ce, Ta, La, and In, and composite oxides containing these metal atoms. It is.
このような超微粒子とするには、粒子表面が表面処理剤で処理されること(例えば、 シランカップリング剤等:特開平 1 1— 295503号公報、同 11 153703号公報、特 開 2000— 9908、ァニオン性化合物或は有機金属カップリング剤:特開 2001— 31 0432号公報等)、高屈折率粒子をコアとしたコアシェル構造とすること(:特開 2001 1661042001— 310432号公報等)、特定の分散剤併用(例、特開平 11 1537 03号 A報、米国特言午第 6210858号明細書、特開 2002— 2776069号 A報等)等 挙げられる。 In order to obtain such ultrafine particles, the surface of the particles is treated with a surface treatment agent (for example, silane coupling agents, etc .: JP-A-11-295503, JP-A-11-153703, JP2000-9908). , Anionic compounds or organometallic coupling agents: JP 2001-310432 A, etc., core-shell structure with high refractive index particles as a core (JP 2001 1661042001-310432 JP, etc.), specific (For example, JP-A-11 1537 03, A report, US Patent No. 6210858, JP-A-2002-2776069 report A, etc.).
[0203] マトリックスを形成する材料としては、従来公知の熱可塑性樹脂、硬化性樹脂皮膜 等が挙げられる。 [0203] Examples of the material forming the matrix include conventionally known thermoplastic resins and curable resin films.
更に、ラジカル重合性及び/またはカチオン重合性の重合性基を少なくとも 2個有 する多官能性化合物含有組成物と、加水分解性基を有する有機金属化合物及びそ の部分縮合体を含有する組成物とから選ばれる少なくとも 1種の組成物が好ましい。 例えば、特開 2000— 47004号公報、同 2001— 315242号公報、同 2001— 3187 1号公報、同 2001— 296401号公報等に記載の組成物が挙げられる。 Further, a composition containing a polyfunctional compound having at least two radically polymerizable and / or cationically polymerizable groups, an organometallic compound having a hydrolyzable group, and a partial condensate thereof. At least one composition selected from the above is preferred. Examples thereof include the compositions described in JP-A Nos. 2000-47004, 2001-315242, 2001-31871, 2001-296401, and the like.
また、金属アルコキドの加水分解縮合物から得られるコロイド状金属酸化物と金属 アルコキシド組成物から得られる硬化性膜も好ましい。例えば、特開 2001— 29381 A curable film obtained from a colloidal metal oxide obtained from a hydrolyzed condensate of metal alkoxide and a metal alkoxide composition is also preferred. For example, JP 2001-29381 A
8号公報等に記載されている。 It is described in No. 8 publication.
[0204] 高屈折率層の屈折率は、一般に 1. 70-2. 20である。高屈折率層の厚さは、 5n [0204] The refractive index of the high refractive index layer is generally 1.70-2.20. The thickness of the high refractive index layer is 5n
111〜10 111であることが好ましぐ l Onm l ^ mであることがさらに好ましい。中屈折 率層の屈折率は、低屈折率層の屈折率と高屈折率層の屈折率との間の値となるよう に調整する。中屈折率層の屈折率は、 1. 50〜; 1. 70であることが好ましい。また、厚 さは 51 111〜10111 であることが好ましぐ lOnm l ^u mであることがさらに好ましい。 It is more preferable that it is 111-10111, and it is further more preferable that it is lOnml ^ m. The refractive index of the middle refractive index layer is adjusted to be a value between the refractive index of the low refractive index layer and the refractive index of the high refractive index layer. The refractive index of the medium refractive index layer is preferably 1.50 to 1.70. The thickness is preferably 51 111 to 10111, more preferably lOnm l ^ um.
[0205] (低屈折率層) [0205] (Low refractive index layer)
前記構成においては、低屈折率層は、高屈折率層の上に順次積層して成る。低屈 折率層の屈折率は 1. 20- 1. 55であることが好ましぐより好ましくは 1. 30- 1. 50 である。 In the above configuration, the low refractive index layer is sequentially laminated on the high refractive index layer. The refractive index of the low refractive index layer is preferably 1.20-1.55, more preferably 1.30-1.50.
耐擦傷性、防汚性を有する最外層として構築することが好ましい。耐擦傷性を大き
く向上させる手段として表面への滑り性付与が有効で、従来公知のシリコーンの導入 、フッ素の導入等から成る薄膜層の手段を適用できる。 It is preferable to construct as the outermost layer having scratch resistance and antifouling property. Great scratch resistance It is effective to impart slipperiness to the surface as a means for improving, and a conventionally known thin film means comprising introduction of silicone, introduction of fluorine or the like can be applied.
含フッ素化合物の屈折率は 1. 35-1. 50であること力 S好ましい。より好ましくは 1. 36-1. 47である。また、含フッ素化合物はフッ素原子を 35〜80質量%の範囲で含 む架橋性若しくは重合性の官能基を含む化合物が好ましい。例えば、特開平 9 22 2503号公報明細書段落番号 [0018]〜[0026]、同 11 38202号公報明細書段 落番号 [0019]〜 [0030]、特開 2001— 40284号公報明細書段落番号 [0027]〜 [0028]、特開 2000— 284102号公報等に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 The refractive index of the fluorine-containing compound is 1.35-1.50. More preferably, it is 1.36-1.47. The fluorine-containing compound is preferably a compound containing a crosslinkable or polymerizable functional group containing a fluorine atom in a range of 35 to 80% by mass. For example, paragraph numbers [0018] to [0026] of JP-A-9 22 2503, paragraph numbers [0019] to [0030] of JP-A-11 38202, paragraph numbers of JP-A-2001-40284 [0027] to [0028], and compounds described in JP-A No. 2000-284102.
シリコーン化合物としてはポリシロキサン構造を有する化合物であり、高分子鎖中に 硬化性官能基あるいは重合性官能基を含有して、膜中で橋かけ構造を有するものが 好ましい。例えば、反応性シリコーン (例、サイラプレーンげッソ (株)製等)、両末端 にシラノール基含有のポリシロキサン(特開平 11— 258403号公報等)等が挙げられ The silicone compound is a compound having a polysiloxane structure, and preferably contains a curable functional group or a polymerizable functional group in the polymer chain and has a crosslinked structure in the film. For example, reactive silicone (eg, manufactured by Silaplane Gesso Co., Ltd.), silanol group-containing polysiloxane (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-258403, etc.) at both ends, etc.
[0206] 架橋または重合性基を有する含フッ素及び/またはシロキサンのポリマーの架橋ま たは重合反応は、重合開始剤、増感剤等を含有する最外層を形成するための塗布 組成物を塗布と同時または塗布後に光照射や加熱することにより実施することが好ま しい。 [0206] Crosslinking or polymerization reaction of a fluorine-containing and / or siloxane polymer having a crosslinkable or polymerizable group is performed by applying a coating composition for forming an outermost layer containing a polymerization initiator, a sensitizer and the like. It is preferable to carry out by light irradiation or heating at the same time or after coating.
また、シランカップリング剤等の有機金属化合物と特定のフッ素含有炭化水素基含 有のシランカップリング剤とを触媒共存下に縮合反応で硬化するゾルゲル硬化膜も 好ましい。 Also preferred is a sol-gel cured film in which an organometallic compound such as a silane coupling agent and a specific fluorine-containing hydrocarbon group-containing silane coupling agent are cured by a condensation reaction in the presence of a catalyst.
例えば、ポリフルォロアルキル基含有シラン化合物またはその部分加水分解縮合 物(特開昭 58— 142958号公報、同 58— 147483号公報、同 58— 147484号公報 、特開平 9— 157582号公報、同 11— 106704号公報記載等記載の化合物)、フッ 素含有長鎖基であるポリ「パーフルォロアルキルエーテル」基を含有するシリル化合 物(特開 2000— 117902号公報、同 2001—48590号公報、同 2002— 53804号 公報記載の化合物等)等が挙げられる。 For example, a polyfluoroalkyl group-containing silane compound or a partially hydrolyzed condensate thereof (Japanese Patent Laid-Open Nos. 58-142958, 58-147483, 58-147484, JP-A-9-157582, 11-106704, etc.), silyl compounds containing poly (perfluoroalkyl ether) groups, which are fluorine-containing long-chain groups (JP 2000-117902 A, 2001-48590) Gazette, 2002-53804, etc.).
[0207] 低屈折率層は、上記以外の添加剤として充填剤(例えば、二酸化珪素(シリカ)、含 フッ素粒子(フッ化マグネシウム,フッ化カルシウム,フッ化バリウム)等の一次粒子平
均径が lnm〜; 150nmの低屈折率無機化合物、特開平 11 3820号公報の段落番 号 [0020]〜 [0038]に記載の有機微粒子等)、シランカップリング剤、滑り剤、界面 活性剤等を含有することができる。 [0207] The low-refractive index layer is a primary particle flat such as a filler (for example, silicon dioxide (silica), fluorine-containing particles (magnesium fluoride, calcium fluoride, barium fluoride)) as an additive other than the above. Low-refractive index inorganic compound having a uniform diameter of lnm to 150 nm, organic fine particles described in paragraph Nos. [0020] to [0038] of JP-A-11 3820), silane coupling agent, slip agent, surfactant Etc. can be contained.
低屈折率層が最外層の下層に位置する場合、低屈折率層は気相法 (真空蒸着法 、スパッタリング法、イオンプレーティング法、プラズマ CVD法等)により形成されても 良い。安価に製造できる点で、塗布法が好ましい。低屈折率層の膜厚は、 30nm〜2 OOnmであることが好ましぐ 50nm〜150nmであることがさらに好ましぐ 60nm~ l 20nmであることが最も好まし!/、。 When the low refractive index layer is located in the lower layer of the outermost layer, the low refractive index layer may be formed by a vapor phase method (vacuum deposition method, sputtering method, ion plating method, plasma CVD method, etc.). The coating method is preferable because it can be manufactured at a low cost. The film thickness of the low refractive index layer is preferably 30 nm to 2 OO nm, more preferably 50 nm to 150 nm, and most preferably 60 nm to l 20 nm! /.
[0208] (その他の層) [0208] (Other layers)
さらに、ハードコート層、前方散乱層、プライマー層、帯電防止層、下塗り層や保護 層等を設けてもよい。 Further, a hard coat layer, a forward scattering layer, a primer layer, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer or a protective layer may be provided.
[0209] (ハードコート層) [0209] (Hard coat layer)
ハードコート層は、透明保護膜に物理強度を付与するために、通常透明支持体の 表面に設ける。特に、前述の反射防止層を設ける場合、ハードコート層は、透明支持 体と前記高屈折率層の間に設けることが好ましい。ハードコート層は、光及び/また は熱の硬化性化合物の架橋反応、または、重合反応により形成されることが好ましい 。硬化性官能基としては、光重合性官能基が好ましぐまた加水分解性官能基含有 の有機金属化合物は有機アルコキシシリル化合物が好ましい。 The hard coat layer is usually provided on the surface of the transparent support in order to impart physical strength to the transparent protective film. In particular, when the antireflection layer is provided, the hard coat layer is preferably provided between the transparent support and the high refractive index layer. The hard coat layer is preferably formed by a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization reaction of a light and / or heat curable compound. The curable functional group is preferably a photopolymerizable functional group, and the hydrolyzable functional group-containing organometallic compound is preferably an organic alkoxysilyl compound.
これらの化合物の具体例としては、高屈折率層で例示したと同様のものが挙げられ る。ハードコート層の具体的な構成組成物としては、例えば、特開 2002— 144913 号公報、同 2000— 9908号公報、国際公開第 00/46617号パンフレット等記載の ものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of these compounds are the same as those exemplified for the high refractive index layer. Specific examples of the constituent composition of the hard coat layer include those described in JP-A Nos. 2002-144913, 2000-9908, and WO 00/46617.
高屈折率層はハードコート層を兼ねることができる。このような場合、高屈折率層で 記載した手法を用いて微粒子を微細に分散してハードコート層に含有させて形成す ることが好ましい。 The high refractive index layer can also serve as a hard coat layer. In such a case, it is preferable to form fine particles dispersed in the hard coat layer using the method described for the high refractive index layer.
ハードコート層は、平均粒径 0· 2 m〜 10 mの粒子を含有させて防眩機能(ァ ンチグレア機能)を付与した防眩層(後述)を兼ねることもできる。 The hard coat layer can also serve as an anti-glare layer (described later) provided with particles having an average particle size of 0.2 m to 10 m to provide an anti-glare function (anti-glare function).
ハードコート層の膜厚は用途により適切に設計することができる。ハードコート層の
膜厚は、 0. 2 μ m~ 10 μ mであること力 S好ましく、より好ましくは 0. 5 μ m〜7 μ mで ある。 The film thickness of the hard coat layer can be appropriately designed depending on the application. Hard coat layer The film thickness is preferably 0.2 μm to 10 μm, and more preferably 0.5 μm to 7 μm.
ハードコート層の強度は、 JIS K5400に従う鉛筆硬度試験で、 H以上であることが 好ましぐ 2H以上であることがさらに好ましぐ 3H以上であることが最も好ましい。ま た、 JIS K5400に従うテーバー試験で、試験前後の試験片の摩耗量が少ないほど 好ましい。 The strength of the hard coat layer is preferably H or higher, more preferably 2H or higher, most preferably 3H or higher, in a pencil hardness test according to JIS K5400. In addition, in the Taber test according to JIS K5400, it is preferable that the wear amount of the test piece before and after the test is small.
[0210] (帯電防止層) [0210] (Antistatic layer)
帯電防止層を設ける場合には体積抵抗率が 10— 8 Ω cm— 3以下の導電性を付与す ること力 S好ましい。吸湿性物質や水溶性無機塩、ある種の界面活性剤、カチオンポリ マー、ァニオンポリマー、コロイダルシリカ等の使用により 10—8 Ω cm— 3の体積抵抗率 の付与は可能であるが、温湿度依存性が大きぐ低湿では十分な導電性を確保でき ない問題がある。そのため、導電性層素材としては金属酸化物が好ましい。金属酸 化物のうち着色して!/、な!/、ものを導電性層素材として用いるとフィルム全体の着色が 抑えられ好ましい。着色のない金属酸化物を形成する金属として Zn、 Ti、 Al、 In、 Si 、 Mg、 Ba、 Mo、 W、または Vをあげることができ、これを主成分とした金属酸化物を 用いること力 S好ましい。具体的な例としては、 ZnO、 TiO 、 SnO 、 Al O 、 In O 、 Si O 、 MgO、 BaO、 MoO 、 V O等、あるいはこれらの複合酸化物がよぐ特に ZnO、Rukoto force to impart conductivity of the volume resistivity of 10- 8 Ω cm- 3 or less in the case of providing an antistatic layer S preferred. Hygroscopic substance, a water-soluble inorganic salts, certain surfactants, cationic poly-mers, § anion polymer, although imparting a volume resistivity of 10- 8 Ω cm- 3 by the use of such colloidal silica is possible, temperature There is a problem that sufficient conductivity cannot be secured at low humidity, which is highly dependent on humidity. Therefore, a metal oxide is preferable as the conductive layer material. It is preferable to use a metal oxide that is colored! /, N! /, As the conductive layer material, since the coloring of the entire film is suppressed. Zn, Ti, Al, In, Si, Mg, Ba, Mo, W, or V can be cited as the metal that forms a metal oxide without coloration. The ability to use a metal oxide based on this metal oxide S is preferred. Specific examples include ZnO, TiO, SnO, AlO, InO, SiO, MgO, BaO, MoO, VO, etc.
TiO、及び SnOが好ましい。異種原子を含む例としては、例えば ZnOに対しては A1 、 In等の添加物、 SnOに対しては Sb、 Nb、ハロゲン元素等の添加、また TiOに対 しては Nb、 TA等の添加が効果的である。更にまた、特公昭 59— 6235号公報に記 載の如ぐ他の結晶性金属粒子あるいは繊維状物(例えば酸化チタン)に上記の金 属酸化物を付着させた素材を使用しても良い。尚、体積抵抗値と表面抵抗値は別の 物性値であり単純に比較することはできないが、体積抵抗値で 10_8 Q cm_3以下の 導電性を確保するためには、該導電層が概ね 10— 1Q Ω /口以下の表面抵抗値を有 して!/、ればよく更に好ましくは 10_8 Ω /□以下である。導電層の表面抵抗値は帯電 防止層を最表層としたときの値として測定されることが必要であり、上記公報に記載 の積層フィルムを形成する途中の段階で測定することができる。 TiO and SnO are preferred. Examples of containing different atoms include, for example, additives such as A1 and In for ZnO, addition of Sb, Nb, halogen elements, etc. for SnO, and addition of Nb, TA, etc. for TiO. Is effective. Furthermore, a material obtained by adhering the above metal oxide to other crystalline metal particles or fibrous materials (for example, titanium oxide) as described in JP-B-59-6235 may be used. The volume resistivity and surface resistivity can not be simply compared is another physical property values, in order to ensure 10_ 8 Q cm_ 3 less conductive volume resistivity, the conductive layer is generally and have a 10- 1Q Ω / mouth below the surface resistance value! /, more preferably it may be that is 10_ 8 Ω / □ or less. The surface resistance value of the conductive layer needs to be measured as a value when the antistatic layer is the outermost layer, and can be measured in the middle of forming the laminated film described in the above publication.
[0211] (液晶表示装置)
本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルム、該フィルムからなる光学フィルム、該フ イルムを用いた偏光板は、様々な表示モードの液晶セル、液晶表示装置に用いるこ と力できる。 TN (Twisted Nematic)、 IPS (In-Plane Switching)、 FLC (Ferr oelectric Liquid Crystal) AFLC (Anti— ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、 OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend)、 STN (Supper Twisted Nematic) , VA (Vertically Aligned)および HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic)のような 様々な表示モードが提案されている。このうち、 OCBモードまたは VAモードに好まし く用いること力 Sでさる。 [0211] (Liquid crystal display device) The cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention, an optical film comprising the film, and a polarizing plate using the film can be used for liquid crystal cells and liquid crystal display devices in various display modes. TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching), FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal) AFLC (Anti-ferroelectric Liquid Crystal), OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend), STN (Supper Twisted Nematic), VA (Vertically Aligned) and Various display modes such as HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic) have been proposed. Of these, the power S is preferred for OCB mode or VA mode.
[0212] OCBモードの液晶セルは、棒状液晶性分子を液晶セルの上部と下部とで実質的 に逆の方向に(対称的に)配向させるベンド配向モードの液晶セルを用いた液晶表 示装置である。 OCBモードの液晶セルは、米国特許第 4583825号、同 5410422 号の各明細書に開示されている。棒状液晶分子が液晶セルの上部と下部とで対称 的に配向しているため、ベンド配向モードの液晶セルは、 自己光学補償機能を有す る。そのため、この液晶モードは、 OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend)液晶 モードとも呼ばれる。ベンド配向モードの液晶表示装置は、応答速度が速いとの利点 力 sある。 [0212] The OCB mode liquid crystal cell is a liquid crystal display device using a bend alignment mode liquid crystal cell in which rod-like liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a substantially opposite direction (symmetrically) between the upper part and the lower part of the liquid crystal cell. It is. The OCB mode liquid crystal cell is disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 4,583,825 and 5,410,422. Since the rod-like liquid crystal molecules are symmetrically aligned at the upper and lower portions of the liquid crystal cell, the bend alignment mode liquid crystal cell has a self-optical compensation function. Therefore, this liquid crystal mode is also called OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend) liquid crystal mode. The bend alignment mode liquid crystal display device, there is advantage force s that the response speed is fast.
[0213] VAモードの液晶セルでは、電圧無印加時に棒状液晶性分子が実質的に垂直に 配向している。 [0213] In a VA mode liquid crystal cell, rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned substantially vertically when no voltage is applied.
VAモードの液晶セルには、(1)棒状液晶性分子を電圧無印加時に実質的に垂直 に配向させ、電圧印加時に実質的に水平に配向させる狭義の VAモードの液晶セル (特開平 2— 176625号公報記載)に加えて、(2)視野角拡大のため、 VAモードをマ ノレチドメイン化した(MVAモードの)液晶セル(SID97、 Digest of tech. Paper s (予稿集) 28 (1997) 845記載)、 (3)棒状液晶性分子を電圧無印加時に実質的に 垂直配向させ、電圧印加時にねじれマルチドメイン配向させるモード(n— ASMモー ド)の液晶セル(日本液晶討論会の予稿集 58〜59 (1998)記載)および (4) SURV AIVALモードの液晶セル(LCDインターナショナル 98で発表)が含まれる。 The VA mode liquid crystal cell includes: (1) a narrowly defined VA mode liquid crystal cell in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned substantially vertically when no voltage is applied, and substantially horizontally when a voltage is applied. (2) Liquid crystal cell (SID97, Digest of tech. Papers) (Preliminary report) 28 (1997) 845 (3) A liquid crystal cell (n—ASM mode) in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned vertically when no voltage is applied, and twisted multi-domain alignment is applied when a voltage is applied. -59 (1998)) and (4) SURV AIVAL mode liquid crystal cells (announced at LCD International 98).
VAモードの液晶表示装置は、液晶セルおよびその両側に配置された二枚の偏光 板からなる。液晶セルは、二枚の電極基板の間に液晶を担持している。本発明の液
晶表示装置の一つの態様では、本発明の位相差フィルムは、液晶セルと一方の偏 光板との間に、一枚配置するか、あるいは液晶セルと双方の偏光板との間に二枚配 。 The VA mode liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal cell and two polarizing plates arranged on both sides thereof. The liquid crystal cell carries a liquid crystal between two electrode substrates. Liquid of the present invention In one embodiment of the crystal display device, one retardation film of the present invention is disposed between the liquid crystal cell and one polarizing plate, or two sheets are disposed between the liquid crystal cell and both polarizing plates. .
前述のように、本発明の液晶表示装置では、液晶セルと偏光子との間に配置される 偏光板の透明保護膜として、本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムからなる光 学フィルムが用いられ得る。一方の偏光板の(液晶セルと偏光子との間の)透明保護 膜のみに上記の光学フィルムを用いてもよいし、あるいは双方の偏光板の(液晶セル と偏光子との間の)二枚の透明保護膜に、上記の光学フィルムを用いてもよい。一方 の偏光板のみに上記光学フィルムを使用する場合は、液晶セルのバックライト側偏光 板の液晶セル側透明保護膜として使用するのが特に好ましレ、。液晶セルへの張り合 わせは、本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムは液晶セル側にすることが好ま しい。透明保護膜の他方は通常のセルレートァシレートフィルムでもよい。たとえば、 厚さは 40 a m〜80 a mが好ましぐ市販の KC4UX2M (コニカオプト(株)製 40 μ m )、 KC5UX (コニカオプト(株)製 60 H m)、 TD80 (富士写真フィルム製 80 m)等 が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 As described above, in the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, the optical film made of the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention can be used as the transparent protective film of the polarizing plate disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer. . The above optical film may be used only for the transparent protective film (between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer) of one polarizing plate, or the two polarizing plates (between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer) of both polarizing plates. You may use said optical film for a transparent protective film of a sheet. When the above optical film is used only for one polarizing plate, it is particularly preferable to use it as a liquid crystal cell side transparent protective film of a backlight side polarizing plate of a liquid crystal cell. For the lamination to the liquid crystal cell, the cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention is preferably on the liquid crystal cell side. The other transparent protective film may be a normal cell acrylate film. For example, a commercially available KC4UX2M (40 μm manufactured by Konica Caputo Co., Ltd.), KC5UX (60 H m manufactured by Konica Caputo Co., Ltd.), TD80 (80 m manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) is preferred. ) And the like, but is not limited thereto.
[0214] (光学補償フィルム) [0214] (Optical compensation film)
OCBモードの液晶表示装置や TN液晶表示装置では、視野角拡大のために光学 補償フィルムが使用される。 OCBセル用光学補償フィルムは光学一軸あるいは二軸 性フィルムの上にディスコティック液晶をハイブリッド配向させて固定した光学異方性 層を設けたものが用いられる。 TNセル用光学補償フィルムは光学等方性あるいは厚 さ方向に光学軸を有するフィルムの上にディスコティック液晶をハイブリッド配向させ て固定した光学異方性層を設けたものが用いられる。本発明の環状ポリオレフイン系 樹脂フィルムは上記 OCBセル用光学補償フィルムや TNセル用光学補償フィルム作 成に有用である。 In OCB mode liquid crystal display devices and TN liquid crystal display devices, optical compensation films are used to expand the viewing angle. The optical compensation film for the OCB cell is provided with an optically anisotropic layer in which a discotic liquid crystal is hybrid-aligned and fixed on an optically uniaxial or biaxial film. As the optical compensation film for TN cell, a film in which an optical anisotropic layer in which a discotic liquid crystal is fixed in a hybrid orientation is fixed on a film having an optical isotropy or an optical axis in the thickness direction. The cyclic polyolefin resin film of the present invention is useful for producing the optical compensation film for OCB cell and TN cell.
光学補償フィルムの好適なレターデーシヨン値にっレ、ては、前述の通りである。 実施例 The preferred letter value of the optical compensation film is as described above. Example
[0215] 以下、本発明を実施例に基づき具体的に説明するが、本発明は下記例に限定され ない。
[0216] <環状ポリオレフイン重合体 PP— 1の合成〉 [0215] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples. [0216] <Synthesis of Cyclic Polyolefin Polymer PP-1>
精製トルエン 100質量部とノルボルネンカルボン酸メチルエステル 100質量部を反 応釜に投入した。次いでトルエン中に溶解したェチルへキサノエ一トー Ni25mmol % (対モノマー質量)、トリ(ペンタフルオロフェニノレ)ボロン 0. 225mol% (対モノマー 質量)及びトルエンに溶解したトリェチルアルミニウム 0. 25mol% (対モノマー質量) を反応釜に投入した。室温で攪拌しながら 18時間反応させた。反応終了後過剰のェ タノール中に反応混合物を投入し、重合物沈殿を生成させた。沈殿を精製し得られ た重合体 (PP— 1)を真空乾燥で 65°C24時間乾燥した。 100 parts by mass of purified toluene and 100 parts by mass of norbornenecarboxylic acid methyl ester were charged into the reaction kettle. Next, ethyl hexanoethyl ether dissolved in toluene, Ni 25 mmol% (based on monomer mass), tri (pentafluorophenyleno) boron 0.225 mol% (based on monomer mass) and triethyl aluminum dissolved in toluene 0.25 mol% (based on Monomer mass) was charged into the reaction kettle. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 18 hours at room temperature with stirring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was put into excess ethanol to produce a polymer precipitate. The polymer (PP-1) obtained by purifying the precipitate was vacuum dried at 65 ° C. for 24 hours.
[0217] 〔実施例 1〕 [Example 1]
<ドープ A— 1〉 <Dope A— 1>
重合体 PP- 1 30質量0 /0 塩化メチレン 64. 4質量0 /0 メタノーノレ 5. 4質量0 /0 水 0. 2質量% Polymer PP- 1 30 mass 0/0 methylene chloride 64.4 mass 0/0 Metanonore 5.4 mass 0/0 Water 0.2 wt%
[0218] 上記組成のポリマー溶液を公開技術公報 2001— 1745号に記載されている高温 溶解法により溶解、ろ過してドープ A— 1を調製した。 [0218] Dope A-1 was prepared by dissolving and filtering the polymer solution having the above composition by the high-temperature dissolution method described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-1745.
[0219] <ドープ B l〉 [0219] <Dope B l>
ドープ A— 1Aの組成に、さらに以下の物質を配合し、固形分の濃度を 28. 5質量 %に希釈した。 The following substances were further added to the composition of Dope A-1A, and the solid content was diluted to 28.5 mass%.
酸化ケィ素マット剤(1次粒子径 20nm) 0. 1質量% Silicon oxide matting agent (primary particle size 20nm) 0.1% by mass
[0220] 上記組成のポリマー溶液を公開技術公報 2001— 1745号に記載されている高温 溶解法により溶解、ろ過してドープ B— 1を調製した。 [0220] A polymer solution having the above composition was dissolved and filtered by a high-temperature dissolution method described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-1745 to prepare Dope B-1.
[0221] <ドープ A—1の粘弾性特性〉 [0221] <Viscoelastic properties of Dope A-1>
ドープ A— 1の粘弾性特性を周波数 1Ηζ、ひずみ 1 %で測定したところ、温度 5°Cで 貯蔵弾性率 E'は 510Pa、損失弾性率 E' 'は 990Pa、温度 40°Cで E'力 400Pa、 E' '力 060Paであった。また、 E'、 E',の— 50°C〜; 10°Cの温度依存性を測定し、 E ' = A * exp(_B*T)、 E' ' = C * exp(_D*T)と表したとき(A〜D:定数、 Tは温度を表す) 、定数 Bは 0. 0420、 Dは 0. 0250であり、 50°C〜; 10°Cの温度内で、 5°C近辺では
E'は E' 'より小さな値だ力 40°C近辺で E'は E' 'よりも大きな値を示していた。 The viscoelastic properties of Dope A-1 were measured at a frequency of 1Ηζ and a strain of 1%. At a temperature of 5 ° C, the storage elastic modulus E 'was 510Pa, the loss elastic modulus E''was 990Pa, and the temperature was 40 ° C. 400Pa, E '' force was 060Pa. Also, measure the temperature dependence of E ', E', -50 ° C ~; 10 ° C, E '= A * exp (_B * T), E''= C * exp (_D * T) (A to D: Constant, T represents temperature) Constant B is 0.0420, D is 0.0250, 50 ° C to 10 ° C, around 5 ° C Then E 'is a smaller value than E''. At around 40 ° C, E' showed a larger value than E ''.
[0222] <フイノレムの製造〉 [0222] <Manufacture of Finorem>
流延ダイとしては、マルチマ二ホールド型のコートハンガー型を用い、流延支持体と しては、ハードクロム鍍金を施し、中心性平均粗さを 0. 03 になるように鏡面仕上げ をした直径 2000mm、幅 2500mmの回転ドラムを用いた。回転ドラムは、内部に冷 媒を通水して表面の平均温度を 40°Cに保持し、このときの回転ドラム面上の温度 分布は 5°C以内であった。 As the casting die, a multi-hold type coat hanger type is used, and as the casting support, a hard chrome plating is applied, and the diameter is mirror-finished so that the central average roughness becomes 0.03. A rotating drum with a width of 2000 mm and a width of 2500 mm was used. The rotating drum passed water inside the rotating drum to maintain the average surface temperature at 40 ° C, and the temperature distribution on the rotating drum surface at this time was within 5 ° C.
[0223] そして、ドープ A—1が乾燥後厚み 70 mのコア層を、ドープ B—1がそれぞれ乾 燥後厚み 5 mの両面の外層を構成するように共流延した。 [0223] Then, the dope A-1 was co-cast so that a core layer having a thickness of 70 m after drying and the dope B-1 each forming a double-layered outer layer having a thickness of 5 m after drying were formed.
[0224] 流延されたドープ A— 1及びドープ B— 1は、流延直後の 1秒間は風速 0. 5m/s以 下で乾燥し、それ以降はドラムの回転方向に対向して風速 15m/sで乾燥した。乾 燥風の温度は 50°Cであった。 [0224] The cast Dope A-1 and Dope B-1 dried for 1 second immediately after casting at a wind speed of 0.5 m / s or less, and thereafter, the wind speed was 15 m facing the drum rotation direction. Dry at / s. The temperature of the drying air was 50 ° C.
[0225] 回転ドラムから剥ぎ取った時のフィルムの残留溶剤量は 250質量0 /0であり、フィルム の温度は 6°Cであった。流延から剥ぎ取りまでの間における平均乾燥速度は 730 質量% /分であった。 [0225] The residual solvent amount of the film when peeled off the rotary drum is 250 mass 0/0, the temperature of the film was 6 ° C. The average drying rate from casting to stripping was 730% by mass / min.
[0226] 剥ぎ取ったフィルムは冷媒を通水して表面温度が 5°Cに調節されたパスローラに よりピンテンターに搬送し、ピンテンターで両端部(厚さ 70 μ m)を坦持した状態で、 テンションを付与しつつ乾燥、搬送を行った。剥ぎ取り後のパスローラは 3本使用し、 いずれもフィルムの反支持体側にラップするように配置した。また、これらのパスロー ラはドラム回転速度に対して 0. 5〜; 15%までのドロー比を設定でき、それぞれドラム に対して 1 %、 2%、 4%のドロー比で運転した。また、ラップ角度は 5度以下となるよう に配置した。剥ぎ取りよりピンテンターの嚙み込み部までの距離は 1. 2mであった。 [0226] The peeled film was transported to a pin tenter by a pass roller whose surface temperature was adjusted to 5 ° C through the coolant, and both ends (thickness 70 μm) were supported by the pin tenter. Drying and conveyance were performed while applying tension. Three stripped pass rollers were used, and all were placed so as to wrap on the opposite side of the film. In addition, these pass rollers can be set to draw ratios from 0.5 to 15% with respect to the drum rotation speed, and were operated at draw ratios of 1%, 2%, and 4%, respectively. The lap angle was set to 5 degrees or less. The distance from the stripping to the pintenter crease was 1.2 m.
[0227] ピンタンタ一でフィルムを坦持し、 10%延伸した際、ピンテンターの温度は 25°Cで あり、担持されるフィルムの温度は 5°Cであり、フィルム中の残留溶剤の大部分は塩化 メチレンであった。乾燥ゾーン内のガスの飽和温度は 15°C、酸素濃度は 6%であ つた。 [0227] When the film was supported by a pin tantalator and stretched by 10%, the temperature of the pin tenter was 25 ° C, the temperature of the supported film was 5 ° C, and most of the residual solvent in the film was It was methylene chloride. The saturation temperature of the gas in the drying zone was 15 ° C and the oxygen concentration was 6%.
[0228] 乾燥風の温度は 120°Cであり、このときのフィルムの幅方向の温度分布は 5°C以下 であり、乾燥の平均風速は 5m/s、伝熱係数の平均値は 25kcal/m2'Hr'°Cであり
、フィルムの幅方向分布はいずれも 5%以内であった。また乾燥ゾーン中におけるピ ンテンター担持部分は遮風装置により乾燥熱風が直接当らないようにした。ピンテン ター搬送中のフィルムは、フィルムの平面性を維持するために幅方向の張力を 98N /m (10kg/m)に保持しながら乾燥させた。 [0228] The temperature of the drying air is 120 ° C, the temperature distribution in the width direction of the film is 5 ° C or less, the average wind speed of drying is 5m / s, and the average value of the heat transfer coefficient is 25kcal / m 2 'Hr' ° C The distribution in the width direction of the film was all within 5%. In addition, the pintainer carrying part in the drying zone was prevented from being directly exposed to hot dry air by a wind shield. In order to maintain the flatness of the film, the film during conveyance of the pin tenter was dried while maintaining the tension in the width direction at 98 N / m (10 kg / m).
[0229] また、ピンテンターは、フィルムが脱離した後、新たにフィルムを担持するまでの間、 — 5°Cの冷却風により総括伝熱係数 150kcal/m2.Hr'°Cで冷却した。冷却装置に より冷却する部分の長さは全体の 50%とした。 [0229] Further, the pin tenter was cooled at a total heat transfer coefficient of 150 kcal / m 2 .Hr '° C with cooling air of 5 ° C until the film was newly loaded after the film was detached. The length of the part cooled by the cooling device was 50% of the total.
[0230] ピンテンターにより担持され乾燥される時間は 10分であり、その間に蒸発した溶剤 量は、剥ぎ取りより巻取りまでの間で蒸発した溶剤のトータル量の 97%であった。蒸 発した溶剤をコンデンサーによる凝縮回収し、この回収溶剤を蒸留により脱水し含水 率 0. 4%とした後、再度ドープの調製工程の原材料として利用した。 [0230] The time to be supported and dried by the pin tenter was 10 minutes, and during that time the amount of solvent evaporated was 97% of the total amount of solvent evaporated between stripping and winding. The evaporated solvent was condensed and recovered by a condenser, and this recovered solvent was dehydrated by distillation to a water content of 0.4%, and then used again as a raw material for the dope preparation process.
[0231] ピンテンターで乾燥したフィルムは、さらにローラーで搬送しつつ乾燥させる乾燥ェ 程において 145°Cの乾燥風により 15分間乾燥した後、湿度、温度を調整して巻取り 時の残留溶剤量 0. 50質量%、水分量 0. 7質量%、温度 35°Cで巻き取った。乾燥 ゾーンにおける搬送テンションは 20〜150N/mであり、フィルムの帯電量の絶対値 は 3kV以下に保持した。また、乾燥ゾーン内の溶剤ガス濃度は溶媒の爆発下限界の 20%以下であり、溶剤以外の高沸点成分の露点は 80°C以上であった。 [0231] The film dried with a pin tenter is further dried for 15 minutes with a drying air of 145 ° C in a drying process in which the film is transported by a roller, and the residual solvent amount at the time of winding is adjusted by adjusting the humidity and temperature. It was wound up at 50% by mass, a moisture content of 0.7% by mass and a temperature of 35 ° C. The conveyance tension in the drying zone was 20 to 150 N / m, and the absolute value of the charge amount of the film was kept below 3 kV. The solvent gas concentration in the drying zone was 20% or less of the lower limit of solvent explosion, and the dew point of high-boiling components other than the solvent was 80 ° C or higher.
[0232] 以上のような方法で製造されたフィルムは、流延ダイから剥ぎ取った後の乾燥工程 において、シヮゃ寄りなどの問題もなぐ安定して搬送すること力 Sできた。また、巻き取 つたフィルムの平面性及び透明度も良好であり、 Reが 55nm、 Rthが 200nmであった [0232] The film produced by the method as described above was able to be stably conveyed without problems such as slippage in the drying process after peeling off from the casting die. In addition, the flatness and transparency of the wound film were good, and Re was 55 nm and Rth was 200 nm.
〇 Yes
[0233] [比較例 1] [0233] [Comparative Example 1]
実施例 1のドープ A— 1の組成を下記に変更した。 The composition of the dope A-1 in Example 1 was changed to the following.
<ドープ A— 2〉 <Dope A— 2>
重合体 PP- 1 25質量% 塩化メチレン 75質量0 /0 Polymer PP- 1 25 wt% methylene chloride 75 mass 0/0
[0234] <ドープ A— 2の粘弾性特性〉 [0234] <Viscoelastic properties of Dope A-2>
ドープ A— 2の粘弾性特性を周波数 1Ηζ、ひずみ 1 %で測定したところ、温度 5°Cで
貯蔵弾性率 E'は 500Pa、損失弾性率 E' 'は 900Pa、温度 50°Cで E'力 900Pa、 E' '力 200Paであった。また、 E'、 E',の— 50°C〜; 10°Cの温度依存性を測定し、 E' = A * exp( B * T)、 E' ' =C * exp(— D * T)と表したとき(A〜D:定数、 Tは温度を表 す)、定数 Bは 0· 0220、 Dは 0. 0210であり、 50°C〜; 10°Cの温度範囲内では常 に E'力 より小さな値を示していた。 The viscoelastic properties of Dope A-2 were measured at a frequency of 1Ηζ and a strain of 1%. The storage elastic modulus E 'was 500 Pa, the loss elastic modulus E''was 900 Pa, the temperature was 50 ° C, the E' force was 900 Pa, and the E '' force was 200 Pa. Measure the temperature dependence of E ', E', -50 ° C ~; 10 ° C, E '= A * exp (B * T), E''= C * exp (— D * T ) (A to D: constant, T represents temperature), constant B is 0 · 22020, D is 0.0210, and is always within the temperature range of 50 ° C to 10 ° C. E 'force showed a smaller value.
[0235] 実施例 1と同様な条件により流延、乾燥したところ、回転ドラムからフィルムを剥離す ることができなかった。これは、ドープ A— 2の粘弾性特性である E'力 より常に小 さな値を示していることに起因するものであり、 自己支持性を有さなかったことになる。 [0235] When cast and dried under the same conditions as in Example 1, the film could not be peeled from the rotating drum. This is due to the fact that it always shows a smaller value than the E 'force, which is the viscoelastic property of Dope A-2, and it was not self-supporting.
[0236] [比較例 2] [0236] [Comparative Example 2]
<ドープ A— 3〉 <Dope A— 3>
重合体 PP- 1 55質量% 塩化メチレン 45質量0 /0 Polymer PP- 1 55 wt% methylene chloride 45 mass 0/0
[0237] <ドープ A— 3の粘弾性特性〉 [0237] <Viscoelastic properties of Dope A-3>
ドープ A— 3の粘弾性特性を周波数 1Ηζ、ひずみ 1 %で測定したところ、温度 5°Cで 貯蔵弾性率 E'は 600Pa、損失弾性率 E' 'は 1000Pa、温度 50°Cで E'が 2000Pa、 E' ' が 3400Paであった。また、 E'、 E',の— 50°C〜; 10°Cの温度依存性を測定し、 E' =A * exp(— B * T)、 E' ' =じ* 6 (ー0 *丁)と表したとき(八〜0 :定数、 Tは温度を表す )、定数 Βίま 0. 0240、 D(ま 0. 0205であり、 50。C〜; 10。Cの温度範囲内で (ま常 ίこ E 'が E' 'より小さな値を示していた。 When the viscoelastic properties of Dope A-3 were measured at a frequency of 1Ηζ and a strain of 1%, the storage elastic modulus E 'was 600 Pa at a temperature of 5 ° C, the loss elastic modulus E' 'was 1000 Pa, and E' was 50 ° C. 2000Pa, E '' was 3400Pa. Also, measure the temperature dependence of E ', E', -50 ° C ~; 10 ° C, E '= A * exp (— B * T), E' '= 1 * 6 (-0 * (8 to 0: constant, T represents temperature), constant Βί or 0.0240, D (or 0.0205, 50. C to 10) within the temperature range of C ( Normally ίE E 'showed a smaller value than E' '.
[0238] 実施例 1と同様な条件により流延、乾燥したところ、回転ドラムからフィルムを剥離す ることができなかった。これはドープ Α 2と同様、ドープ A 3の粘弾性特性である E 'が E' 'より常に小さな値を示していることに起因するものであり、 自己支持性を有さな かったことになる。 [0238] When the film was cast and dried under the same conditions as in Example 1, the film could not be peeled from the rotating drum. This is due to the fact that E ', which is the viscoelastic property of Dope A 3, always shows a smaller value than E' ', as with Dope Α 2, and was not self-supporting. Become.
[0239] [実施例 2] [Example 2]
<ドープ A— 4〉 <Dope A— 4>
重合体 PP- 1 30質量0 /0 塩化メチレン 61質量0 /0 メタノール 8. 2質量0 /0
[0240] 上記組成のポリマー溶液を公開技術公報 2001— 1745号に記載されている高温 溶解法により溶解、ろ過してドープ A— 4を調製した。 Polymer PP- 1 30 mass 0/0 methylene 61 mass chloride 0/0 methanol 8.2 mass 0/0 [0240] Dope A-4 was prepared by dissolving and filtering the polymer solution having the above composition by the high-temperature dissolution method described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-1745.
[0241] <ドープ B— 2〉 [0241] <Dope B— 2>
ドープ A— 4の組成に、さらに以下の物質を配合し、固形分の濃度を 28. 5質量% に希釈した。 The following substances were further added to the composition of Dope A-4, and the solid content was diluted to 28.5% by mass.
酸化ケィ素マット剤(1次粒子系 20nm) 0. 1質量% Silicon oxide matting agent (primary particle system 20nm) 0.1% by mass
[0242] 上記組成のポリマー溶液を公開技術公報 2001— 1745号に記載されている高温 溶解法により溶解、ろ過してドープ B— 2を調製した。 [0242] Dope B-2 was prepared by dissolving and filtering the polymer solution having the above composition by a high-temperature dissolution method described in JP-A-2001-1745.
[0243] <ドープ A— 4の粘弾性特性〉 [0243] <Viscoelastic properties of dope A-4>
ドープ A— 4の粘弾性特性を周波数 1Ηζ、ひずみ 1 %で測定したところ、温度 5°Cで 貯蔵弾性率 E'は 250Pa、損失弾性率 E' 'は 510Pa、温度 15°Cで E'が 860Pa、 E' 'が 660Paであった。また、 E'、 E' 'の— 50°C〜; 10°Cの温度依存性を測定し、 E' =A * exp(— B * T)、 E' ' =C * exp(— D * T)と表したとき(A〜D:定数、 Tは温度を 表す)、定数 Bは 0· 0598、 Dは 0. 0120であり、 50°C〜; 10°Cの温度内で、 5°C近 辺では E'は E' 'より小さな値だ力 S、—15°C近辺で E'は E' 'よりも大きな値を示してい た。 When the viscoelastic properties of Dope A-4 were measured at a frequency of 1Ηζ and a strain of 1%, the storage elastic modulus E 'was 250Pa at a temperature of 5 ° C, the loss elastic modulus E' 'was 510Pa, and E' was 15 ° C. 860Pa, E '' was 660Pa. Also, measure the temperature dependence of E ', E' '— 50 ° C ~; 10 ° C, E' = A * exp (— B * T), E '' = C * exp (— D * T) (A to D: constant, T represents temperature), constant B is 0 · 0598, D is 0.0120, 50 ° C ~; within 10 ° C, 5 ° Near C, E 'had a smaller force S than E' ', and around –15 ° C E' showed a larger value than E ''.
[0244] <フィルムの製造〉 [0244] <Film production>
回転ドラムの表面平均温度を 15°Cに設定した以外は、実施例 1と同様な条件に よりドープ A— 4およびドープ B— 2を流延、乾燥した。このときの回転ドラム面上の温 度分布は 2°C以内であった。 Dope A-4 and Dope B-2 were cast and dried under the same conditions as in Example 1 except that the average surface temperature of the rotating drum was set to 15 ° C. At this time, the temperature distribution on the rotating drum surface was within 2 ° C.
[0245] このときの回転ドラムから剥ぎ取った時のフィルムの残留溶剤量は 240質量%であ り、フィルムの温度は 5°Cであった。流延から剥ぎ取りまでの間における平均乾燥 速度は 740質量% /分であった。残留溶媒量(%) = ( (乾燥前フィルム重量) (乾 燥後フィルム重量))/ (乾燥後フィルム重量) X 100但し、上記乾燥の条件は 120°C で 2時間乾燥。質量測定は通常の精密天秤を使用。 [0245] At this time, when the film was peeled off from the rotating drum, the residual solvent amount of the film was 240% by mass, and the temperature of the film was 5 ° C. The average drying rate from casting to stripping was 740% by mass / min. Residual solvent amount (%) = ((film weight before drying) (film weight after drying)) / (film weight after drying) X 100 However, the above drying conditions are 120 ° C for 2 hours. Use an ordinary precision balance for mass measurement.
[0246] この例では、シヮゃ寄りなどの問題もなぐ安定して搬送すること力 Sできた。また、巻 き取ったフィルムの平面性及び透明度も良好であった。 Reが 56nm、 Rth力 90nm
であった。フィルム幅方向での遅相軸角度の平均値は 0. 2度で、遅相軸バラツキの 標準偏差も 0. 4度と小さいものであった。これは実施例 1に比べ回転ドラム温度を— 15°Cにしたことで、回転ドラム面上の温度分布が 2°C以内と狭くなり、結果フィルム面 内の軸バラツキが小さくなつたと考えられる。また、実施例 1に比べて、実施例 2は回 転ドラムの温度を上げることができ、環境負荷が小さぐ生産性良くフィルムを作成す ること力 Sでさた。 [0246] In this example, it was possible to convey stably without problems such as slippage. Further, the flatness and transparency of the wound film were good. Re 56nm, Rth force 90nm Met. The average value of the slow axis angle in the film width direction was 0.2 degree, and the standard deviation of the slow axis variation was as small as 0.4 degree. This is probably because the temperature distribution on the surface of the rotating drum was narrowed to within 2 ° C by setting the rotating drum temperature to -15 ° C compared to Example 1, and as a result, the axial variation in the film surface was reduced. Compared with Example 1, Example 2 was able to raise the temperature of the rotating drum, and it was possible to produce a film with high productivity and low environmental impact.
[0247] [フィルム面状の評価] [0247] [Evaluation of film surface]
生乾きのフィルムを金属支持体から剥離するとき、剥離抵抗(剥離荷重)が大きレ、と 製膜方向にフィルムが不規則に伸ばされ、光学的な異方性ムラ (剥ぎ段ムラ)を生じ これを評価するため、クロスニコルに配置した偏光板の間にサンプルを偏光板の吸 収軸に平行或いは 45度に挿入し、下記基準に従い目視で評価した。結果を表 1に 示す。 When peeling a dry film from a metal support, the peeling resistance (peeling load) is large, and the film is irregularly stretched in the direction of film formation, resulting in optical anisotropy unevenness (stripping step unevenness). In order to evaluate this, a sample was inserted between the polarizing plates arranged in crossed Nicols parallel or at 45 degrees to the absorption axis of the polarizing plate, and visually evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.
◎:フィルム表面は平滑である。 A: The film surface is smooth.
〇:フィルム表面は平滑である力 極めて弱レ、凹凸が見られる。 A: The film surface is smooth. Very weak and irregularities are observed.
△:フィルム表面に弱い凹凸は見られるが、用途により使用可能な場合がある。 X:フィルム表面に凹凸が見られ、光学フィルムとして用いることが困難である。 Δ: Weak unevenness is observed on the film surface, but it may be usable depending on the application. X: Unevenness is seen on the film surface and it is difficult to use as an optical film.
[0248] [表 1] 表 1 [0248] [Table 1] Table 1
[0249] (偏光板の作製) [0249] (Preparation of polarizing plate)
延伸したポリビュルアルコールフィルムにヨウ素を吸着させて偏光子を作製した。実
施例 2で作製した環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムにグロ一放電処理 (周波数 3000 Hz、 4200Vの高周波数電圧を上下電極間に引加、 20秒処理)を行い、市販の 80 a mのセルローストリアセテートフィルム(TD80UF)に下記鹼化処理を行い、その後 ポリビュルアルコール系接着剤を用いて、偏光子の両側にそれぞれ貼り付け、 70°C で 10分以上乾燥し偏光板 Aを作製した。鹼化処理条件は以下のように行った。 A polarizer was prepared by adsorbing iodine to a stretched polybulal alcohol film. Fruit The cyclic polyolefin resin film produced in Example 2 was subjected to a glow discharge treatment (frequency 3000 Hz, high frequency voltage of 4200 V applied between upper and lower electrodes, treatment for 20 seconds), and a commercially available 80 am cellulose triacetate film ( TD80UF) was subjected to the following hatching treatment, and then adhered to both sides of the polarizer using a polybulal alcohol adhesive, and dried at 70 ° C. for 10 minutes or more to produce polarizing plate A. The hatching treatment conditions were as follows.
1. 5Nの水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を調整し、 55°Cに保温した。 0. 01Nの希硫酸水 溶液を調整し、 35°Cに保温した。 TD80UFを上記の水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に 2分 間浸漬した後、水に浸漬し、水酸化ナトリウム水溶液を十分に洗い流した。最後に試 料を 120°Cで十分に乾燥させた。作製した偏光板 Aは、偏光子の片側に実施例 2で 作成した環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムを、もう一方の側に市販のセルローストリ アセテートフィルム(TD80UF)を貼り付けたものである。また偏光子の透過軸と実施 例 2で作成した環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの遅相軸とは平行になるように配置 した。また偏光子の透過軸と TD80UFの遅相軸とは、直交するように配置した。 1. A 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was prepared and kept at 55 ° C. A 0.1N dilute sulfuric acid solution was prepared and kept at 35 ° C. TD80UF was immersed in the above aqueous sodium hydroxide solution for 2 minutes and then immersed in water to thoroughly wash away the aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Finally, the sample was thoroughly dried at 120 ° C. The produced polarizing plate A is obtained by attaching the cyclic polyolefin resin film prepared in Example 2 on one side of the polarizer and a commercially available cellulose triacetate film (TD80UF) on the other side. The transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of the cyclic polyolefin resin film prepared in Example 2 were arranged in parallel. The transmission axis of the polarizer and the slow axis of TD80UF were arranged so as to be orthogonal.
[0250] <VA液晶セルの作製〉 [0250] <Production of VA liquid crystal cell>
液晶セルは、基板間のセルギャップを 3. 6 mとし、負の誘電率異方性を有する液 晶材料(「MLC6608」、メルク社製)を基板間に滴下注入して封入し、基板間に液晶 層を形成して作製した。液晶層のレターデーシヨン (即ち、液晶層の厚さ d m)と屈 折率異方性 Δ ηとの積 Δ η- d)を 300nmとした。なお、液晶材料は垂直配向するよう に配向させた。この垂直配向型液晶セルの上側 (観察者側)には市販品のスーパー ハイコントラスト品(例えば、株式会社サンリッツ社製 HLC2— 5618)を用いた。液晶 セルの下側 (バックライト側)には作製した偏光板 Aを、環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィ ルムが液晶セル側となるように粘着剤を介して貼り付けた。上側偏光板の透過軸が 上下方向に、そして下側偏光板の透過軸が左右方向になるように、クロスニコル配置 とした。 The liquid crystal cell has a cell gap between substrates of 3.6 m, and a liquid crystal material having negative dielectric anisotropy (“MLC6608”, manufactured by Merck & Co., Inc.) is dropped and sealed between the substrates. This was prepared by forming a liquid crystal layer. The letter layer of the liquid crystal layer (ie, the product of the liquid crystal layer thickness dm) and the refractive index anisotropy Δη was set to 300 nm. The liquid crystal material was aligned so as to be vertically aligned. A commercially available super high contrast product (for example, HLC2-5618 manufactured by Sanlitz Co., Ltd.) was used on the upper side (observer side) of the vertical alignment type liquid crystal cell. The prepared polarizing plate A was attached to the lower side (backlight side) of the liquid crystal cell via an adhesive so that the cyclic polyolefin resin film was on the liquid crystal cell side. The crossed Nicols were arranged so that the transmission axis of the upper polarizing plate was in the vertical direction and the transmission axis of the lower polarizing plate was in the horizontal direction.
作製した液晶表示装置を観察した結果、全ての階調において、正面方向および視 野角方向もニュートラルな黒表示が実現できていた。また環境湿度変化させた後でも 、画沿い表示にムラが無ぐ良好なものであった。 As a result of observing the manufactured liquid crystal display device, neutral black display in both the front direction and the viewing angle direction could be realized in all gradations. Even after the environmental humidity was changed, the display along the image was not uneven and was good.
[0251] 以下に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱
しない限り、適宜、変更すること力 Sできる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体 例に限定されるものではない。 [0251] The following materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, etc. depart from the spirit of the present invention. As long as it is not, it can be changed appropriately. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.
[0252] (実施例 3) [0252] (Example 3)
<環状ポリオレフイン系重合体 P— 1の合成、 P— 1の部分加水分解、およびフィルム の作製〉 <Synthesis of cyclic polyolefin-based polymer P-1, partial hydrolysis of P-1 and production of film>
精製トルエン 200質量部と 5—ノルボルネンー 2—ィルアセテート 96質量部を反応 釜に投入した。次いで塩化メチレン 10質量部中に溶解したパラジウム(II)ァセチル ァセトネート (東京化成 (株)製) 0· 03質量部、トリシクロへキシルフォスフィン(STRE M社製) 0· 03質量部、および、ジメチルアルミニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニ ノレ)ホウ酸塩(STREM社製) 0. 17質量部を反応釜に投入した。 90°Cで攪拌しなが ら 18時間反応させた。反応終了後、過剰のメタノール中に反応混合物を投入し、重 合物の沈殿を生成させた。沈殿を精製し得られた重合体 (P— 1)を真空乾燥で 110 °C8時間乾燥した。 200 parts by mass of purified toluene and 96 parts by mass of 5-norbornene-2-yl acetate were charged into the reaction kettle. Next, palladium (II) acetylacetonate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0 · 03 parts by mass, tricyclohexylphosphine (manufactured by STRE M) 0 · 03 parts by mass and dimethyl dissolved in 10 parts by mass of methylene chloride 0.17 parts by mass of aluminum tetrakis (pentafluorophenylene) borate (manufactured by STREM) was charged into the reaction kettle. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 18 hours while stirring at 90 ° C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into excess methanol to generate a precipitate of the polymer. The polymer (P-1) obtained by purifying the precipitate was dried at 110 ° C. for 8 hours by vacuum drying.
得られた重合体をテトラヒドロフランに溶解し、ゲルパーミエーシヨンクロマトグラフに よる分子量を測定したところ、ポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量は 68, 500、重量平 均分子量は 212, 000であった。 The obtained polymer was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran, and the molecular weight was measured by gel permeation chromatography. The number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene was 68,500, and the weight average molecular weight was 212,000.
[0253] THF100質量部の入った 3Lセパラブルフラスコに、 P—1を 10質量部加え、暫く攪 拌して均一に溶解させた。次いで 0.8質量部の水酸化カリウムを 0.5質量部の水に溶 解した KOH水溶液を調製し、攪拌した状態の均一溶液中に滴下した。その後内温 を 65°Cまで昇温し、 2時間攪拌した後、反応液を 700質量部のメタノール中に投入し てポリマーを析出させた。さらに 40— 50°Cの水、メタノールで連続洗浄して精製した 。濾過の後、真空乾燥し、本発明の環状ォレフィン共重合体 P— 2を 9質量部得た。 [0253] To a 3 L separable flask containing 100 parts by mass of THF, 10 parts by mass of P-1 was added and stirred for a while to dissolve uniformly. Next, an aqueous KOH solution in which 0.8 parts by mass of potassium hydroxide was dissolved in 0.5 parts by mass of water was prepared and dropped into the stirred homogeneous solution. Thereafter, the internal temperature was raised to 65 ° C. and stirred for 2 hours, and then the reaction solution was put into 700 parts by mass of methanol to precipitate a polymer. Furthermore, it was purified by continuous washing with 40-50 ° C water and methanol. After filtration, it was vacuum-dried to obtain 9 parts by mass of the cyclic olefin copolymer P-2 of the present invention.
[0254] [化 20] [0254] [Chemical 20]
[0255] 得られた P— 2は、赤外線吸収スペクトルより、繰り返し単位の 10モル0 /0が加水分解 されたものであることが分った。また、得られた重合体をテトラヒドロフランに溶解し、ゲ ルパーミエーシヨンクロマトグラフによる分子量を測定したところ、ポリスチレン換算の 数平均分子量は 68, 000、重量平均分子量は 212, 000であった。 [0255] The resulting P- 2, from the infrared absorption spectrum, it was found that 10 mole 0/0 of the repeating units are those which are hydrolyzed. The obtained polymer was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and the molecular weight was measured by gel permeation chromatography. The number average molecular weight in terms of polystyrene was 68,000, and the weight average molecular weight was 212,000.
[0256] <フィルムの製造〉 [0256] <Film production>
実施例 2の重合体 PP—1を P— 2に変更した以外は、実施例 2と同様にして、ドープ In the same manner as in Example 2, except that the polymer PP-1 in Example 2 was changed to P-2, the dope was
A-4、ドープ B-2を調整し、回転ドラムの表面平均温度を— 10°Cに設定変更した以外 は実施例 2と同様にして流延、乾燥した。 It was cast and dried in the same manner as in Example 2 except that A-4 and Dope B-2 were adjusted and the surface average temperature of the rotating drum was changed to -10 ° C.
[0257] (実施例 4) [Example 4]
精製トノレエン 200質量部と 5 ノルボルネンー 2 ィルアセテート 77. 6質量部、 5 ノルボルネンー 2 メタノール 13. 9質量部を反応釜に投入した。次いで塩化メチ レン 10質量部中に溶解したパラジウム (II)ァセチルァセトネート (東京化成 (株)製) 0 . 03質量部、トリシクロへキシルフォスフィン(STREM社製) 0. 03質量部、および、 ジメチルアルミニウムテトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ホウ酸塩(STREM社製) 0 . 17質量部を反応釜に投入した。 90°Cで攪拌しながら 18時間反応させた。反応終 了後、過剰のメタノール中に反応混合物を投入し、重合物の沈殿を生成させた。沈 殿を精製し得られた重合体 (P— 3)を真空乾燥で 110°C8時間乾燥した。 200 parts by weight of purified tonorene, 77.6 parts by weight of 5 norbornene-2-yl acetate, and 13.9 parts by weight of 5 norbornene-2 methanol were charged into the reaction kettle. Next, palladium (II) acetylylacetonate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) dissolved in 10 parts by mass of methyl chloride 0.03 parts by mass, tricyclohexylphosphine (manufactured by STREM) 0.03 parts by mass, Further, 0.17 parts by mass of dimethylaluminum tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate (manufactured by STREM) was charged into the reaction kettle. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 18 hours with stirring at 90 ° C. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into excess methanol to form a polymer precipitate. The polymer (P-3) obtained by purifying the precipitate was dried at 110 ° C. for 8 hours by vacuum drying.
[0258] (実施例 5〜8、比較例 3〜7) [Examples 5-8, Comparative Examples 3-7]
目的とする重合体に対応したモノマーを適宜選択し、また、加水分解処理時に水 酸化カリウムと水の仕込み量を適宜変えたこと以外は、上記 P— 2を得た方法と同様 にして、表 2に示した実施例 5〜8、比較例 6、 7のポリマーを得た。なお、比較例 3〜 5に使用したポリマーは加水分解処理をしていない。 In the same manner as in the above method P-2, except that the monomer corresponding to the target polymer was appropriately selected and that the amounts of potassium hydroxide and water were appropriately changed during the hydrolysis treatment, the table was obtained. Polymers of Examples 5 to 8 and Comparative Examples 6 and 7 shown in 2 were obtained. In addition, the polymer used for Comparative Examples 3-5 is not hydrolyzed.
[0259] 表 2に示した実施例 4〜8及び比較例のポリマーを実施例 2に示した組成の塩化メ チレン/メタノール混合溶媒に溶解した。但し、一般式(1)における yが 57の比較例 6のポリマーはこの混合溶媒に不溶であった。 The polymers of Examples 4 to 8 and Comparative Example shown in Table 2 were dissolved in a methyl chloride / methanol mixed solvent having the composition shown in Example 2. However, the polymer of Comparative Example 6 in which y in the general formula (1) was 57 was insoluble in this mixed solvent.
ついで、実施例 4〜8、比較例 3〜5、及び 7の溶液を、実施例 2と同様にドラム流延 機を用いて流延した。この際、ドラムの表面温度は表 2に示した支持体温度に保った Subsequently, the solutions of Examples 4 to 8 and Comparative Examples 3 to 5 and 7 were cast using a drum casting machine in the same manner as in Example 2. At this time, the surface temperature of the drum was kept at the support temperature shown in Table 2.
〇
[0260] [剥ぎ取り性の評価] Yes [0260] [Evaluation of peelability]
〇:支持体上から、フィルムの剥げ残りなどなくフィルムを剥離することができた。 X:支持体上から、フィルムを剥離しょうとするとフィルムの剥げ残りが支持体上に一 部、あるいは、全面に残り、フィルムをきれいに剥離することができなかった。 ◯: The film could be peeled off from the support without any film residue. X: When the film was to be peeled off from the support, the film remained unremoved partially or entirely on the support, and the film could not be peeled cleanly.
評価結果を実施例 3の結果と合わせて、表 2に示す。 The evaluation results are shown in Table 2 together with the results of Example 3.
[0261] [表 2]
[0261] [Table 2]
ら分るように、ドラムからフィルムを剥ぎ取るとき、共重合体の組成が 50≤x≤
99、 l≤y≤ 50である環状ポリオレフイン系重合体を用い、支持体温度が 10°C以下 の場合(実施例 3〜8)には、支障なく剥ぎ取ることができた。他方、比較例 3〜5では 支持体温度を 10。C以下としても、フィルムを支持体から剥離する際に、フィルムが凝 集破壊をおこし、フィルムの一部が支持体上に残ってしまい、きれいにフィルムを支 持体から剥離することができず、所望のフィルムを得ることができなかった。また、共 重合体の組成が 50≤x≤99, l≤y≤ 50である環状ポリォレフィン系重合体を用 ヽ ても、支持体温度が 10。C以下でない場合(比較例 7)も同様にフィルムを支持体から 剥離する際に、フィルムが凝集破壊をおこし、フィルムの一部が支持体上に残ってし まい、きれいにフィルムを支持体から剥離することができず、所望のフィルムを得るこ とができなかった。 As can be seen, when the film is peeled from the drum, the copolymer composition is 50≤x≤ When a cyclic polyolefin polymer with 99 and l≤y≤50 was used and the support temperature was 10 ° C or lower (Examples 3 to 8), it could be removed without any problem. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 3 to 5, the support temperature is 10. Even when the film is C or less, when the film is peeled off from the support, the film is agglomerated and broken, and a part of the film remains on the support, and the film cannot be peeled cleanly from the support. The desired film could not be obtained. Further, even when a cyclic polyolefin polymer having a copolymer composition of 50≤x≤99 and l≤y≤50 is used, the support temperature is 10. Similarly, when it is not less than C (Comparative Example 7), when the film is peeled off from the support, the film may cause cohesive failure, and a part of the film may remain on the support. The desired film could not be obtained.
[0263] (実施例 9〜; 12:延伸) [0263] (Example 9; 1 2: stretching)
実施例 4、 5、 6、 7で得られたフィルムを井元製作所製の自動延伸機を用いて、温 度 220。Cにおいて 20%の固定端延伸を行い、延伸フィルムを得た。波長 590nmに おけるレターデーシヨンを測定した。フィルムの厚みは、デジタルマイクロメ一ターで 任意の部分を 3点測定し、その平均値 dをとつた。これを以下の数式により、フィルム 厚み 80 H mの Re、 Rthを求めた。結果を表 3に記す。 The film obtained in Examples 4, 5, 6, and 7 was heated to 220 using an automatic stretching machine manufactured by Imoto Seisakusho. In C, 20% fixed-end stretching was performed to obtain a stretched film. The letter decision at a wavelength of 590 nm was measured. The thickness of the film was measured at three points on any part using a digital micrometer, and the average value d was taken. From this, Re and Rth of a film thickness of 80 Hm were obtained by the following formula. The results are shown in Table 3.
Re =実測 Re/d X 80 Re = measured Re / d X 80
Rth =実測 Rth/d X 80 Rth = measured Rth / d X 80
[0264] [表 3] [0264] [Table 3]
(実施例 13 :偏光板の作製と評価) (Example 13: Production and evaluation of polarizing plate)
実施例 9〜; 11で作製したフィルム Fl〜F3とフジ TAC (富士フィルム社製)を 60°C の水酸化ナトリウム 1. 5N水溶液中で 2分間浸漬した。この後、 0· 1Nの硫酸水溶液 に 30秒浸漬した後、水洗浴を通し、鹼化処理した。
[0266] 特開平 2001— 141926号公報の実施例 1に従い、 2対のニップロール間に周速差 を与えて、厚さ 75 111のポリビュルアルコールフィルム" 9X75RS" { (株)クラレ製 }を 、長手方向に延伸し、偏光膜を得た。 Examples 9 to; Films Fl to F3 prepared in 11 and Fuji TAC (manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) were immersed in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide 1.5N at 60 ° C. for 2 minutes. Thereafter, it was immersed in a 0.1N aqueous sulfuric acid solution for 30 seconds, and then passed through a water-washing bath and hatched. [0266] According to Example 1 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-141926, a peripheral speed difference was given between two pairs of nip rolls to obtain a polybulal alcohol film "9X75RS" {manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.} having a thickness of 75 111, The film was stretched in the longitudinal direction to obtain a polarizing film.
[0267] このようにして得た偏光膜と、鹼化処理した F1〜F3を、 PVA"PVA— 117H" (クラ レ社製) 3質量%水溶液を接着剤として、フィルムの長手方向が 45°となるように、『鹼 化処理した F1〜F3/偏光膜/鹼化処理したフジ TAC』 の層構成で貼り合わせて 偏光板 Pol;!〜 3を作製した。貝占り合わせは良好であり、乾燥後のそり等は見られなか つた。 [0267] The polarizing film thus obtained and the hatched F1 to F3 were mixed with PVA "PVA-117H" (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) using a 3 mass% aqueous solution as an adhesive, and the longitudinal direction of the film was 45 °. Thus, polarizing plates Pol ;! to 3 were prepared by laminating together with a layer configuration of “F1-F3 / Polarized film / Fuji TAC after incubation”. The shells were in good condition and there was no sledge after drying.
[0268] (実施例 14 :液晶表示装置の作製と評価) [Example 14: Production and evaluation of liquid crystal display device]
VA型液晶セルを使用した 26インチおよび 40インチの液晶表示装置 (シャープ (株 )製)に液晶層を挟んで設置されている 2対の偏光板のうち、観察者側の片面の偏光 板を剥がし、粘着剤を用い、代わりに上記偏光板 Pol—;!〜 3を貼り付けた。観察者 側の偏光板の透過軸とバックライト側の偏光板の透過軸が直交するように配置して、 液晶表示装置を作製した。本発明のフィルムを観察者側に配置した。得られた液晶 表示装置の色ムラを観察した。本発明の偏光板 Pol—;!〜 3を組み込んだ液晶表示 装置は色ムラが無ぐ非常に優れたものであった。 Among two pairs of polarizing plates installed with a liquid crystal layer sandwiched between 26-inch and 40-inch liquid crystal display devices (manufactured by Sharp Corporation) using VA type liquid crystal cells, a polarizing plate on one side on the viewer side is used. It peeled off and the adhesive was used, and the said polarizing plate Pol-;! ~ 3 was stuck instead. A liquid crystal display device was manufactured by arranging the transmission axis of the polarizing plate on the observer side and the transmission axis of the polarizing plate on the backlight side to be orthogonal to each other. The film of the present invention was placed on the viewer side. Color unevenness of the obtained liquid crystal display device was observed. The liquid crystal display device incorporating the polarizing plate Pol— ;! to 3 of the present invention was very excellent with no color unevenness.
[0269] 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲 を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明ら 力、である。 [0269] Although the invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. It is.
本出願は 2006年 9月 29日出願の日本特許出願(特願 2006-269810)、及び 2007年 4月 27日出願の日本特許出願(特願 2007-119852)に基づくものであり、その内容は ここに参照として取り込まれる。
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on September 29, 2006 (Japanese Patent Application 2006-269810) and a Japanese patent application filed on April 27, 2007 (Japanese Patent Application 2007-119852). Incorporated herein by reference.
Claims
[1] 少なくとも環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂を含む樹脂組成物が 10〜50質量%溶解して V、る環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を無端支持体上に流延し、剥離して製膜されるフ イルムであって、前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液は、無端支持体上に流延されて 力、ら剥離されるまでの間にゲル化点に到達することを特徴とする環状ポリオレフイン 系樹脂フィルム。 [1] A film in which a cyclic polyolefin resin resin solution containing at least 10 to 50% by mass of a resin composition containing at least a cyclic polyolefin resin is cast on an endless support and peeled to form a film. The cyclic polyolefin resin film is characterized in that the cyclic polyolefin resin film reaches the gel point before being peeled off after being cast on an endless support.
ここに、ゲル化点とは、前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液の貯蔵弾性率を E'、損 失弾性率を E',としたとき、 E'と E',との値の大小関係が逆転する温度をいう。 Here, the gel point is the relationship between the values of E 'and E' when the storage elastic modulus of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is E 'and the loss elastic modulus is E'. Refers to temperature.
[2] 前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液力、前記 E'、 E' 'の温度依存性を E' = A * exp (— B * T)、 E', =C * exp(— D * T) [式中、 A〜Dは定数であり、 Tは温度(°C)であ る]としたときに、 0≤D< Bの関係を満たすことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載の環状ポ リオレフイン系樹脂フィルム。 [2] The cyclic polyolefin resin solution force and the temperature dependence of E ′ and E ′ ′ are expressed as E ′ = A * exp (—B * T), E ′, = C * exp (—D * T) [ Wherein A to D are constants, and T is temperature (° C)], the relationship 0≤D <B is satisfied. Resin film.
[3] 前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液中の溶媒が、貧溶媒を 4〜20質量%含むことを 特徴とする請求項 1または 2記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルム。 [3] The cyclic polyolefin resin film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the solvent in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution contains 4 to 20% by mass of a poor solvent.
[4] 前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を、無端支持体上に連続して流延した後、形成 されたフィルムを前記無端支持体から剥離し、剥離したフィルムを乾燥して巻き取るこ とにより得られる環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムであって、前記無端支持体の温度 を一 50°C〜; 10°Cに設定することを特徴とする請求項 1または 2に記載の環状ポリオ レフイン系樹脂フィルム。 [4] The cyclic polyolefin resin solution is continuously cast on an endless support, and then the formed film is peeled off from the endless support, and the peeled film is dried and wound up. The cyclic polyolefin resin film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the temperature of the endless support is set to 150 ° C to 10 ° C.
[5] 前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液が前記無端支持体上に流延されてから剥離さ れるまでの冷却速度を、(温度差/時間)で表した場合、 3〜5 (°C/sec)であることを 特徴とする請求項 4に記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルム。 [5] When the cooling rate from when the cyclic polyolefin-based resin solution is cast on the endless support to peeling is expressed as (temperature difference / hour), 3 to 5 (° C / sec) The cyclic polyolefin resin film according to claim 4, wherein:
[6] 前記フィルムを無端支持体から剥離した後、巻き取るまでの乾燥中に、前記フィル ムを延伸してなることを特徴とする請求項 4又は 5に記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂 フィルム。 [6] The cyclic polyolefin resin film according to [4] or [5], wherein the film is stretched during drying until the film is wound after being peeled from the endless support.
[7] 偏光子の両面に透明保護膜を有する偏光板であって、前記透明保護膜の少なくと も一方が請求項 1〜6のいずれかに記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムである ことを特徴とする偏光板。
[7] A polarizing plate having a transparent protective film on both sides of a polarizer, wherein at least one of the transparent protective films is the cyclic polyolefin resin film according to any one of claims 1 to 6. A polarizing plate.
[8] 前記偏光子の一方の透明保護膜の表面に、ハードコート層および反射防止層のう ち少なくとも一層が設けられていることを特徴とする請求項 7に記載の偏光板。 8. The polarizing plate according to claim 7, wherein at least one of a hard coat layer and an antireflection layer is provided on the surface of one transparent protective film of the polarizer.
[9] 請求項 1〜6のいずれかに記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムおよび請求項 [9] The cyclic polyolefin resin film according to any one of claims 1 to 6 and claim
7または 8に記載の偏光板のいずれかを具備したことを特徴とする液晶表示装置。 A liquid crystal display device comprising any one of the polarizing plates according to 7 or 8.
[10] 請求項 7または 8に記載の偏光板を液晶セルの上下の少なくとも一方に用いたこと を特徴とする OCBまたは VAモードの液晶表示装置。 [10] An OCB or VA mode liquid crystal display device, wherein the polarizing plate according to claim 7 or 8 is used on at least one of upper and lower sides of a liquid crystal cell.
[11] 請求項 7または 8に記載の偏光板をバックライト側に用いたことを特徴とする VAモ ード液晶表示装置。 [11] A VA mode liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to claim 7 or 8 on a backlight side.
[12] 環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を溶液流延にて製膜する環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂 フィルムの製造方法であって、無端支持体上に流延されてから剥離されるまでの間 にゲル化点に到達するという粘弾性特性を有する環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を、 50°C〜; 10°Cに調整された流延機の無端支持体に流延し、該環状ポリオレフイン 系樹脂溶液が前記無端支持体上に流延されてから剥離されるまでの冷却速度が、( 温度差/時間)で表した場合、 3〜5 (°C/sec)であることを特徴とする環状ポリオレフ イン系樹脂フィルムの製造方法。 [12] A method for producing a cyclic polyolefin resin film in which a cyclic polyolefin resin solution is formed by solution casting, wherein the gelation point is reached after casting on an endless support until peeling. A cyclic polyolefin resin solution having viscoelastic properties to reach an endless support of a casting machine adjusted to 50 ° C. to 10 ° C., and the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is the endless support The cyclic polyolefin resin film is characterized in that the cooling rate from casting to peeling is 3 to 5 (° C / sec) in terms of (temperature difference / hour). Production method.
ここに、ゲル化点とは、前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液の貯蔵弾性率を E'、損 失弾性率を E',としたとき、 E'と E',との値の大小関係が逆転する温度をいう。 Here, the gel point is the relationship between the values of E 'and E' when the storage elastic modulus of the cyclic polyolefin resin solution is E 'and the loss elastic modulus is E'. Refers to temperature.
[13] 前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液を流延機の無端支持体に流延する前に、貧溶 媒を前記環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂溶液中の溶媒に 4〜20質量%加えることを特徴 とする請求項 12に記載の環状ポリオレフイン系樹脂フィルムの製造方法。
[13] Before casting the cyclic polyolefin resin solution on an endless support of a casting machine, 4 to 20% by mass of a poor solvent is added to the solvent in the cyclic polyolefin resin solution. Item 13. A method for producing a cyclic polyolefin resin film according to Item 12.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2006269810 | 2006-09-29 | ||
JP2006-269810 | 2006-09-29 | ||
JP2007-119852 | 2007-04-27 | ||
JP2007119852 | 2007-04-27 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2008041657A1 true WO2008041657A1 (en) | 2008-04-10 |
Family
ID=39268516
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2007/069091 WO2008041657A1 (en) | 2006-09-29 | 2007-09-28 | Polycycloolefin resin film, process for producing the same, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP2008291204A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2008041657A1 (en) |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2016129145A1 (en) * | 2015-02-10 | 2016-08-18 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Conductive film, touch panel and method for producing conductive film |
US9670352B2 (en) | 2008-08-28 | 2017-06-06 | Lg Chem, Ltd. | Retardation film and a liquid-crystal display device comprising the same |
CN112542653A (en) * | 2019-09-05 | 2021-03-23 | 深圳市拓邦锂电池有限公司 | Anti-wrinkle diaphragm of lithium battery and preparation method thereof |
CN114976483A (en) * | 2018-10-11 | 2022-08-30 | 旭化成株式会社 | Lithium ion battery using cross-linked separator |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5466056B2 (en) * | 2010-03-18 | 2014-04-09 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Solution casting method |
JP5441995B2 (en) * | 2011-03-29 | 2014-03-12 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Solution casting method |
WO2013038597A1 (en) * | 2011-09-12 | 2013-03-21 | コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社 | Method for manufacturing optical film |
JP5838778B2 (en) * | 2011-12-19 | 2016-01-06 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Manufacturing method of optical film |
JP5838779B2 (en) * | 2011-12-19 | 2016-01-06 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Manufacturing method of optical film |
JP2016118782A (en) | 2014-12-17 | 2016-06-30 | 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Polarizing film and display device including the same |
JP2016153839A (en) * | 2015-02-20 | 2016-08-25 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Optical film, manufacturing method of optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device |
JP2017090872A (en) * | 2015-12-08 | 2017-05-25 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Method for producing optical film |
JP6606137B2 (en) * | 2016-09-30 | 2019-11-13 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Solution casting method |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH1158425A (en) * | 1997-08-27 | 1999-03-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method and apparatus for making cast film |
JP2003053750A (en) * | 2001-08-13 | 2003-02-26 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Solution film forming method and polarizing sheet protecting film, optical functional film and polarizing sheet |
JP2005224754A (en) * | 2004-02-16 | 2005-08-25 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Manufacturing method of optical film having hard coat layer, hard coat film, polarizing plate, and display unit |
-
2007
- 2007-09-28 JP JP2007256688A patent/JP2008291204A/en active Pending
- 2007-09-28 WO PCT/JP2007/069091 patent/WO2008041657A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH1158425A (en) * | 1997-08-27 | 1999-03-02 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Method and apparatus for making cast film |
JP2003053750A (en) * | 2001-08-13 | 2003-02-26 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Solution film forming method and polarizing sheet protecting film, optical functional film and polarizing sheet |
JP2005224754A (en) * | 2004-02-16 | 2005-08-25 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Manufacturing method of optical film having hard coat layer, hard coat film, polarizing plate, and display unit |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9670352B2 (en) | 2008-08-28 | 2017-06-06 | Lg Chem, Ltd. | Retardation film and a liquid-crystal display device comprising the same |
WO2016129145A1 (en) * | 2015-02-10 | 2016-08-18 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Conductive film, touch panel and method for producing conductive film |
CN114976483A (en) * | 2018-10-11 | 2022-08-30 | 旭化成株式会社 | Lithium ion battery using cross-linked separator |
CN112542653A (en) * | 2019-09-05 | 2021-03-23 | 深圳市拓邦锂电池有限公司 | Anti-wrinkle diaphragm of lithium battery and preparation method thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2008291204A (en) | 2008-12-04 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2008041657A1 (en) | Polycycloolefin resin film, process for producing the same, polarizer, and liquid-crystal display | |
US20090021673A1 (en) | Liquid Crystal Display Device | |
JP4989984B2 (en) | Optical film and method for producing the same, polarizing plate using the optical film, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2007079533A (en) | Optical resin film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
JP2006308936A (en) | Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2007261052A (en) | Multilayered structural cycloolefinic resin film, polarization plate and liquid crystal display device | |
US20090040451A1 (en) | Cyclic olefin resin film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display | |
JP4585947B2 (en) | Method for producing cyclic polyolefin film | |
JP2007112967A (en) | Cycloolefin resin film and its production method, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display | |
JP2008003126A (en) | Polarizing plate, liquid crystal display apparatus and manufacturing method of protection film for polarizing plate | |
JP2006257380A (en) | Method for producing cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2007261189A (en) | Method for producing cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP4686247B2 (en) | Polymer film and optical film, polarizing plate and image display device using the same | |
JP2007292944A (en) | Liquid crystal display device | |
WO2006095878A1 (en) | Optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display unit | |
JP2007304287A (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2007256494A (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the film | |
JP5010883B2 (en) | Liquid crystal display | |
JP2008233530A (en) | Method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2007098643A (en) | Method for producing cyclic olefin-based resin film, cyclic olefin-based resin film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display | |
JP2017121777A (en) | Protection film laminate | |
JP2007326244A (en) | Method for producing cellulose acylate film, cellulose acylate film, phase difference film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display | |
JP2007277523A (en) | Cyclic polyolefin film, method for producing the film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display using the same | |
JP2008120905A (en) | Cyclic polyolefin film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device each using the same | |
JP2007009193A (en) | Cellulose acylate film, manufacturing method of cellulose acylate film, optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 07828832 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 07828832 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |